UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark one)

þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year endedDecember 31, 2017

2020

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-16503

wtwlogohrzrgba03.jpg

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ireland

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

98-0352587

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

c/o Willis Group Limited

51 Lime Street, London EC3M 7DQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

(011) 44-20-3124-6000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each Class

class

Trading

Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

 Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered

WLTW

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definite proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ‘large accelerated filer’, ‘accelerated filer’ and ‘smaller reporting company’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  þ

Accelerated filer  o

Non-accelerated filer  o

Smaller reporting company  o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Emerging growth company     o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last reported price at which the Registrant’s common equity was sold on June 30, 20172020 (the last day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was $18,544,137,403.

$25,185,382,470.

As of February 23, 2018,18, 2021, there were outstanding 132,216,177128,970,531 ordinary shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share, of the Registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.


Portions of Part III will be incorporated by reference in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year.


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

INDEX TO AMENDMENT No. 1 on FORM 10-K/A

10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2017  

2020

Page

Certain Definitions

1

Page

2

PART I.

Item 1

Business

3

Item 1A

Risk Factors

11

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

32

Item 2

Properties

32

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

33

Item 4

Mine Safety Disclosures

33

PART II.

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

34

Item 6

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

37

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

38

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

61

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

65

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

127

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

127

Item 9B

Other Information

130

PART III.

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

131

Item 11

Executive Compensation

131

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

131

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

131

Item 14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

131

PART IV.

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

132

Item 16

103Form 10-K Summary

137

Signatures

138




Explanatory Note
This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (the ‘Amendment’) amends Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company’s (the ‘Company’) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2018 (the ‘Original Filing’). The Company is filing this Amendment solely to include an additional paragraph in the opinion on the 2017 financial statements of its independent auditor, Deloitte and Touche LLP, describing their procedures performed in auditing the 2017 adjustments of the Company’s reportable segment structure and adoption of ASU 2016-09 on a full retrospective basis to prior years, and their opinion on the appropriateness and proper application of such adjustments.
As required by Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, new certifications by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer are filed as exhibits to this Amendment under Item 15 of Part IV hereof. We have also updated our XBRL information to be based on the 2017 taxonomy, and included these files in Item 15 Exhibits 101. In addition, new consents of Deloitte & Touche LLP and Deloitte LLP have been included in Item 15 Exhibits 23.1 and 23.2.
No other changes were made to the Original Filing. Except as stated herein, this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the date of the Original Filing, nor does it modify or update any of the financial or other disclosures as presented in the Original Filing. Information not affected by this Amendment remains unchanged and reflects the disclosures made at the time the Original Filing was filed.



Certain Definitions

The following definitions apply throughout this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/Aannual report unless the context requires otherwise:

‘We’, ‘Us’, ‘Company’, ‘Willis Towers Watson’, ‘Our’, ‘Willis Towers Watson plc’ or ‘WTW’

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, a company organized under the laws of Ireland, and its subsidiaries

‘shares’

The ordinary shares of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, nominal value $0.000304635 per share

‘Legacy Willis’ or ‘Willis’

Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and its subsidiaries, predecessor to Willis Towers Watson, prior to the Merger

‘Legacy Towers Watson’ or ‘Towers Watson’

Towers Watson & Co. and its subsidiaries

‘Merger’

Merger of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and Towers Watson & Co. pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015, and completed on January 4, 2016

‘Gras Savoye’

GS & Cie Groupe SAS

‘Miller’

Miller Insurance Services LLP and its subsidiaries

‘TRANZACT’

CD&R TZ Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, doing business as TRANZACT

‘U.S.’

United States

‘U.K.’

United Kingdom

‘Brexit’

The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which occurred on January 31, 2020.

‘E.U.’

European Union or European Union 27 (the number of member countries following the United Kingdom’s exit)

‘U.S. GAAP’

United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

‘FASB’

Financial Accounting Standards Board

‘ASU’

Accounting Standards Update

‘ASC’

Accounting Standards Codification

‘SEC’

United States Securities and Exchange Commission


Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements

We have included in this document ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future, including such things as our outlook, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, our pending business combination with Aon plc, future capital expenditures, ongoing working capital efforts, future share repurchases, financial results (including our revenue), the impact of changes to tax laws on our financial results, existing and evolving business strategies and acquisitions and dispositions, demand for our services and competitive strengths, goals, the benefits of new initiatives, growth of our business and operations, our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational and technology changes, including investments in improving systems and processes, and plans and references to future successes, including our future financial and operating results, plans, objectives, expectations and intentions are forward-looking statements. Also, when we use words such as ‘may,’ ‘will,’ ‘would,’ ‘anticipate,’ ‘believe,’ ‘estimate,’ ‘expect,’ ‘intend,’ ‘plan,’ ‘probably,’ or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking disclosure is speculative by its nature.

A number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these forward-looking statements are identified under ‘Risk Factors’ in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These statements are based on assumptions that may not come true and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of these assumptions, and therefore also the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions, could themselves prove to be inaccurate. Given the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our inclusion of this information is not a representation or guarantee by us that our objectives and plans will be achieved.

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we will not update these forward-looking statements unless the securities laws require us to do so. With regard to these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this document may not occur, and we caution you against unduly relying on these forward-looking statements.


PART II.

I.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
INDEX TO AMENDMENT No.1. BUSINESS

The discussion of the general development of our business in this Item 1 on FORM 10-K/A

For the year ended December 31, 2017  
Page





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company

OpinionBusiness provides an update on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income,material changes in equity and cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The consolidated financial statements of the Companybusiness since our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “2016 financial statements”), before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 and before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements, were audited by other auditors whose report, dated March 1, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements. We have also audited the adjustments to the 2016 financial statements to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting related to stock compensation as discussed in Note 2 and the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of reportable segments as discussed in Note 4 to the financial statements. In our opinion, such retrospective adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2016 financial statements of the Company other than with respect to the retrospective adjustments, and accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2016 financial statements taken as a whole.
We have also audited, in accordance2019, filed with the standardsSEC on February 26, 2020 (the ‘2019 Form 10-K’), which included a complete description of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reportingour business as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established2019. We incorporate herein the description of our business, including as specified in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issuedthe discussion in this Item 1 below, by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2018 (not presented herein), expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respectreference to the 2019 Form 10-K, available at https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/0001140536/000156459020006736/wltw-10k_20191231.htm#ITEM_1_BUSINESS

The Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Philadelphia, PA
February 28, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company

Dublin, Ireland

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 and before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated balance sheet of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (the 2016 and 2015 consolidated financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements are not presented herein). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such 2016 and 2015 consolidated financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 and before the effects of the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We were not engaged to audit, review or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the changes in accounting discussed in Note 2 or to the retrospective adjustments to the disclosures for a change in the composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such retrospective adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those retrospective adjustments were audited by other auditors.

/s/ Deloitte LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 1, 2017


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
  Years ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
Revenues      
Commissions and fees $8,116
 $7,778
 $3,809
Interest and other income 86
 109
 20
Total revenues 8,202
 7,887
 3,829
Costs of providing services     

Salaries and benefits 4,745
 4,646
 2,303
Other operating expenses 1,534
 1,551
 718
Depreciation 203
 178
 95
Amortization 581
 591
 76
Restructuring costs 132
 193
 126
Transaction and integration expenses 269
 177
 84
Total costs of providing services 7,464
 7,336
 3,402
Income from operations 738
 551
 427
Interest expense 188
 184
 142
Other expense/(income), net 61
 27
 (55)
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES 489
 340
 340
Benefit from income taxes (100) (96) (33)
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES 589
 436
 373
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax 3
 2
 11
NET INCOME 592
 438
 384
Income attributable to non-controlling interests (24) (18) (11)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON $568
 $420
 $373
       
EARNINGS PER SHARE (i)
      
Basic earnings per share $4.21
 $3.07
 $5.49
Diluted earnings per share $4.18
 $3.04
 $5.41
       
Cash dividends declared per share (i)
 $2.12
 $1.92
 $3.28
       
NET INCOME $592
 $438
 $384
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:      
Foreign currency translation $295
 $(353) $(133)
Defined pension and post-retirement benefits 14
 (439) 180
Derivative instruments 75
 (75) (28)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, before non-controlling interests 384
 (867) 19
Comprehensive income/(loss) before non-controlling interests 976
 (429) 403
Comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to non-controlling interests (37) 2
 (1)
Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson $939
 $(427) $402
____________________
(i)
Basic and diluted earnings per share and cash dividends declared per share, for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. See Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details.
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)
  December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
ASSETS    
Cash and cash equivalents $1,030
 $870
Fiduciary assets 12,155
 10,505
Accounts receivable, net 2,246
 2,080
Prepaid and other current assets 430
 337
Total current assets 15,861
 13,792
Fixed assets, net 985
 839
Goodwill 10,519
 10,413
Other intangible assets, net 3,882
 4,368
Pension benefits assets 764
 488
Other non-current assets 447
 353
Total non-current assets 16,597
 16,461
TOTAL ASSETS $32,458
 $30,253
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY    
Fiduciary liabilities $12,155
 $10,505
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses 1,711
 1,481
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt 85
 508
Other current liabilities 804
 876
Total current liabilities 14,755
 13,370
Long-term debt 4,450
 3,357
Liability for pension benefits 1,259
 1,321
Deferred tax liabilities 615
 864
Provision for liabilities 558
 575
Other non-current liabilities 544
 532
Total non-current liabilities 7,426
 6,649
TOTAL LIABILITIES 22,181
 20,019
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 
 
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST 28
 51
EQUITY (i)
    
Additional paid-in capital 10,538
 10,596
Retained earnings 1,104
 1,452
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (1,513) (1,884)
Treasury shares, at cost, 17,519 in 2017 and 795,816 in 2016, and 40,000 shares, €1 nominal value, in 2017 and 2016 (3) (99)
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity 10,126
 10,065
Non-controlling interests 123
 118
Total equity 10,249
 10,183
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $32,458
 $30,253
____________________
(i)Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 132,139,581 (2017) and 137,075,068 (2016); Outstanding 132,139,581 (2017) and 136,296,771 (2016); (b) Ordinary shares, €1 nominal value; Authorized and Issued 40,000 shares in 2017 and 2016; and (c) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued none in 2017 and 2016.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
  Years ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES      
NET INCOME $592
 $438
 $384
Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating activities:      
Depreciation 252
 178
 95
Amortization 581
 591
 76
Net periodic benefit of defined benefit pension plans (91) (93) (78)
Provision for doubtful receivables from clients 17
 36
 5
Benefit from deferred income taxes (285) (244) (99)
Share-based compensation 67
 123
 64
Non-cash foreign exchange loss/(gain) 77
 (28) 73
Net gain on disposal of operations and fixed and intangible assets and gain on re-measurement of equity interests (13) 
 (90)
Other, net (57) 27
 (8)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of subsidiaries:      
Accounts receivable (64) (101) (155)
Fiduciary assets (1,167) (249) (508)
Fiduciary liabilities 1,167
 249
 508
Other assets (128) (233) (5)
Other liabilities (51) 174
 (61)
Provisions (35) 65
 43
Net cash from operating activities 862
 933
 244
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES      
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use (300) (218) (146)
Capitalized software costs (75) (85) 
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired (13) 476
 (857)
Net disposals of operations 57
 (1) 44
Other, net (4) 23
 16
Net cash (used in)/from investing activities (335) 195
 (943)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES      
Net borrowings/(payments) on revolving credit facility 642
 (237) 469
Senior notes issued 649
 1,606
 
Proceeds from issuance of other debt 32
 404
 592
Debt issuance costs (9) (14) (5)
Repayments of debt (734) (1,901) (166)
Repurchase of shares (532) (396) (82)
Proceeds from issuance of shares 61
 63
 131
Payments for share cancellation related to legal settlement (177) 
 
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions (65) (67) 
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares (18) (13) (1)
Dividends paid (277) (199) (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests (51) (21) (21)
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities (479) (775) 640
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 48
 353
 (59)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 112
 (15) (44)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 870
 532
 635
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $1,030
 $870
 $532

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(In millions of U.S. dollars and number of shares in thousands)
 
Shares
outstanding (i)
 Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Treasury shares 
AOCL (ii)
 Total WTW shareholders’ equity Non-controlling interests Total equity   
Redeemable Non-controlling interest (iii)
 Total
Balance as of January 1, 201567,460
 $1,524
 $1,530
 $(3) $(1,066) $1,985
 $22
 $2,007
   $59
  
Shares repurchased(646) 
 (82) 
 
 (82) 
 (82)   
  
Net income
 
 373
 
 
 373
 8
 381
   3
 $384
Dividends
 
 (224) 
 
 (224) (11) (235)   (5)  
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
 
 
 29
 29
 (6) 23
   (4) $19
Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans1,811
 128
 
 
 
 128
 
 128
   
  
Share-based compensation
 64
 
 
 
 64
 
 64
   
  
Additional non-controlling interests
 (53) 
 
 
 (53) 118
 65
   
  
Foreign currency translation
 9
 
 
 
 9
 
 9
   
  
Balance as of December 31, 201568,625
 $1,672
 $1,597
 $(3) $(1,037) $2,229
 $131
 $2,360
   $53
  
Shares repurchased(3,170) 
 (300) (96) 
 (396) 
 (396)   
  
Net income
 
 420
 
 
 420
 11
 431
   7
 $438
Dividends
 
 (265) 
 
 (265) (9) (274)   (5)  
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 (847) (847) (16) (863)   (4) $(867)
Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans1,342
 66
 
 
 
 66
 
 66
   
  
Issuance of shares for acquisitions69,500
 8,686
 
 
 
 8,686
 
 8,686
   
  
Replacement share-based compensation awards issued on acquisition
 37
 
 
 
 37
 
 37
   
  
Share-based compensation
 123
 
 
 
 123
 
 123
   
  
Additional non-controlling interests
 7
 
 
 
 7
 1
 8
 
 
  
Foreign currency translation
 5
 
 
 
 5
 
 5
   
  
Balance as of December 31, 2016136,297
 $10,596
 $1,452
 $(99) $(1,884) $10,065
 $118
 $10,183
   $51
  

(Continued)













WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(In millions of U.S. dollars and number of shares in thousands)
(Continued)
 
Shares
outstanding (i)
 Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Treasury shares 
AOCL (ii)
 Total WTW shareholders’ equity Non-controlling interests Total equity   
Redeemable Non-controlling interest (iii)
 Total
Adoption of ASU 2016-16 (See Note 2)
 
 (3) 
 
 (3) 
 (3)   
  
Shares repurchased(3,797) 
 (532) 
 
 (532) 
 (532)   
  
Shares canceled(1,415) (177) (96) 96
 
 (177) 
 (177)   
  
Net income
 
 568
 
 
 568
 16
 584
   8
 $592
Dividends
 
 (285) 
 
 (285) (15) (300)   (3)  
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 371
 371
 7
 378
   6
 $384
Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans1,055
 62
 
 
 
 62
 
 62
   
  
Share-based compensation
 67
 
 
 
 67
 
 67
   
  
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
 
 
 
 
 
 (3) (3)   (34)  
Foreign currency translation
 (10) 
 
 
 (10) 
 (10)   
  
Balance as of December 31, 2017132,140
 $10,538
 $1,104
 $(3) $(1,513) $10,126
 $123
 $10,249
   $28
  

(i)
The nominal value of the ordinary shares and the number of ordinary shares issued in the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. See Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details.
(ii)Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (‘AOCL’).
(iii)The non-controlling interest is related to Max Matthiessen Holding AB.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements




WILLIS TOWERS WATSON
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Tabular amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
Note 1 — Nature of Operations
Willis Towers Watson plc is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. Willis Towers Watson has more than 43,00046,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries and territories.countries. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent and expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our broadunique perspective allows us to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance.

Our clients operate on a global and local scale in a multitude of businesses and industries throughout the world and generally range in size from large, major multinational corporations to middle-market domestic and international companies. Our clients include many of the world’s leading corporations, including approximately 93% of the FTSE 100, 91% of the Fortune 1000, and 91% of the Fortune Global 500 companies. We offeralso advise the majority of the world’s leading insurance companies. We work with major corporations, emerging growth companies, governmental agencies and not-for-profit institutions in a wide variety of industries, with many of our client relationships spanning decades. No one client accounted for a significant concentration of revenue in each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. We place insurance with more than 2,500 insurance carriers, none of which individually accounted for a significant concentration of the total premiums we placed on behalf of our clients in 2020, 2019 or 2018.

We provide a comprehensive offering of services and solutions to clients across four business segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration.

On March 9, 2020, WTW and Aon plc (‘Aon’) issued an announcement disclosing that the respective boards of directors of WTW and Aon had reached agreement on the terms of a recommended acquisition of WTW by Aon. Under the terms of the agreement each WTW shareholder will receive 1.08 Aon ordinary shares for each WTW ordinary share. At the time of the announcement, it was estimated that upon completion of the combination, existing Aon shareholders will own approximately 63% and existing WTW shareholders will own approximately 37% of the combined company on a fully diluted basis.

The transaction was approved by the shareholders of both WTW and Aon during meetings of the respective shareholders held on August 26, 2020 and remains subject to other customary closing conditions, including required regulatory approvals. The antitrust regulatory review of the transaction remains ongoing. In addition, there are numerous other regulatory approvals and other closing conditions that need to be met. The parties expect the transaction to close in the first half of 2021, subject to satisfaction of these conditions.

Available Information

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the ‘SEC’). The SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information that issuers (including Willis Towers Watson) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.

The Company makes available, free of charge through our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our proxy statement, current reports on Form 8-K and Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Unless specifically incorporated by reference, information on our website is not a part of this Form 10-K.

The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Audit Committee Charter, Risk Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee Charter are available on our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, in the Investor Relations section, or upon request. Requests for copies of these documents should be directed in writing to the Company Secretary c/o Office of General Counsel, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Brookfield Place, 200 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10281.


General Information

Willis Towers Watson offers its clients a broad range of services to help them to identify and control their risks, and to enhance business performance by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. We help our clients enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help them anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management, as well as offer investment advice to help our clientsthem develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals.

As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate the largesta private Medicare exchange in the United States (‘U.S.’). Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits.

We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account.

We derive the majority of our revenue from either commissions or fees for brokerage or consulting services. We do not determine the insurance premiums on which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the same trend as premium levels as they are derived from a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in these premiums charged by the insurance carriers can therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of operations. Our fees for consulting services are spread across a variety of complementary businesses that generally remain steady during times of uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, which can be counter cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change.

Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic negatively affected our revenue and operating results during 2020, and we expect that it will continue to have an impact on our financial condition and results of operations in the near term and may have a substantial and negative impact on our financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations in future periods. For information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our business and measures we have taken in response, see Item 7 ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Risks and Uncertainties of the COVID-19 Pandemic’ and Item 1A ‘Risk Factors-Strategic, Operational and Technology Risks-We have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and may be substantially and negatively impacted by it in the future.’

Business Strategy

Willis Towers Watson is in the business of people, risk and capital. We believe that a unified approach to these areas can be a path to growth for our clients. Our integrated teams bring together our understanding of risk strategies and market analytics. This helps clients around the world to achieve their objectives.

We operate in attractive markets – both growing and mature – with a diversified platform across geographies, industries, segments and lines of business. We aim to be the premier advisory, broking and solutions company, creating a competitive advantage and delivering sustainable growth.

We believe we can achieve this by:

Driving profitable organic growth in our current core businesses and geographies – each has a role to play in Willis Towers Watson’s success;

Delivering a winning client experience – we are committed to always bringing the best of Willis Towers Watson to our clients – with a consistent standard across all of our businesses and geographies; and

Investing both organically and inorganically – with a focus on the most attractive markets for growth or where we can achieve a sustainable competitive advantage, including adjacencies, innovation and inorganic opportunities.

We care as much about how we work as we do about the impact that we make. This means commitment to shared values, a framework that guides how we run our business and serve clients.


Through these strategies we aim to accelerate revenue, cash flow, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (‘EBITDA’), and earnings growth, and to generate compelling returns for investors, by delivering tangible growth in revenue.

Principal Services

We manage our business across four integrated reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration. Below are the percentages of revenue generated by each segment for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Human Capital and Benefits

 

 

35

%

 

 

37

%

 

 

38

%

Corporate Risk and Broking

 

 

32

%

 

 

33

%

 

 

34

%

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

 

 

18

%

 

 

18

%

 

 

19

%

Benefits Delivery and Administration

 

 

15

%

 

 

12

%

 

 

9

%

Human Capital and Benefits

For a description of our Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’) segment, see the link above to the 2019 Form 10-K, and see ‘Human Capital and Benefits’ within Part I, Item 1 Business in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020. There have been no material updates to the description of our HCB segment since the 2019 Form 10-K.   

Corporate Risk and Broking

The Willis Towers Watson Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’) segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance brokerage and consulting services to clients worldwide ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations, and places more than $20 billion of premiums into the insurance markets on an annual basis. The segment delivers integrated global solutions tailored to client needs and underpinned by data and analytics through a balanced matrix of global lines of business across all of the Company’s regions. The global lines of business as of December 31, 2020 are:

Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a wide range of industries and segments including real estate, healthcare and retail. We also arrange insurance products and services for our affinity client partners to offer to their customers, employees, or members alongside, or in addition to, their principal business offerings.

Aerospace — Aerospace provides specialist expertise to the aerospace and space industries. Our aerospace business provides insurance broking, risk management services, contractual and technical advisory expertise to aerospace clients worldwide, including the world’s leading airlines, aircraft manufacturers, air cargo handlers and other airport and general aviation companies. The specialist InSpace team is also prominent in providing insurance and risk management services to the space industry.

Construction — Our Construction business provides services that include insurance broking, claims, loss control and specialized risk advice for a wide range of construction projects and activities. Clients include contractors, project owners, public entities, project managers, consultants and financiers, among others.

Facultative — Facultative capabilities exist for each of CRB’s offerings to serve as a broker or intermediary for insurance companies seeking to arrange reinsurance solutions across various classes of risk for their clients, some of which may also be broking clients of Willis Towers Watson. The Facultative team also works closely with our treaty reinsurance business to structure reinsurance solutions that deliver capital and strategic benefits to insurance company clients.

Financial, Executive and Professional Risks (‘FINEX’) — FINEX encompasses all financial and executive risks, delivering client solutions that range from management and professional liability, employment practices liability, crime, cyber and M&A-related insurances to risk consulting and advisory services. Specialist teams provide risk consulting and risk transfer solutions to a broad spectrum of clients across a multitude of industries, as well as the financial and professional service sectors.

Financial Solutions — Financial Solutions provides insurance broking services and specialized risk advice related to credit, surety, terrorism and political risk to clients that range from corporate to professional services firms and financial institutions including, but not limited to, banks, export credit agencies, multilaterals/development finance institutions, private equity funds and special purpose vehicles.


Marine Marineprovides specialist expertise to the maritime and logistics industries. Our Marine business provides insurance broking services related to hull and machinery, cargo, protection and indemnity, fine art and general marine liabilities, among others. Our Marine clients include, but are not limited to, ship owners and operators, shipbuilders, logistics operations, port authorities, traders, shippers, exhibitors and secure transport companies.

Natural Resources — Our Natural Resources practice encompasses the oil, gas and chemicals, mining and metals, power and utilities and renewable energy sectors. It provides sector-specific risk transfer solutions and insights, which include insurance broking, risk engineering, contractual reviews, wording analysis and claims management.

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

For a description of our Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) segment, see the link above to the 2019 Form 10-K, and see ‘Investment, Risk and Reinsurance’ within Part I, Item 1 Business in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020. There have been no material updates to the description of our IRR segment since the 2019 Form 10-K other than the information provided below.

In September 2020, the Company sold its Max Matthiessen business, which was included within the IRR segment. See Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Benefits Delivery and Administration

For a description of our Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) segment, see the link above to the 2019 Form 10-K, and see ‘Benefits Delivery and Administration’ within Part I, Item 1 Business in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020. There have been no material updates to the description of our BDA segment since the 2019 Form 10-K.

Human Capital

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The number of employees by segment for the year ended December 31, 2020 is approximated below:

December 31, 2020

Human Capital and Benefits

14,800

Corporate Risk and Broking

13,200

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

4,100

Benefits Delivery and Administration

6,700

Corporate and Other

7,300

Total Employees

46,100

The number of employees by geography as of the year ended December 31, 2020 is approximated below:

December 31, 2020

North America

16,700

Great Britain

8,200

Western Europe

7,700

International

13,500

Total Employees

46,100

At December 31, 2020, Willis Towers Watson’s global workforce was 53.8% female and 46.2% male, and global and senior leadership was 27.7% female. Our Board of Directors was 33.3% female, including the Compensation Committee Chairman.  Voluntary turnover (rolling 12-month attrition) was 11.3% in 2020 compared to 11.2% in 2019.

Inclusion and Diversity — We believe that a culture of inclusion and diversity (‘I&D’) is critical to our business. I&D has a direct impact on our ability to grow and excel.


Our enterprise-wide I&D priorities include the following:

Build a robust pipeline for underrepresented talent;

Meaningfully increase the level of overall diversity – including the number of women and underrepresented groups – in leadership; and

Promote an inclusive culture, one that respects each other's differences and celebrates what's unique about each of us.

A key underlying theme of these priorities is a sharpened focus on our female talent and a goal to increase gender balance in leadership levels across the company. This focus directly supports the statement Willis Towers Watson made when we joined the Paradigm for Parity® (‘P4P’) coalition in 2016. P4P is committed to reaching gender parity in leadership by 2030.

Our Operating Committee members have I&D objectives as part of their individual performance component, comprising 20% of their short-term incentive awards. In 2020, we continued to make progress increasing female representation in leadership roles to 27.7% (26.5% in 2019). Furthermore, female representation in our global workforce increased from 53.3% in 2019 to 53.8% in 2020.

Each year our leaders cascade I&D-focused objectives throughout the organization, and we continue to look for ways to ensure an objective and fair process that mitigates human biases in all of our talent programs and processes. Examples of our I&D activities include:

Our global I&D council, sponsored by our Chief Executive Officer and by our Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Human Resources, sets the standard for our I&D initiatives globally. It is driven by regional I&D councilsthat provide local perspectives and help to translate our global priorities into actions within each region

Our inclusion networksare designed to engage our talent and better connect us to each other, our clients and the communities in which we work and live. Current inclusion networks include: Gender Equity, LGBT+, Multicultural, Workability (Asia, North America and the U.K.), and Young Professionals (Asia, the U.K. and Western Europe)

Total Rewards— Willis Towers Watson invests significant resources in our most important asset – our colleagues. Our aim is to provide colleagues with pay-for-performance, benefits that support good health and a balanced life, as well as the ability to plan for the future, and a range of opportunities for professional development and career growth.

Our Total Rewards program aims to ensure that colleagues are protected in the event of accident or illness, have sufficient paid time off and have the opportunity to accumulate capital for personal needs and retirement. We also aim to provide flexibility at work, including modified work arrangements and schedules (e.g. flex time, part-time, work-from-home) that enable and support colleagues to stay focused on their clients and business needs, while balancing personal commitments.

COVID-19 Response: Health, Safety and Wellbeing — We mobilized incident management teams to ensure employee safety and client service continuity in the early stage of the COVID-19 pandemic. Most of our colleagues began working remotely through technology enhancements, full access to flexible work-life arrangements and open communication. We continued to collect feedback and well-being ideas to help our colleagues adapt, and chartered a multi-faceted team to develop a structured approach to the ‘new normal.’ Recognizing colleagues’ varied situations, their feedback was sought on these efforts. The June all-colleague engagement survey, with high participation, showed strong support for our efforts, with over 90% of staff feeling connected to their teams, having adequate access to their managers and appreciating the flexibility. Work has since shifted to ‘reimagining the workplace,’ using lessons from the crisis to define the evolving role offices will play in how our work is done. For information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our business and additional measures we have taken in response, see Item 7 ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Risks and Uncertainties of the COVID-19 Pandemic.’ In addition, risks relating to COVID-19 and other human resources risks are discussed under Item 1A ‘Risk Factors’.

Competition

For a description of our competition, see the link above to the 2019 Form 10-K, and see ‘Competition’ within Part I, Item 1 Business in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020.  

Regulation

For a description of the regulations under which we operate, see the link above to the 2019 Form 10-K, and see ‘Regulation’ within Part I, Item 1 Business in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020.  


Information about Executive Officers of the Registrant

The executive officers of the Company as of February 23, 2021 were as follows:

Nicolas Aubert (age 55) - Mr. Aubert has served as Head of Great Britain at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016, and as the CEO of Willis Limited, the Company’s U.K. insurance and reinsurance broking subsidiary, since September 30, 2015.  Since 2020, Mr. Aubert also has served as the UK Branch Director of Willis Towers Watson’s Belgian entity, Willis Towers Watson SA/NV.  Prior to his appointment as Head of Great Britain in January 2015, Mr. Aubert served as CEO of Willis GB, the operating segment of Willis Group Holdings that included Willis’ London specialty businesses and facultative business, and the retail insurance business in Great Britain. Since 2016, Mr. Aubert has served as Chair and immediate Past Chair of the London Market Group (‘LMG’), remaining a member of LMG’s board, President and immediate Past President of the Insurance Institute of London. Mr. Aubert has also served on the Executive Committee of the London & International Brokers Association and is a member of TheCityUK’s Advisory Council. Prior to joining Willis, Mr. Aubert served as the Chief Operating Officer of American International Group (‘AIG’) in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and formerly as the Managing Director of AIG in the U.K. After joining AIG in June 2002 to lead AIG France, Mr. Aubert served in various other senior management positions, including Managing Director of Southern Europe, where he oversaw operations in 12 countries, including Israel. Prior to AIG, Mr. Aubert worked in various leadership positions at ACE, CIGNA, GAN and started his career at GENERALI. He holds specialized master’s degrees in insurance law (DESS Assurances) from Pantheon-Sorbonne University of Paris and from Institut des Assurances de Paris (Université Paris-Dauphine) and an M.B.A. from the French High Insurance Studies Center.

Anne D. Bodnar (age 64) - Ms. Bodnar has served as Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Human Resources since May 31, 2019. Prior to that, she served as Chief Human Resources Officer at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Bodnar served on Towers Watson’s Management Committee since January 2015 and as Towers Watson’s Chief Administrative Officer since January 1, 2010. Ms. Bodnar previously served as Managing Director of HR at Towers Perrin beginning in 2001. From 1995 to 2000, Ms. Bodnar led Towers Perrin’s recruiting and learning and development efforts. Prior to that, she was a strategy consultant in Towers Perrin’s Human Capital business. Earlier in her career, Ms. Bodnar held several operational and strategic planning roles at what is now JPMorgan Chase. Additionally, Ms. Bodnar published a chapter entitled ‘HR as a Strategic Partner’ in Human Resources Leadership Strategies: Fifteen Ways to Enhance HR Value in Your Company. She was elected to the YWCA’s Academy of Women Achievers in 1999. Ms. Bodnar graduated cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa from Smith College and has an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Michael J. Burwell (age 57) - Mr. Burwell has served as Chief Financial Officer of Willis Towers Watson since October 3, 2017. Before joining Willis Towers Watson, Mr. Burwell spent over 30 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), where he served in various senior leadership roles, including, most recently, as a Senior Partner driving transformation activities with various clients across industries since 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Burwell served as Vice Chairman, Global and US Transformation Leader from 2012 to 2016, as Vice Chairman, US Operations Leader, and Chief Financial Officer from 2007 to 2012, and as Leader of the Transaction Services practice from 2005 to 2007. During his initial time at PwC, Mr. Burwell served 11 years in the assurance practice working on numerous audit clients. He has a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Michigan State University and is a certified public accountant. In 2010, he was named Michigan State University’s Alumnus of the Year.

Matthew S. Furman (age 51) - Mr. Furman has served as General Counsel at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Furman served as Executive Vice President and Group General Counsel at Willis Group Holdings, where he was a member of the Operating Committee since April 2015. From 2007 until March 2015, Mr. Furman was Senior Vice President, Group General Counsel-Corporate and Governance, and Corporate Secretary for The Travelers Companies, Inc. From 2000 until 2007, Mr. Furman was an attorney at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York, where he was Vice President and Associate General Counsel in the finance and corporate legal group. Prior to that, he was in private practice, with almost six years’ experience at Simpson Thacher & Bartlett in New York. Mr. Furman also serves as a Trustee of the Jewish Theological Seminary and previously served as a Director of the Legal Aid Society and a member of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s Investor Advisory Committee, where he served on the Executive Committee and chaired the Market Structure Subcommittee. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Brown University and a law degree from Harvard Law School.

Adam L. Garrard (age 55) - Mr. Garrard has served as Head of Corporate Risk and Broking since August 14, 2019. Prior to that, he served as Head of International at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis Group Holdings in Asia since September 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis in Europe since January 2009, Chief Executive Officer for Willis in Australasia since May 2005 and Chief Executive Officer for Asia since January 2002. Mr. Garrard has resided in Singapore, Shanghai, Sydney and London while undertaking his Chief Executive Officer roles. After graduating from De Montfort University with a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration in 1992, Mr. Garrard joined SBJ Stephenson Insurance Brokers before joining Willis in 1994.


Julie J. Gebauer (age 59) - Ms. Gebauer has served as Head of Human Capital & Benefits at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Gebauer served as Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Talent and Rewards business segment since January 1, 2010. Beginning in 2002, Ms. Gebauer served as a Managing Director of Towers Perrin and led Towers Perrin’s global Workforce Effectiveness practice and the global Towers Perrin-International Survey Research Corporation line of business. Ms. Gebauer was a member of Towers Perrin’s Board of Directors from 2003 through 2006. She joined Towers Perrin in 1986 as a consultant and held several leadership positions at Towers Perrin, serving as the Managing Principal for the New York office from 1999 to 2001 and the U.S. East Region Leader for the Human Capital Group from 2002 to 2006. Ms. Gebauer is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries. Ms. Gebauer graduated Phi Beta Kappa and with high distinction from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln with a bachelor’s degree in mathematics and was designated a Chancellor’s Scholar.

Joseph Gunn (age 50) - Mr. Gunn has served as Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016. Previously, Mr. Gunn served as the regional director for the Northeast region of Willis Towers Watson where he led the business in both Metro New York and New England since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Gunn served as the National Partner for the Northeast Region at Willis North America since July 2009, and before that, as the Chief Growth Officer for Willis North America and regional executive officer for the South Central region of Willis North America since August 2006. Before joining Willis in 2004, Mr. Gunn led the Client Development team of Marsh & McLennan for the North Texas operations and served as a senior relationship officer on several large accounts. Mr. Gunn serves as a member of the board of trustees of Big Brothers Big Sisters of New York. He holds a bachelor’s degree in political science from Florida State University.

John J. Haley (age 71) - Mr. Haley has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Haley served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Towers Watson since January 1, 2010, and as President since October 3, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Haley served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Watson Wyatt beginning on January 1, 1999, as Chairman of the Board of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1999 and as a director of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1992. Mr. Haley joined Watson Wyatt in 1977. Prior to becoming President and Chief Executive Officer of Watson Wyatt, he was the Global Director of the Benefits group at Watson Wyatt. Mr. Haley is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries. He is also a co-author of Fundamentals of Private Pensions (University of Pennsylvania Press). Additionally, Mr. Haley serves on the board of MAXIMUS, Inc., a provider of health and human services program management, consulting services and system solutions, and previously served on the board of Hudson Global, Inc., an executive search, specialty staffing and related consulting services firm. He has an A.B. in mathematics from Rutgers College and studied under a fellowship at the Graduate School of Mathematics at Yale University.

Carl A. Hess (age 59) - Mr. Hess has served as Head of Investment, Risk and Reinsurance since October 27, 2016.  Previously, Mr. Hess served as the Co-Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Hess served as Managing Director, The Americas of Towers Watson since February 1, 2014, and before that, he served as the Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Investment business since January 1, 2010. Before his service at Towers Watson, Mr. Hess worked in a variety of roles for over 20 years at Watson Wyatt, lastly as Global Practice Director of Watson Wyatt’s Investment business. Mr. Hess is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries and a Chartered Enterprise Risk Analyst. He has a bachelor’s degree cum laude in logic and language from Yale University.

Anne Pullum (age 38) - Ms. Pullum has served as Head of Western Europe since May 31, 2019. Prior to that, she served as the Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Strategy and Innovation at Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016. Beginning on January 4, 2016, Ms.Pullum served as Willis Towers Watson’s Head of Strategy, where she has played a key role in determining the Company’s strategy and worked across all business segments and functional areas. Previously, Ms. Pullum served as the Head of Strategy for Willis Group since May 2014.  Before joining Willis, Ms. Pullum worked at McKinsey & Company, where she served financial services and natural resource clients since October 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Pullum conducted economic research at Greenspan Associates in Washington, D.C. and served as an analyst in the Goldman Sachs Equities Division in London. Ms. Pullum holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD and a bachelor’s degree in international economics from Georgetown University’s School of Foreign Service. 

Gene H. Wickes (age 68) - Mr. Wickes has served as the Head of Benefits Delivery and Administration at Willis Towers Watson since April 1, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Wickes served as an Executive Sponsor of the combined Willis Towers Watson Merger integration team since January 4, 2016. Previously, he served as the Managing Director of the Benefits business segment of Towers Watson from January 1, 2010 until the closing of the Willis Towers Watson merger. Prior to that, he served as the Global Director of the Benefits practice of Watson Wyatt beginning in 2005 and as a member of Watson Wyatt’s Board of Directors from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Wickes was Watson Wyatt’s Global Retirement Practice Director in 2004 and the U.S. West Division’s Retirement Practice Leader from 1997 to 2004. Mr. Wickes joined Watson Wyatt in 1996 as a senior consultant and consulting actuary. Prior to joining Watson Wyatt, he spent 18 years with Towers Perrin, where he assisted organizations with welfare, retirement, and executive benefit issues. Mr. Wickes is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the Conference of Consulting Actuaries, and he has a B.S. in mathematics and economics, an M.S. in mathematics and an M.S. in economics, all from Brigham Young University.


Board of Directors

A list of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and their principal occupations is provided below:

John J. Haley

Brendan R. O’Neill

Wilhelm Zeller

Chief Executive Officer

Former CEO of Imperial Chemical Industries PLC

Former CEO of Hannover Re Group

Anna C. Catalano

Jaymin B. Patel

Former Group Vice President, Marketing for BP plc

Executive Chairman, Cloud Agronomics Inc.

Victor F. Ganzi

Linda D. Rabbitt

Non-Executive Chairman of Willis Towers Watson, Former President & CEO of The Hearst Corporation

Founder and Chairman of Rand Construction Corporation

Wendy E. Lane

Paul D. Thomas

Chairman of Lane Holdings, Inc.

Former CEO of Reynolds Packaging Group



ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Executive Summary of Risk Factors

The following contains a summary of each of our risk factors. For the complete disclosure of each risk factor contained herein, please click on the respective summary.

Combination-Related Risks

Our pending combination with Aon creates incremental business, regulatory and reputational risks.

The combination is subject to customary closing conditions, including conditions related to required regulatory approvals, and may not be completed on a timely basis, or at all, or may be completed on a basis that has a material adverse impact on the value of the combined company.

The combination subjects us to various significant restrictions on our operations between signing and closing.

Failure to close the combination could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of the Company.

Litigation filed against us could prevent or delay the completion of the combination or result in the payment of damages following completion of the combination.

Strategic, Operational and Technology Risks

Our success largely depends on our ability to achieve our global business strategy as it evolves, and our results of operations and financial condition could suffer if the Company were unable to successfully establish and execute on its strategy and generate anticipated revenue growth and cost savings and efficiencies.

We have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and may be substantially and negatively impacted by it in the future.

Demand for our services could decrease for various reasons, including a general economic downturn, increased competition, or a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects, all of which could materially adversely affect us.

Data security breaches or improper disclosure of confidential company or personal data could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

We could be subject to claims and lawsuits arising from our work, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, business and financial condition.

As a highly-regulated company, we are subject from time to time to inquiries or investigations by governmental agencies or regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Our growth strategy depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions. We face risks when we acquire or divest businesses, and we could have difficulty in acquiring, integrating or managing acquired businesses, or with effecting internal reorganizations, all of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or reputation.

Our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes could impact our business results, where the level of costs and/or disruption may be significant and change over time, and the benefits may be less than we originally expect.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Interruption to or loss of our information processing capabilities or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information processing hardware or systems could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which occurred on January 31, 2020, and the risk that other countries may follow, could adversely affect us.

Allegations of conflicts of interest, including in connection with accepting market derived income (‘MDI’), may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or reputation.

Damage to our reputation, including due to the failure of third parties on whom we rely to perform services or public opinions of third parties with whom we associate, could adversely affect our businesses.

The loss of key colleagues could damage or result in the loss of client relationships and could result in such colleagues competing against us.

Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology, data and analytics to drive value for our clients through technology-based solutions or gain internal efficiencies through the effective application of technology, analytics and related tools.


Our business may be harmed by any negative developments that may occur in the insurance industry or if we fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers.

Legal, Non-Financial/Tax Regulatory and Compliance Risks

Our inability to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations related to data privacy and cyber security could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, cultural, market, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.

Sanctions imposed by governments, or changes to such sanction regulations, could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial results.

Our business will be negatively affected if we are not able to anticipate and keep pace with rapid changes in government laws or regulations, or if government laws or regulations decrease the need for our services or increase our costs.

Our compliance systems and controls cannot guarantee that we comply with all applicable federal and state or foreign laws and regulations, and actions by regulatory authorities or changes in applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes and developments in the health insurance system in the United States could harm our business.

Limited protection of our intellectual property could harm our business and our ability to compete effectively, and we face the risk that our services or products may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others.

The laws of Ireland differ from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.

Financial and Related Regulatory, Including Tax, Risks

We have material pension liabilities that can fluctuate significantly and adversely affect our financial position or net income or result in other financial impacts.

Our outstanding debt could adversely affect our cash flows and financial flexibility, and we may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all.

A downgrade to our corporate credit rating and the credit ratings of our outstanding debt may adversely affect our borrowing costs and financial flexibility and, under certain circumstances, may require us to offer to buy back some of our outstanding debt.

If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our shares, such a holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

Legislative or regulatory action in the U.S. or abroad could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain a competitive worldwide effective corporate tax rate.

Our significant non-U.S. operations, particularly our London market operations, expose us to exchange rate fluctuations and various other risks that could impact our business.

Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our quarterly revenue and cash flow could fluctuate, including as a result of factors outside of our control, while our expenses may remain relatively fixed or be higher than expected.

It is unclear how increased regulatory oversight and changes in the method for determining the London Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’) may affect the value of the financial obligations to be held or issued by us that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We are a holding company and, therefore, may not be able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries.



Risk Factors

In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following are some of the important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. These risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating our business. The descriptions below are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that are presently unknown to us could also impair our business operations, financial condition or results. If any of the risks and uncertainties below or other risks were to occur, our business operations, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. With respect to the tax-related consequences of acquisition, ownership and disposal of ordinary shares, you should consult with your own tax advisors.

Combination-Related Risks

Our pending combination with Aon creates incremental business, regulatory and reputational risks.

On March 9, 2020, the Company announced that it had entered into a business combination agreement with Aon. The proposed transaction with Aon entails important risks, including, among others: the risk that we are unable to obtain the requisite regulatory approvals or satisfy all of the other conditions required to consummate the proposed transaction on the proposed terms and schedule, if at all; the risk that we and Aon are unable to successfully integrate our combined operations and employees and realize the proposed transaction’s benefits, including potential synergies, or that we are unable to realize such benefits at the times and to the extent anticipated or that results are different from those contained in forecasts when made; the risk that transaction and/or integration costs or dis-synergies are greater than expected, including as a result of conditions regulators put on any approvals of the transaction; the impact of the announcement and/or the potential impact of the consummation of the proposed transaction on relationships, including with employees, suppliers, clients and competitors; the risk that we and/or the combined company will not have the ability to hire and retain key personnel; the risk that management’s attention is diverted from other matters during the pendency of the combination;  the risk that litigation associated with the proposed combination affects the combination or the business otherwise; the risk of disruptions from the proposed transaction that impact our and/or Aon’s business, including current plans and operations; the risk posed by extensive government regulation on our business and/or the business of the combined company; the risk of adverse effects on the market price of Aon’s and the Company’s securities and on Aon’s and the Company’s operating results for any reason; and other risks described below and in the Company’s other SEC filings.

The combination is subject to customary closing conditions, including conditions related to required regulatory approvals, and may not be completed on a timely basis, or at all, or may be completed on a basis that has a material adverse impact on the value of the combined company.

The closing of the combination is subject to a number of customary conditions, and there can be no assurance that all of the conditions to the closing of the combination will be satisfied or waived (to the extent applicable) in a timely manner or at all. The failure to satisfy the required conditions could delay the closing of the combination for a significant period of time or prevent the closing of the combination from occurring at all. These closing conditions include, among others, certain antitrust-related clearances, including under the U.S. Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, referred to as the ‘HSR Act,’ the European Commission Merger Regulation and the antitrust laws of the other required antitrust jurisdictions. These closing conditions also include certain other regulatory clearances.

The governmental agencies from which the parties are seeking certain approvals related to these conditions have broad discretion in administering the applicable governing regulations. As a condition to their approval of the combination, agencies may impose requirements, limitations or costs or require divestitures or place restrictions on the conduct of the combined company’s business after the closing of the combination. Such requirements, limitations, costs or restrictions could delay or prevent the closing of the combination or have a material adverse effect on the combined company’s business and results of operations following the closing of the combination.

In addition, the closing conditions include other legal and regulatory conditions, such as: (i) the sanction by the Irish High Court of the scheme and the delivery of the court order to the Irish Registrar of Companies; (ii) the approval by the NYSE of the listing of all of the Aon shares to be issued in connection with the scheme; and (iii) the absence of any law or order that restrains, enjoins, makes illegal or otherwise prohibits the closing of the combination.

The combination is also subject to other customary closing conditions, including: (i) the Business Combination Agreement not having been terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) the accuracy of each party’s representations and warranties made in the business combination agreement between the Company and Aon, subject to specified materiality standards; (iii) the absence of a material adverse effect with respect to each party since March 9, 2020; and (iv) the performance and compliance by each party of all of its obligations and compliance with all of its covenants under the business combination agreement in all material respects. There can be


no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the combination will be satisfied or waived or that the combination will be completed within the expected time frame, or at all.

In addition, if the combination is not completed by March 9, 2021 (or June 9, 2021 or September 9, 2021, if automatically extended under the terms of the business combination agreement, if applicable, or such earlier date as may be specified by the Irish Takeover Panel), either Aon or the Company may choose not to proceed with the combination. The parties can mutually decide to terminate the business combination agreement at any time.

The combination subjects us to various significant restrictions on our operations between signing and closing.

The business combination agreement subjects the Company to various significant restrictions on its operations between signing and closing. Those include, among others, with respect to share repurchases, the incurrence of debt above thresholds or the acquisition or disposition of assets above specified thresholds, and specified changes to compensation and benefit programs. In addition, under Irish law, many of the same (and certain additional) actions occurring between signing and closing require the prior approval of the Irish Takeover Panel. If the Company desires to take any of the specified actions, and does not receive the consent of Aon and/or the Irish Takeover Panel, these restrictions may prevent the Company from pursuing otherwise attractive business opportunities or making changes to its business or operations prior to the closing of the combination or the termination of the business combination agreement, which in turn could materially impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operation.

Failure to close the combination could negatively impact the share price and the future business and financial results of the Company.

If the combination is not completed for any reason, the Company’s ongoing business may be adversely affected and, without realizing the potential benefits of the completion of the combination, the Company will be subject to a number of risks, including the following:

the Company will be required to pay certain costs and expenses relating to the combination;

if the business combination agreement is terminated under specified circumstances, the Company may be obligated to reimburse certain transaction expenses of Aon;

the Company may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including negative impacts on the market price of the Company’s shares;

the manner in which clients, vendors, business partners and other third parties perceive the Company may be negatively impacted, which in turn could affect the Company’s ability to compete for new business or to obtain renewals in the marketplace;

the time and resources expended by the Company’s management on matters relating to the combination (including integration planning) could otherwise have been devoted to other opportunities that may have been beneficial to the Company; and

the Company could be subject to litigation related to any failure to close the combination or related to any enforcement proceeding commenced against the Company to perform their respective obligations under the business combination agreement.

If the combination does not close, these risks may materialize and may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial results and share price.

Litigation filed against us could prevent or delay the completion of the combination or result in the payment of damages following completion of the combination.

We and members of our board of directors have been and may in the future be parties, among others, to various claims and litigation related to the business combination agreement and the combination. The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict, and could delay or prevent the completion of the combination in a timely manner or at all, and could result in substantial costs to us, including, but not limited to, costs associated with the indemnification of our directors and officers. Moreover, such litigation could be time consuming and expensive, and such litigation could divert our management’s attention away from their regular businesses. Adverse rulings in any of these lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

One of the conditions to the closing of the combination is that no order (whether temporary or permanent) has been issued, promulgated, made, rendered or entered into by any court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction which restrains, enjoins, makes illegal or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the combination (excluding certain laws and orders unrelated to the required


antitrust clearances and the required regulatory clearances). Consequently, if any suits are brought and plaintiffs are successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting the Company and Aon from completing the combination on the terms contemplated by the business combination agreement, such an injunction may delay the completion of the combination in the expected timeframe, or may prevent the combination from being completed altogether.

Strategic, Operational and Technology Risks

Our success largely depends on our ability to achieve our global business strategy as it evolves, and our results of operations and financial condition could suffer if the Company were unable to successfully establish and execute on its strategy and generate anticipated revenue growth and cost savings and efficiencies.

Our future growth, profitability and cash flows largely depend upon our ability to successfully establish and execute our global business strategy. As discussed under Item 1, ‘Business - Business Strategy’, we seek to be an advisory, broking and solutions provider of choice through an integrated global platform. While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects opportunities that are appropriate and achievable, there is a possibility that our strategy may not deliver projected long-term growth in revenue and profitability due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, global or local economic conditions, competition, changes in the industries in which we operate, sub-optimal resource allocation or any of the other risks described in this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In addition, our strategy continues to evolve, and it is possible that we will be unable to successfully execute the associated strategy changes, due to factors discussed above or elsewhere in this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In pursuit of our growth strategy, we may also invest significant time and resources into new product or service offerings, and there is the possibility that these offerings may fail to yield sufficient return to cover their investment. The failure to continually develop and execute optimally on our global business strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and may be substantially and negatively impacted by it in the future.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on global commercial activity, including the global supply chain, and has contributed to strain in financial markets, including, among other effects, significant volatility in equity markets, changes in interest rates and reduced liquidity on a global basis. It has also resulted in increased travel restrictions and extended shutdowns of businesses in various industries including, among others, travel, trade, tourism, health systems and food supply, and significantly reduced overall economic output. As such, there is a risk that COVID-19 could have a substantial negative impact on client demand and cash flow.

COVID-19 risks magnify other risks discussed in this report and any of our SEC filings. For example, the effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-governmental organizations, in combating the spread and severity of COVID-19 could have a material impact on demand for our business. In addition, steps taken by market counterparties such as (re)insurance carriers to limit their exposures to COVID-19 and related risks could have an impact on their willingness to provide or renew coverage for our clients on historical terms and pricing, which could again impact demand for our business. Coverage disputes arising out of the pandemic could also increase our professional liability risk by increasing the frequency and severity of allegations by others that, in the course of providing services, we have committed errors or omissions for which we should have liability.  Also, travel restrictions have caused the postponement, modification or cancellation of various conferences and meetings around the world and adversely impacted sales activity. The rapid development and fluidity of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the continued development, availability, distribution and acceptance of an effective vaccine, precludes any prediction as to the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19 on our business. Nevertheless, COVID-19 continues to present material uncertainty and risk with respect to demand for our products and services.

In addition, COVID-19 has disrupted certain aspects of our business and could continue to disrupt, possibly materially, our own business operations and the services we provide, as well as the business operations of our clients, suppliers and other third parties with whom we interact. As an increasing percentage of our colleagues continue to work remotely, we face resiliency risks, such as the risk that our information technology platform could potentially be inadequate to support increasing demand, as well as the risk that unusual working arrangements could impact the effectiveness of our operations or controls. The economic disruption caused by COVID-19 has impacted the pace at which we have made information technology-based investments, and we may continue to make fewer information technology-based investments than previously anticipated, which could potentially create business operational risk. In addition, we depend on third-party platforms and other infrastructure to provide certain of our products and services, and such third-party infrastructures face similar resiliency risks. These factors have exposed us to increased phishing and other cybersecurity attacks as cybercriminals try to exploit the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as an increase in the number of points of potential attack, such as laptops and mobile devices (both of which are now being used in increased numbers as many of our employees work remotely), to be secured. A failure to effectively manage these risks, including to promptly identify and appropriately respond to any cyberattacks, may adversely affect our business.


Also, a potential COVID-19 infection of any of our key colleagues could substantially and negatively impact our operations. Further, it is possible that COVID-19 causes us to close down call centers and other processes on which we rely, or impacts processes of third-party vendors on whom we rely, which could also materially impact our operations. Resultant changes in financial markets could also have a material impact on our own hedging and other financial transactions, which could impact our liquidity. In addition, it is possible that COVID-19 restrictions could create difficulty for satisfying our legal or regulatory filing or other obligations, including with the SEC and other regulators.

All of the foregoing events or potential outcomes, including in combination with other risk factors included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, could cause a substantial negative effect on our results of operations in any period and, depending on their severity, could also substantially and negatively affect our financial condition. Furthermore, such potential material adverse effects may lag behind the developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Such events and outcomes also could potentially impact our reputation with clients and regulators, among others.  

Demand for our services could decrease for various reasons, including a general economic downturn, increased competition, or a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects, all of which could materially adversely affect us.

We can give no assurance that the demand for our services will grow or be maintained, or that we will compete successfully with our existing competitors, new competitors or our clients’ internal capabilities. Client demand for our services may change based on the clients’ needs and financial conditions, among other factors.

Our results of operations are affected directly by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve. For example, any changes in U.S. trade policy (including any increases in tariffs that result in a trade war), ongoing stock market volatility or an increase in, or unmet market expectations with respect to, interest rates could adversely affect the general economy. As a result, global financial markets may continue to experience disruptions, including increased volatility and reduced credit availability, which could substantially impact our results. Likewise, COVID-19 and related economic disruption could have a material adverse impact on global demand from our clients, in addition to the potential impact of pandemics on our own operations discussed elsewhere in this report. While it is difficult to predict the consequences of any deterioration in global economic conditions on our business, any significant reduction or delay by our clients in purchasing our services or insurance or making payment of premiums could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the potential for a significant insurer to fail, be downgraded or withdraw from writing certain lines of insurance coverages that we offer our clients could negatively impact overall capacity in the industry, which could then reduce the placement of certain lines and types of insurance and reduce our revenue and profitability. The potential for an insurer to fail or be downgraded could also result in errors and omissions claims by clients.

In addition, the markets for our principal services are highly competitive. Our competitors include other insurance brokerage (including direct-to-consumer Medicare brokerage), human capital and risk management consulting and actuarial firms, and the human capital and risk management divisions of diversified professional services, insurance, brokerage and accounting firms and specialty, regional and local firms.

Competition for business is intense in all of our business lines and in every insurance market, and some competitors have greater market share in certain lines of business than we do. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us, which could enhance their ability to finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and respond more quickly to professional and technological changes. New competitors, as well as increasing and evolving consolidation or alliances among existing competitors, have created and could continue to create additional competition and could significantly reduce our market share, resulting in a loss of business for us and a corresponding decline in revenue and profit margin. In order to respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower our prices, which would also have an adverse effect on our revenue and profit margin.

In addition, existing and new competitors (whether traditional competitors or non-traditional competitors, such as technology companies) could develop competing technologies or product or service offerings that disrupt our industries. Any new technology or product or service offering (including insurance companies selling their products directly to consumers or other insureds) that reduces or eliminates the need for intermediaries in insurance or reinsurance sales transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, the increasing willingness of clients to either self-insure or maintain a captive insurance company, and the development of capital markets-based solutions and other alternative capital sources for traditional insurance and reinsurance needs, could also materially adversely affect us and our results of operations.

An example of a business that may be significantly impacted by changes in customer demand is our retirement consulting and actuarial business, which comprises a substantial portion of our revenue and profit. We provide clients with actuarial and consulting services relating to both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Defined benefit pension plans generally require more


actuarial services than defined contribution plans because defined benefit plans typically involve large asset pools, complex calculations to determine employer costs, funding requirements and sophisticated analysis to match liabilities and assets over long periods of time. If organizations shift to defined contribution plans more rapidly than we anticipate, or if we are unable to otherwise compensate for the decline in our business that results from employers moving away from defined benefit plans, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, large and complex consulting projects, often involving dedicated personnel, resources and expenses, comprise a significant portion of this business, which are based on our clients’ discretionary needs and may be reduced based on a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects. We also face the risk that certain large and complex project contracts may be reduced or terminated based on dissatisfaction with service levels, which could result in reduced revenue, write-offs of assets associated with the project, and disputes over the contract, all of which may adversely impact our results and business.

In addition, the demand for many of our core benefit services, including compliance-related services, is affected by government regulation and taxation of employee benefit plans. Significant changes in tax or social welfare policy or other regulations could lead some employers to discontinue their employee benefit plans, including defined benefit pension plans, thereby reducing the demand for our services. A simplification of regulations or tax policy also could reduce the need for our services.

Data security breaches or improper disclosure of confidential company or personal data could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

We depend on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners, insurance carriers/markets, clients and third-party vendors. Additionally, one of our significant responsibilities is to maintain the security and privacy of our clients’ confidential and proprietary information and the personal data of their customers and employees. Our information systems, and those of our third-party service providers and vendors, are vulnerable to an increasing threat of continually evolving cybersecurity risks. We are the target of computer viruses, hackers, distributed denial of service attacks, malware infections, ransomware attacks, phishing and spear-phishing campaigns and/or other external hazards, as well as improper or inadvertent workforce behavior which, could expose confidential company and personal data systems and information to security breaches.

Many of the software applications that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, third-party vendors. Our third-party applications include, but are not limited to, enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing application services provided and maintained by third-party vendors. These third-party applications store or may afford access to confidential and proprietary data of the Company, our employees and our clients. We have processes designed to require third-party vendors that provide IT outsourcing, offsite storage and other services to agree to maintain certain standards with respect to the storage, protection and transfer of confidential, personal and proprietary information. However, this data is at risk of compromise or unauthorized access or use in the event of a breakdown of a vendor’s data protection processes, a data breach due to the intentional or unintentional non-compliance by a vendor’s employee or agent, or as a result of a cyber-attack on the product, software or information systems of a vendor in our software supply chain. Any compromise of the product, software, data or infrastructure of a Company vendor, including a software or IT vendor in our supply chain, could in turn result in the compromise of Company data or infrastructure or result in material operational disruption. Further, the risk and potential impact of a data breach on our third-party vendors’ products, software or systems increase as we move more of our data and our clients’ data into our vendors’ cloud storage, engage in IT outsourcing, and consolidate the group of third-party vendors that provide cloud storage or other IT services for the Company. Over time, the frequency, severity and sophistication of the attacks against us and our vendors have increased, including due to the use of artificial intelligence for purposes of cybercrime, and the broader range of threat actors, including state-sponsored actors and hacker activists.

We and our vendors regularly experience cybersecurity incidents, including successful attacks from time to time, and we expect that to continue going forward. Cybersecurity incidents include those resulting from human error or malfeasance, implantation of malware and viruses, phishing and spear-phishing attacks, unauthorized access to our information technology networks and systems, and unauthorized access to data or individual account funds through fraud or other means of deceiving our colleagues, third-party service providers and vendors. We have experienced successful attacks, by various types of hacking groups, in which personal and commercially sensitive information, belonging to the Company or its clients, has been compromised.  However, none of these cybersecurity incidents or attacks to our knowledge have been material to our business or financial results. We cannot assure that such cybersecurity incidents or attacks will not have a material impact on our business or financial results in the future. When required by law, we have notified individuals and relevant regulatory authorities (such as insurance/financial services regulators and privacy regulators) of such cybersecurity incidents or attacks.

We maintain policies, procedures and administrative, physical and technological safeguards (such as, where in place, multifactor authentication and encryption of data in transit and at rest) designed to protect the security and privacy of the data in our custody and control. However, such safeguards are time-consuming and expensive to deploy broadly and are not necessarily always in place or effective, and we cannot entirelyeliminate the risk of data security breaches, improper access to, takeover of or disclosure of


confidential company or personally identifiable information. We may not be able to detect and assess such issues, or implement appropriate remediation, in a timely manner. We are engaged in an ongoing effort to enhance our protections against such attacks; this effort will require significant expenditures and may not be successful. Our technology may fail to adequately secure the private information we hold and protect it from theft, computer viruses, hackers or inadvertent loss.

If any person, including any of our colleagues, intentionally or unintentionally fails to comply with, disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines, regulatory enforcement and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client, supplier or employee data, whether through systems failure, accident, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our colleagues or third parties, could result in significant additional expenses (including expenses relating to incident response and investigation, remediation work, notification of data security breaches and costs of credit monitoring services), negative publicity, operational disruption, legal liability and damage to our reputation, as well as require substantial resources and effort of management, thereby diverting management’s focus and resources from business operations.

The methods used to obtain unauthorized access to, disable or degrade service or sabotage the Company’s systems are also constantly evolving, are increasingly sophisticated, and may be difficult to anticipate or detect. For example, the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (‘FBI’), the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, and other U.S. federal agencies continue to issue warnings about trends in cybercriminal and nation-state activity and other threats that are consistent with some of the types of incidents we have experienced. To our knowledge, these incidents have not had a material impact on our business or operations thus far. However, our reputation could be harmed and our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we were to be the target of such attacks in the future, or if, despite our controls and efforts to detect breaches, we were to be the victim of an undetected breach.

We have implemented and regularly review and update processes and procedures to protect against fraud and unauthorized access to and use of secured data and to prevent data loss. The ever-evolving threats mean that we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate, adapt, enhance and otherwise improve our respective systems and processes, especially as we grow our mobile, cloud and other internet-based services.  There is no guarantee that such efforts will be adequate to safeguard against all fraud, data security breaches, unauthorized access, operational impacts or misuses of data. For example, our policies, employee training (including phishing prevention training), procedures and technical safeguards may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information by employees, vendors or other third parties with otherwise legitimate access to our systems. In addition, we may not be able to implement such efforts as quickly as desired if, for example, greater resources are required than originally expected or resources and management’s focus are insufficient. Any future significant compromise or breach of our data security or fraud, whether external or internal, or misuse of client, colleague, supplier or company data, could result in additional significant costs, lost revenue opportunities, disruption of operations and service, fines, lawsuits, and damage to our reputation with our clients and in the broader market.

We could be subject to claims and lawsuits arising from our work, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, business and financial condition.

We depend in large part on our relationships with clients and our reputation for high-quality services to secure future engagements. Clients that become dissatisfied with our services may terminate their business relationships with us, and clients and third parties that claim they suffered damages caused by our services may bring lawsuits against us. We are subject to various actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in connection with the provision of our services or the placement of insurance and reinsurance in the ordinary course of business. We are also subject to actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings outside of errors and omissions claims. See Note 14 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for examples of claims to which we are subject.

Because we often assist our clients with matters involving substantial amounts of money and complex regulatory requirements, including actuarial services, asset management, technology solutions development and implementation and the placement of insurance coverage and the handling of related claims, errors and omissions claims against us may arise that allege our potential liability for all or part of the substantial amounts in question. The nature of our work, particularly our actuarial services, necessarily involves the use of assumptions and the preparation of estimates relating to future and contingent events, the actual outcome of which we cannot know in advance. Our actuarial and brokerage services also rely on substantial amounts of data provided by clients, the accuracy and quality of which we may not be able to ensure. In addition, we could make computational, software programming or data management errors in connection with the services we provide to clients.

Clients may seek to hold us responsible for alleged errors or omissions relating to any of the brokerage advice and services we provide, including when claims they submit to their insurance carriers are disputed or denied. This risk is likely to be higher in


circumstances, such as claims related to COVID-19, where there are significant disputes between clients and insurance carriers over coverage.  Given that many of our clients have very high insurance policy limits to cover their risks, alleged errors and omissions claims against us arising from disputed or denied claims are often significant. Moreover, in certain circumstances, our brokerage, investment and certain other types of business may not limit the maximum liability to which we may be exposed for claims involving alleged errors or omissions; and as such, we do not have limited liability for the work we provide to the associated clients.

Further, given that we frequently work with large pension funds and insurance companies as well as other large clients, relatively small percentage errors or variances can create significant financial variances and result in significant claims for unintended or unfunded liabilities. The risks from such variances or errors could be aggravated in an environment of declining pension fund asset values and insurance company capital levels. In almost all cases, our exposure to liability with respect to a particular engagement is substantially greater than the revenue opportunity that the engagement generates for us.

Clients may seek to hold us responsible for the financial consequences of variances between assumptions and estimates and actual outcomes or for errors. For example, in the case of pension plan actuarial work, a client’s claims might focus on the client’s alleged reliance on actuarial assumptions that it believes were unreasonable and, based on such reliance, the client made benefit commitments that it may later claim are not affordable or funding decisions that result in plan underfunding if and when actual outcomes vary from actuarial assumptions.

We also continue to create new products and services (including increasingly complex technology solutions) and to grow the business of providing products and services to institutional investors, financial services companies and other clients. The risk of claims from these lines of business and related products and services may be greater than from our core products or services, and such claims may be for significant amounts as we take on increasingly complicated projects, including those with complex regulatory requirements.

We also provide advice on both asset allocation and selection of investment managers. Increasingly, for many clients, we are responsible for making decisions on both of these matters, or we may serve in a fiduciary capacity, either of which may increase liability exposure. In addition, the Company offers affiliated investment funds, including in the U.S. and Ireland, with plans to launch additional funds over time. Given that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively invest such clients’ assets in such funds under delegated authority, this may increase our liability exposure. We may also be liable for actions of managers or other service providers to the funds. Further, for certain clients, we are responsible for some portions of cash and investment management, including rebalancing of investment portfolios and guidance to third parties on the structure of derivatives and securities transactions. Asset classes may experience poor absolute performance, and investment managers may underperform their benchmarks; in both cases the investment return shortfall can be significant. Clients experiencing this underperformance, including from our affiliated investment funds, may assert claims against us, and such claims may be for significant amounts. In addition, our failure to properly execute our role can cause monetary damage to our clients or such third parties for which we might be found liable, and such claims may be for significant amounts. Our expected expansion of this business geographically and in new offerings will subject us to additional contractual exposures and obligations with investors, asset managers and third party service providers, as well as increased regulatory exposures. Overall, our ability to contractually limit our potential liability may be limited in certain jurisdictions or markets or in connection with claims involving breaches of fiduciary duties or other alleged errors or omissions.

The ultimate outcome of all of the above matters cannot be ascertained and liabilities in indeterminate amounts may be imposed on us. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against such liabilities. It is thus possible that future results of operations or cash flows for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially adversely affected by an unfavorable resolution of these matters. In addition, these matters continue to divert management and personnel resources away from operating our business. Even if we do not experience significant monetary costs, there may be adverse publicity associated with these matters that could result in reputational harm to the industries we operate in or to us in particular that may adversely affect our business, client or employee relationships. In addition, defending against these claims can involve potentially significant costs, including legal defense costs.

As a highly-regulated company, we are subject from time to time to inquiries or investigations by governmental agencies or regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We have also been and may continue to be subject to inquiries and investigations by federal, state or other governmental agencies regarding aspects of our clients’ businesses or our own businesses, especially regulated businesses such as our insurance broker, securities broker-dealer and investment advisory services. Such inquiries or investigations may consume significant management time and result in regulatory sanctions, fines or other actions as well as significant legal fees, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and liquidity. Also, we may face additional regulatory scrutiny as we expand our businesses geographically and in new products and services that we offer.


Examples of these inquiries or investigations are set forth in more detail in Note 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These include various ongoing civil investigation proceedings in respect of alleged exchanges of commercially sensitive information among competitors in aviation and aerospace insurance and reinsurance broking.

All of these items reflect an increased focus by regulators (in the U.K., U.S. and elsewhere) on various aspects of the operations and affairs of our regulated businesses. We are unable to predict the outcome of these inquiries or investigations. Any proposed changes that result from these investigations and inquiries, or any other investigations, inquiries or regulatory developments, or any potential fines or enforcement action, could materially adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

Our growth strategy depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions. We face risks when we acquire or divest businesses, and we could have difficulty in acquiring, integrating or managing acquired businesses, or with effecting internal reorganizations, all of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or reputation.

Our growth depends in part on our ability to make acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying appropriate acquisition candidates or consummating acquisitions on terms acceptable or favorable to us. We also face additional risks related to acquisitions, including that we could overpay for acquired businesses and that any acquired business could significantly underperform relative to our expectations. In addition, we may not repurchase as many of our outstanding shares as anticipated due to our acquisition activity or investment opportunities, as well as other market or business conditions. If we are unable to identify and successfully make, integrate and manage acquisitions, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face risks related to divesting businesses, including that we may not receive adequate consideration in return for the divested business, we may continue to be subject to the liabilities of the divested business after its divestiture (including with respect to work we might have performed on behalf of the divested business), and we may not be able to reduce overhead or redeploy assets or retain colleagues after the divestiture closes. For example, we recently announced that we have agreed to sell Miller, subject to closing conditions, and that transaction may give rise to a number of such risks.

In addition, we cannot be certain that our acquisitions will be accretive to earnings or that our acquisitions or divestitures will otherwise meet our operational or strategic expectations. Acquisitions involve special risks, including the potential assumption of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies and difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, and acquired businesses may not achieve the levels of revenue, profit or productivity we anticipate or otherwise perform as we expect. In addition, if the operating performance of an acquired business deteriorates significantly, we may need to write down the value of the goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.

We may be unable to effectively integrate an acquired business into our organization and may not succeed in managing such acquired businesses or the larger company that results from such acquisitions. The process of integrating an acquired business may subject us to a number of risks, including, without limitation, an inability to retain the management, key personnel and other employees of the acquired business; an inability to establish uniform standards, controls, systems, procedures and policies or to achieve anticipated savings; and exposure to legal claims for activities of the acquired business prior to acquisition.

Certain recently-completed or pending acquisitions, including the acquisition of TRANZACT, a U.S.-based direct-to-consumer health care organization that links individuals to U.S. insurance carriers, and the acquisition of Unity Group, an insurance broking business with operations in six Central American countries, entail important incremental risks in addition to those described above. With respect to both transactions, we face the risk related to the potential impacts of the transaction and integration on relationships, including with employees, correspondents, suppliers, clients and competitors, as well as the risk related to contingent liabilities (including litigation) potentially creating material liabilities for the Company. The following risks, in addition to those described above, may also adversely affect our ability to successfully implement and integrate these acquisitions: material changes in U.S. and foreign jurisdiction regulations (including those related to the healthcare system and Medicare and insurance brokerage services); changes in general economic, business and political conditions in relevant markets, including changes in the financial markets; significant competition in the marketplace; and compliance with extensive and evolving government regulations in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions. 

If acquisitions are not successfully integrated and the intended benefits of the acquisitions are not achieved, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, as well as our professional reputation. We also own an interest in a number of associates and companies where we do not exercise management control and we are therefore limited in our ability to direct or manage the business to realize the anticipated benefits that we could achieve if we had full ownership.  

Our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes could impact our business results, where the level of costs and/or disruption may be significant and change over time, and the benefits may be less than we originally expect.

We have in the past few years undergone several significant business and organizational changes, including multi-year operational improvement programs, among others. In addition, the proposed Aon combination has and will continue to create significant post-closing integration planning initiatives.  There are also a number of other initiatives planned or ongoing to transform and update our


systems and processes and gain efficiencies. In addition, our strategy continues to evolve, and such evolution may result in further organizational changes as we may decide, based on our perceived business needs, to make investments that may be greater than we currently anticipate. In connection with all these changes, we may manage a number of large-scale and complex projects. Such projects may include multiple and connected phases, many of which may be dependent on factors that are outside of our control. While we plan to undertake these types of large, complex projects based on our determination that each is necessary or desirable for the execution of the Company’s business strategy, we cannot guarantee that the collective effect of all of these projects will not adversely impact our business or results of operations or that the benefits will be as we originally expect. Effectively managing these organizational changes (including ensuring that they are implemented on schedule, within budget and without interruption to the existing business or that transitions to new systems do not create significant control vulnerabilities during the period of transition) is critical to retaining talent, servicing clients and our business success overall. Many of the risks described herein increase during periods of significant organizational change. The failure to effectively manage such risks could adversely impact our resources or business or financial results.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, hurricane, terrorist attack, pandemic, including prolonged effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, security breach, ransomware or destructive malware attack, power loss, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, our office facilities, access to data, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other related systems and operations. In such an event, we could experience operational challenges with regard to our operations.

A disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged client relationships or legal liability, particularly if any of these problems occur during peak times.

Interruption to or loss of our information processing capabilities or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information processing hardware or systems could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Our business depends significantly on effective information systems. Our capacity to service our clients relies on effective storage, retrieval, processing and management of information. Our information systems also rely on the commitment of significant financial and other resources to maintain and enhance existing systems, develop and create new systems and products in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology or evolving industry and regulatory standards. We rely on being at the forefront of a range of technology options relevant to our business, including by staying ahead of the technology offered by our competitors, and attracting, developing, and retaining skilled individuals in the cybersecurity space.The market for such qualified individuals is competitive and we may be unable to hire the necessary talent to mitigate the foregoing risks.

In addition, many of the software applications, including enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing application services, that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, third-party vendors. We are significantly increasing our use of such cloud services and expect this to continue over time. These third-party applications store confidential and proprietary data of the Company, our clients and our employees. A suspension or termination of certain of these licenses or the related support, upgrades and maintenance could cause temporary system delays or interruptions that could adversely impact our business. As a global organization, we occasionally acquire other companies or spin-off certain of our existing business lines. These strategic business decisions may require us to manage complex integrations or dissolutions of information systems, and we may fail to identify vulnerabilities in our targets’ information systems or in integrated components of our respective information systems. These transactions may make us more susceptible to cyberattacks and could result in the theft of Company intellectual property, the compromise of Company, employee, and client data or operational disruption.

Any finding that the data we rely on to run our business is inaccurate or unreliable, that we fail to maintain effective and efficient systems (including through a telecommunications failure, failure to replace or update redundant or obsolete computer hardware, applications or software systems, or the loss of skilled people with the knowledge needed to operate older systems), or that we experience cost overruns, delays, or other disruptions, could result in material financial loss, regulatory action, reputational harm or legal liability.

The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which occurred on January 31, 2020, and the risk that other countries may follow, could adversely affect us.

In 2020, approximately 21% of our revenue was generated in the U.K., although only about 12% of revenue was denominated in Pounds sterling as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 20% of our expenses were denominated in Pounds sterling. It remains difficult to predict with any level of certainty the impact that Brexit will have on the


economy; economic, regulatory and political stability; and market conditions in Europe, including in the U.K., or on the Pound sterling, Euro or other European currencies, but any such impacts and others we cannot currently anticipate could materially adversely affect us and our operations. Among other things, we could experience: lower growth in the region due to indecision by businesses holding off on generating new projects or due to adverse market conditions; and reduced reported revenue and earnings because foreign currencies may translate into fewer U.S. dollars due to the fact that we translate revenue denominated in non-U.S. currencies, such as Pounds sterling, into U.S. dollars for our financial statements. In addition, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective.

On December 24, 2020, the E.U. and the U.K. agreed to the terms of a Trade and Cooperation Agreement (the ‘TCA’) that reflects certain matters agreed upon between the parties in relation to a broad range of separation issues. The TCA has been signed and ratified by the U.K. and signed by the E.U. The E.U. Parliament has until February 28, 2021 to ratify the TCA, subject to any agreed extension, though the TCA applies provisionally from January 1, 2021. While many separation issues have been resolved, some uncertainty remains in relation to the future regulation of financial services, among other matters. The TCA addresses issues related to financial services on a limited basis, and the E.U. and the U.K have separately agreed upon a Joint Declaration on Financial Services Regulatory Cooperation (the ‘Joint Declaration’) which among other things provides that the parties will by March 2021, agree to a Memorandum of Understanding establishing a framework for future regulatory cooperation. The British government and the E.U. will therefore continue over time to negotiate certain terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. that are not addressed in the TCA. The Company is heavily invested in the U.K. through our businesses and activities. If the outcomes of Brexit and the TCA negatively impact the U.K., then it could have a material adverse impact on us. Brexit has resulted in greater restrictions on business conducted between the U.K. and E.U. countries and has increased regulatory complexities. There also remains uncertainty as to how changes to the U.K.'s access to the E.U. Single Market and the wider trading, legal, regulatory, tax, social and labor environments, especially in the U.K. and E.U., will be impacted over time, including the resulting impacts on our business and that of our clients. These changes may adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, a loss of pre-Brexit passporting rights or other changed regulations relating to doing business in various E.U. countries by relying on a regulatory permission in the U.K. (or doing business in the U.K. by relying on a regulatory permission in an E.U. country) may over time increase our costs of doing business, or our ability to do so, and thereby adversely impact our operations and financial results.

We believe we have implemented appropriate arrangements for the continued servicing of client business in the countries most affected. These arrangements include the transaction of certain businesses and/or the movement of certain businesses outside of the U.K. However, various significant risks remain in relation to the effects of the post-Brexit arrangements between the E.U. and U.K. some of which have yet to be agreed upon, including the following, among others:

the risk that our implemented business solutions could cost more than expected, or that regulators in the U.K. or E.U may issue amended guidance or regulations in relation to those solutions;

the risk that we may require further changes to client contract terms and have to address additional regulatory requirements, including with respect to data protection and privacy standards;

the risk over time of a loss of key talent, or an inability to hire sufficient and qualified talent, or the disruption due to client servicing as a result of equivalence not being granted on qualifications;

the risk that the efforts and resources allocated to the post-Brexit evolution of regulations and laws, and associated changes to our operations, cause disruptions to our existing businesses, whether inside or outside the U.K., or both;

the risk that the U.K. will continue to have in place a limited number of trade agreements with the E.U. member states and/or any non-E.U. states leading to potentially adverse trading conditions with other territories; and

the risk that the way in which the U.K.-E.U. regulatory and legal environment evolves differs from current expectations, resulting in the need to quickly and materially change our plans, and the risks described above with respect to any associated changes in such plans.

There is also a risk that other countries may decide to leave the E.U. We cannot predict the impact that any additional countries leaving the E.U. will have on us, but any such impacts could materially adversely affect us.

Allegations of conflicts of interest, including in connection with accepting market derived income (‘MDI’), may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or reputation.

We could suffer significant financial or reputational harm if we fail to properly identify and manage potential conflicts of interest. Conflicts of interest exist or could exist any time the Company or any of its employees have or may have an interest in a transaction or engagement that is inconsistent with our clients’ interests. This could occur, for example, when the Company is providing services to


multiple parties in connection with a transaction. In addition, as we provide more solutions-based services, there is greater potential for conflicts with advisory services. Managing conflicts of interest is an important issue for the Company, but can be a challenge for a large and complex company such as ours. Due to the broad scope of our businesses and our client base, we regularly address potential conflicts of interest, including, without limitation, situations where our services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client. If these are not carefully managed, this could then lead to failure or perceived failure to protect the client’s interests, with attendant regulatory and reputational risks that could materially adversely affect us and our operations. There is no guarantee that all potential conflicts of interest will be identified, and undetected conflicts may result in damage to our professional reputation and result in legal liability which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Identifying conflicts of interest may also prove particularly difficult as we continue to bring systems and information together and integrate newly acquired businesses. In addition, we may not be able to adequately address such conflicts of interest.

In addition, insurance intermediaries have traditionally been remunerated by base commissions paid by insurance carriers in respect of placements we make for clients, or by fees paid by clients. Intermediaries also obtain other revenue from insurance carriers. This revenue, when derived from carriers in their capacity as insurance markets (as opposed to as corporate clients of the intermediaries where they may be purchasing insurance or reinsurance or other non-market-related services), is commonly known as market derived income or ‘MDI’. MDI is another example of an area in which allegations of conflicts of interest may arise. MDI takes a variety of forms, including volume- or profit-based contingent commissions, facilities administration charges, business development agreements, and fees for providing certain data to carriers.

MDI creates various risks. Intermediaries in many markets have a duty to act in the best interests of their clients and payments from carriers can incentivize intermediaries to put carriers’ or their own interests ahead of their clients. Accordingly, MDI may be subject to scrutiny by various regulators under conflict of interest, anti-trust, unfair competition, conduct and anti-bribery laws and regulations. While accepting MDI is a lawful and acceptable business practice, and while we have established systems and controls to manage these risks, we cannot predict whether our position will result in regulatory or other scrutiny and our controls may not be effective.

In addition, the Company offers affiliated investment funds, with plans to launch additional funds over time. Given that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively invest such clients’ assets in such funds under delegated authority, there may be a perceived conflict of interest. While the Company has processes, procedures and controls in place intended to mitigate potential conflicts, such perception could cause regulatory inquiries, or could impact client demand and the business’ financial performance, and our controls may not be effective. In addition, underperformance by our affiliated investment funds could lead to lawsuits by clients that were invested in such funds.

The failure or perceived failure to adequately address conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions. Conflicts of interest may also arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.

Damage to our reputation, including due to the failure of third parties on whom we rely to perform services or public opinions of third parties with whom we associate, could adversely affect our businesses.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our ability to attract and maintain relationships with clients and colleagues. Damage to our reputation could therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources, including among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory action, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, compliance failures, allegations of conflicts of interest and unethical behavior. Such harm could also arise from negative public opinion or political conditions arising from our association with third parties in any number of activities or circumstances. Negative perceptions or publicity, whether or not true, may result in harm to our prospects. In addition, the failure to deliver satisfactory service and quality performance, on time and within budget, in one line of business could cause clients to terminate the services we provide to those clients in many other lines of business. This risk has increased as the Company has become larger and more complex and as we take on increasingly complicated projects for our clients (such as complex outsourcing engagements and technology solutions development/implementation projects that require a significant amount of dedicated personnel resources and expenses).

In addition, as part of providing services to clients and managing our business, we rely on a number of third-party service providers. Our ability to perform effectively depends in part on the ability of these service providers to meet their obligations, as well as on our effective oversight of their performance. The quality of our services could suffer, or we could be required to incur unanticipated costs if our third-party service providers do not perform as expected or their services are disrupted. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation as well as our business and results of operations.


The loss of key colleagues could damage or result in the loss of client relationships and could result in such colleagues competing against us.

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, including key managers and colleagues. In addition, our success largely depends upon our colleagues’ abilities to generate business and provide quality services. In particular, our colleagues’ business relationships with our clients are a critical element of obtaining and maintaining client engagements. Labor markets have continued to tighten globally, and we have experienced intense competition and increased costs for certain types of colleagues, especially as new entrants, in insurance and reinsurance businesses (among others), expend significant resources in hiring. Also, in the past and following the announcement of the proposed Aon combination, we have lost colleagues who manage substantial client relationships or possess substantial experience or expertise; if we lose additional colleagues such as those, it could result in such colleagues competing against us. The failure to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to secure and complete engagements or could disrupt our business, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations and prospects.

Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology, data and analytics to drive value for our clients through technology-based solutions or gain internal efficiencies through the effective application of technology, analytics and related tools.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement technology, data and analytic solutions that anticipate, lead or keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology both for internal operations and for maintaining industry standards and meeting client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely and cost-effective manner or in attracting and maintaining personnel with the necessary skills in this area. Additionally, our ideas may not lead to the desired internal efficiencies or be accepted in the marketplace. In addition, we may not be able to implement technology-based solutions as quickly as desired if, for example, greater resources are required than originally expected or resources are otherwise needed elsewhere. The effort to gain technological and data expertise and develop new technologies or analytic techniques in our business requires us to incur significant cost and attract qualified technical talent who are in high demand. Our competitors are seeking to develop competing or new technologies, and their success in this space may impact our ability to differentiate our services to our clients through the use of unique technological solutions. In certain cases, we may decide, based on perceived business needs, to make investments that may be greater than we currently anticipate. If we cannot offer new technologies or data and analytic services or solutions as quickly or effectively as our competitors, or if our competitors develop more cost-effective technologies or analytic tools, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and complete client engagements.

Our business may be harmed by any negative developments that may occur in the insurance industry or if we fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers.

Many of our businesses are heavily dependent on the insurance industry. Any negative developments that occur in the insurance industry may have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations. In addition, if we fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers, it may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The private health insurance industry in the U.S. has experienced a substantial amount of consolidation over the past several years, resulting in a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. In the future, it may become necessary for us to offer insurance plans from a reduced number of insurance carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenue from a more concentrated number of carriers as our business and the health insurance industry continue to evolve. The termination, amendment or consolidation of our relationships with our insurance carriers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Legal, Non-Financial/Tax Regulatory and Compliance Risks

Our inability to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations related to data privacy and cyber security could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

We are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, only certain of which are named here, designed to protect the personally identifiable information of client and company constituents and suppliers, notably the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’) and the California Consumer Privacy Act and its implementing regulations (‘CCPA’). We are also subject to regulations from other countries that prohibit or restrict the transmission of data outside of such countries’ borders, and to various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health, financial or other individually identifiable information. The GDPR, which became effective in May 2018, as well as other more recently-enacted privacy laws, significantly increased our responsibilities when handling personal data including, without limitation, requiring us to conduct privacy impact assessments, restricting the transmission of data, and requiring public disclosure of significant data breaches. Violations of the GDPR may result in possible fines of up to 4% of global annual turnover for the preceding financial year or €20 million (whichever is higher). A recent judgment by the Court of Justice of the European Union on Schrems II has made cross border data transfers to


organizations outside the European Economic Area more onerous and uncertain, pending definitive guidance by European Union authorities. Further, as a result of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union (‘Brexit’), the data transfer regime between the UK and the European Economic Area is governed by the EU-U.K Trade and Cooperation Agreement. While this agreement provides an interim data transfer regime that replicates the European Union’s existing rules, there is still some uncertainty regarding applicable laws and regulations once the interim arrangement ends on May 1, 2021 or July 1, 2021, if extended.The Company is also subject to numerous U.S. and foreign marketing and telecommunications laws and regulations designed to protect consumers from unwanted or fraudulent communications. A violation of any such law may lead tolitigation or regulatory liability, including substantial financial damages or fines.

Laws and regulations in this area are evolving and generally becoming more stringent, including, without limitation, the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (‘HIPAA’), enforced by the Office for Civil Rights within the Department of Health and Human Services, and the New York State Department of Financial Services’ cybersecurity regulations outlining required security measures for the protection of data. Certain U.S. states have also recently enacted laws requiring certain data security and privacy measures of regulated entities, notably the CCPA. We expect that both other U.S. states and other countries will follow in implementing their own data privacy and data security laws. For example, Brazil recently enacted the Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados Pessoais, a national data protection law modeled on the GDPR. The People’s Republic of China and India, among other countries, are also expected to enact data protection laws that could, among other things, restrict data transfers out of each of those countries.

Each of these evolving laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, as well as laws applicable to the Company that are not named here, may be subject to evolving and conflicting interpretations, restrict the manner in which we provide services to our clients, divert resources from other important initiatives, increase the risk of non-compliance, impose significant compliance and other costs that are likely to increase over time, and increase the risk of fines, lawsuits or other potential liability, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our failure to adhere to or successfully develop processes in response to legal or regulatory requirements, including legal or regulatory requirements that may be developed or revised due to economic or geopolitical changes such as Brexit, and changing customer expectations in this area, could result in substantial legal liability and impairment to our reputation or business.

In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, cultural, market, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.

In conducting our businesses and maintaining and supporting our global operations, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, market, operational and other risks. Our businesses and operations continue to expand into new regions throughout the world, including emerging markets. The possible effects of political, economic, financial and climate change related disruptions throughout the world could have an adverse impact on our businesses and financial results. These risks include:

the general economic and political conditions in the U.S. and foreign countries (including political and social unrest in certain regions);

the imposition of controls or limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries;

the imposition of sanctions by both the U.S. and foreign governments;

the imposition of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments from subsidiaries;

the imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions by foreign governments;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates or our tax rates;

difficulties in controlling operations and monitoring employees in geographically dispersed and culturally diverse locations; and

the practical challenges and costs of complying, or monitoring compliance, with a wide variety of foreign laws (some of which are evolving or are not as well-developed as the laws of the U.S. or U.K. or which may conflict with U.S. or other sources of law), and regulations applicable to insurance brokers and other business operations abroad (in more than 140 countries, including many in Africa), including laws, rules and regulations relating to the conduct of business, trade sanction laws administered by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, the E.U., the U.K. and the United Nations (‘U.N.’), and the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as other anti-bribery and corruption rules and requirements in all of the countries in which we operate.


Sanctions imposed by governments, or changes to such sanction regulations, could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial results.

As described above, our businesses are subject to the risk of sanctions imposed by the U.S., the E.U., the U.K. and other governments. In 2020, there was an increase in U.S. designations in locations such as China, Russia and Venezuela. In recent years, there has also been an increased risk of counter-sanctions in some locations, such as Russia. In addition, the U.K. government is expected to bring in a new U.K. sanctions regime following Brexit under the Sanctions and Anti-Money Laundering Act 2018 (although it is expected that the new U.K. sanctions regulations will replicate the E.U. regulations through statutory instruments without significant changes). Nevertheless, it is not yet clear whether and how these sanctions or potential sanctions may impact our business. As a result, we cannot predict the impacts of any changes in the U.S., E.U., U.K. or other sanctions, and whether such changes could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial results.

Our business will be negatively affected if we are not able to anticipate and keep pace with rapid changes in government laws or regulations, or if government laws or regulations decrease the need for our services or increase our costs.

A material portion of our revenue is affected by statutory or regulatory changes. An example of a statutory or regulatory change that could materially impact us is any change to the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (‘PPACA’), and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, (‘HCERA’), which we refer to collectively as ‘Healthcare Reform’. While the U.S. Congress has not passed legislation replacing or fundamentally amending Healthcare Reform (other than changes to the individual mandate), such legislation, or another version of Healthcare Reform, could be implemented in the future. In addition, some U.S. political candidates and representatives elected to office in the recent election have expressed a desire to amend all or a portion of Healthcare Reform or otherwise establish alternatives to employer-sponsored health insurance or replace it with government-sponsored health insurance, often referred to as ‘Medicare for All’. Furthermore, various aspects of Healthcare Reform have been challenged in the judicial system with some success. The status of some of those challenges are in flux but could materially change U.S. healthcare. If we are unable to adapt our services to potential new laws and regulations, or judicial modifications, with respect to Healthcare Reform or otherwise, our ability to provide effective services in these areas may be substantially impacted. In addition, more restrictive rules or interpretations of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services marketing rules, or judicial decisions that restrict or otherwise change existing provisions of U.S. healthcare regulation, could have a material adverse impact on our Benefits Delivery and Administration business, including our recently acquired TRANZACT business, which focuses on direct-to-consumer Medicare policy sales. As we implement and expand our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions through our Benefits Delivery and Administration business, we are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations that prescribe when and how we may market to consumers (including, without limitation, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and other telemarketing laws and the Medicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines issued by the Center for Medicare Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Service). Changes to these laws could negatively affect our ability to market directly to consumers or increase our costs or liabilities.

Many other areas in which we provide services are the subject of government regulation, which is constantly evolving. For example, our activities in connection with insurance brokerage services are subject to regulation and supervision by national, state or other authorities. Insurance laws in the markets in which we operate are often complex and generally grant broad discretion to supervisory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. That supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Our continuing ability to provide insurance brokerage in the markets in which we currently operate is dependent upon our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these locations.

Changes in government and accounting regulations in the U.S. and the U.K., two of our principal geographic markets, affecting the value, use or delivery of benefits and human capital programs, may materially adversely affect the demand for, or the profitability of, our various services. In addition, we have significant operations throughout the world, which further subject us to applicable laws and regulations of countries outside the U.S. and the U.K. Changes in legislation or regulations and actions by regulators in particular countries, including changes in administration and enforcement policies, could require operational improvements or modifications, which may result in higher costs or hinder our ability to operate our business in those countries.

Our compliance systems and controls cannot guarantee that we comply with all applicable federal and state or foreign laws and regulations, and actions by regulatory authorities or changes in applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our activities are subject to extensive regulation under the laws of the U.S., the U.K., the E.U. and its member states, and the other jurisdictions around the world in which we operate. In addition, we own an interest in a number of associates and companies where we do not exercise management control. Over the last few years, regulators across the world are increasingly seeking to regulate brokers who operate in their jurisdictions. The foreign and U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our operations are complex, continually evolving and may increase the costs of regulatory compliance, limit or restrict the products or services we sell or subject our business


to the possibility of regulatory actions or proceedings. These laws and regulations include insurance and financial industry regulations, antitrust and competition laws, economic and trade sanctions laws relating to countries in which certain subsidiaries do business or may do business (‘Sanctioned Jurisdictions’) such as Crimea, Cuba, Iran, Russia, Sudan, Syria and Venezuela, anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act in the U.S., as well as laws and regulations related to data privacy, cyber security and telemarketing. Because of changes in regulation and company practice, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are providing more services with connections to various countries, including some Sanctioned Jurisdictions, that our U.S. subsidiaries are unable to perform.

In most jurisdictions, governmental and regulatory authorities have the ability to interpret and amend these laws and regulations and impose penalties for non-compliance, including sanctions, civil remedies, monetary fines, injunctions, revocation of licenses or approvals, suspension of individuals, limitations on business activities or redress to clients. While we believe that we have substantially increased our focus on the geographic breadth of regulations to which we are subject, maintain good relationships with our key regulators and our current systems and controls are adequate, we cannot assure that such systems and controls will prevent any violations of any applicable laws and regulations. While we strive to remain fully compliant with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that we will fully comply at all times with all laws and regulations, especially in countries with developing or evolving legal systems or with evolving or extra-territorial regulations. In particular, given the challenges of integrating operations, many of which are decentralized, we cannot assure that acquired or decentralized entities’ business systems and controls have prevented or will prevent any and all violations of applicable laws or regulations.  

Changes and developments in the health insurance system in the United States could harm our business.

In 2010, the Federal government enacted significant reforms to healthcare legislation through Healthcare Reform. Many of our lines of business depend upon the private sector of the U.S. insurance system, its role in financing health care delivery, and insurance carriers’ use of, and payment of commissions to, agents, brokers and other organizations to market and sell individual and family health insurance plans. Healthcare Reform contains provisions that have changed and will continue to change the industry in which we operate in substantial ways. Any changes to the roles of the private and public sectors in the health insurance system could also substantially change the industry.

Certain key members of Congress have expressed a desire to replace or amend all or a portion of Healthcare Reform. In addition, various aspects of Healthcare Reform have been challenged in the judicial system with some success. Any partial or complete repeal or amendment, judicial modifications or implementation difficulties, or uncertainty regarding such events, could increase our costs of compliance, prevent or delay future adoption or revisions to our exchange platform, and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, other members of Congress have otherwise expressed a desire to establish alternatives to employer-sponsored health insurance or replace it with government-sponsored health insurance, often referred to as ‘Medicare for All’. Given the uncertainties relating to the potential repeal and replacement of Healthcare Reform or other alternative proposals related to health insurance plans (especially from the new Presidential administration), the impact is difficult to determine, but it could have material negative effects on us, including:

increasing our competition;

reducing or eliminating the need for health insurance agents and brokers or demand for the health insurance that we sell;

decreasing the number of types of health insurance plans that we sell, as well as the number of insurance carriers offering such plans;

causing insurance carriers to change the benefits and/or premiums for the plans they sell;

causing insurance carriers to reduce the amount they pay for our services or change our relationship with them in other ways; or

materially restricting our call center operations.

Any of these effects could materially harm our business and results of operations. For example, the manner in which the Federal government and the states implement health insurance exchanges and the process for receiving subsidies and cost-sharing credits could substantially increase our competition and member turnover and substantially reduce the number of individuals who purchase insurance through us. Various aspects of Healthcare Reform could cause insurance carriers to limit the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell and the geographies in which we are able to sell them. In addition, the U.S. Congress may seek to find spending cuts, and such cuts may include Medicare. If cuts are made to Medicare, there may be substantial changes in the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell, especially through our recently acquired TRANZACT business, which focuses on direct-to-consumer Medicare policy sales. Changes in the law could also cause insurance carriers to exit the business of selling insurance plans


in a particular jurisdiction, to eliminate certain categories of products or to attempt to move members into new plans for which we receive lower commissions. If insurance carriers decide to limit our ability to sell their plans or determine not to sell individual health insurance plans altogether, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially harmed.

Limited protection of our intellectual property could harm our business and our ability to compete effectively, and we face the risk that our services or products may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others.

We cannot guarantee that trade secret, trademark and copyright law protections, or our internal policies and procedures regarding our management of intellectual property, are adequate to deter misappropriation of our intellectual property (including our software, which may become an increasingly important part of our business). Existing laws of some countries in which we provide services or products may offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights. Also, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take the necessary steps to enforce our rights, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot be sure that our services and products, or the products of others that we offer to our clients, do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us or our clients. These claims may harm our reputation, result in financial liability, consume financial resources to pursue or defend, and prevent us from offering some services or products. In addition, these claims, whether with or without merit, could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s focus and resources from business operations. Successful challenges against us could require us to modify or discontinue our use of technology or business processes where such use is found to infringe or violate the rights of others, or require us to purchase licenses from third parties, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The laws of Ireland differ from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.

It may not be possible to enforce court judgments obtained in the U.S. against us in Ireland, based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. We have been advised that the U.S. currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Ireland.

As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States.

Financial and Related Regulatory, Including Tax, Risks

We have material pension liabilities that can fluctuate significantly and adversely affect our financial position or net income or result in other financial impacts.

We have material pension liabilities, some of which represent unfunded and underfunded pension and postretirement liabilities. Movements in the interest rate environment, investment returns, inflation or changes in other assumptions that are used to estimate our benefit obligations and other factors could have a material effect on the level of liabilities in these plans at any given time. Most pension plans have minimum funding requirements that may require material amounts of periodic additional funding and accounting requirements that may result in increased pension expense. For example, in 2018 we were required to recognize a £31 million ($40 million) pension settlement expense related to the accelerated recognition of certain accumulated losses in one of our U.K. pension schemes following the transfer out of assets of certain plan participants. Depending on the above factors, among others, we could be required to recognize further pension expense in the future. Increased pension expense could adversely affect our earnings or cause earnings volatility. In addition, the need to make additional cash contributions may reduce our financial flexibility and increase liquidity risk by reducing the cash available to meet our other obligations, including the payment obligations under our credit facilities and other long-term debt, or other needs of our business.


Our outstanding debt could adversely affect our cash flows and financial flexibility, and we may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all.

Willis Towers Watson had total consolidated debt outstanding of approximately $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2020, and our interest expense was $244 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Although management believes that our cash flows will be sufficient to service this debt, there may be circumstances in which required payments of principal and/or interest on this debt could adversely affect our cash flows and this level of indebtedness may:

require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, to pursue other acquisitions or investments, to pay dividends and for general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes or challenges relating to our business and industry; and

put us at a competitive disadvantage against competitors who have less indebtedness or are in a more favorable position to access additional capital resources.

The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt arrangements and credit facilities contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated funded indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The operating restrictions and financial covenants in our credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

A failure to comply with the restrictions under our credit facilities and outstanding notes could result in a default or a cross-default under the financing obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions. The occurrence of a default that is not cured, or the inability to secure a necessary consent or waiver, could cause our obligations with respect to our debt to be accelerated and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The maintenance and growth of our business depends on our access to capital, which will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt financing. Also, we could be at risk to rising interest rates in the future to the extent that we borrow at floating rates under our existing borrowing agreements or refinance existing debt at higher rates. There can be no assurance that our operations will generate sufficient positive cash flow to finance all of our capital needs or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt financing on favorable terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

A downgrade to our corporate credit rating and the credit ratings of our outstanding debt may adversely affect our borrowing costs and financial flexibility and, under certain circumstances, may require us to offer to buy back some of our outstanding debt.

A downgrade in our corporate credit rating or the credit ratings of our debt would increase our borrowing costs including those under our credit facilities and reduce our financial flexibility. If we need to raise capital in the future, any credit rating downgrade could negatively affect our financing costs or access to financing sources.

In addition, under the indenture for our 3.600% senior notes due 2024, our 4.625% senior notes due 2023, our 6.125% senior notes due 2043, our 3.500% senior notes due 2021, our 4.400% senior notes due 2026, our 2.125% senior notes due 2022, our 4.500% senior notes due 2028, our 5.050% senior notes due 2048, our 2.950% senior notes due 2029, and our 3.875% senior notes due 2049, if we experience a ratings decline together with a change of control event, we would be required to offer to purchase these notes from holders unless we had previously redeemed those notes. We may not have sufficient funds available or access to funding to repurchase tendered notes in that event, which could result in a default under the notes. Any future debt that we incur may contain covenants regarding repurchases in the event of a change of control triggering event.

If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our shares, such a holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

As a result of U.S. Tax Reform, many of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are now classified as ‘controlled foreign corporations’ (‘CFCs’) for U.S. federal income tax purposes due to the expanded application of certain ownership attribution rules within a multinational corporate group. If a U.S. person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our shares, such a person may be treated as a U.S. shareholder with respect to one or more of our CFC subsidiaries. In addition, if our shares are treated as owned more than 50% by U.S. shareholders, we would be treated as a CFC. A U.S. shareholder of a CFC may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income, as ordinary income, its pro-rata share of Subpart F income,


global intangible low-taxed income, and investments in U.S. property by CFCs, whether or not we make any distributions to such U.S. shareholder. An individual U.S. shareholder generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a corporate U.S. shareholder with respect to a CFC. A failure by a U.S. shareholder to comply with its reporting obligations may subject the U.S. shareholder to significant monetary penalties and may extend the statute of limitations with respect to the U.S. shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which such reporting was due. We cannot provide any assurances that we will assist investors in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are CFCs or whether any investor is a U.S. shareholder with respect to any such CFCs. We also cannot guarantee that we will furnish to U.S. shareholders any or all of the information that may be necessary for them to comply with the aforementioned obligations. U.S. investors should consult their own advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to their investments in us.

Legislative or regulatory action in the U.S. or abroad could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain a competitive worldwide effective corporate tax rate.

We cannot give any assurance as to what our effective tax rate will be in the future, because of, among other things, uncertainty regarding the tax policies of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our actual effective tax rate may vary from expectations and that variance may be material. Additionally, the tax laws of Ireland and other jurisdictions could change in the future, and such changes could cause a material change in our effective tax rate.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the ‘U.S. Tax Reform’), which generally became effective on January 1, 2018. The U.S. Tax Reform included numerous changes to existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Among other things, U.S. Tax Reform could cause us to lose the benefit of certain tax credits and deductions, limit our ability to deduct interest incurred in the U.S. and potentially increase our income taxes due to the base erosion and anti-abuse tax (‘BEAT’). The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of proposed regulations clarifying some of the provisions of the U.S. Tax Reform, many of which are still ongoing. We will continue to evaluate the overall impact of U.S. Tax Reform and related regulations on our operations and tax position over the next twelve months. The U.S. Tax Reform could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Further, the new Presidential administration may propose and implement significant changes to the U.S. tax policies and legislative action may be taken by the U.S. Congress which, if ultimately enacted, could limit the availability of tax benefits or deductions that we currently claim, override tax treaties upon which we rely, or otherwise affect the taxes that the U.S. imposes on our worldwide operations. Regulations or administrative guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department that are currently proposed or newly issued in the future could have similar consequences. Such changes could materially adversely affect our effective tax rate and/or require us to take further action, at potentially significant additional expense, to seek to preserve our effective tax rate. In addition, if proposals were enacted that have the effect of limiting our ability as an Irish company to take advantage of tax treaties with the U.S., we could incur additional tax expense and/or otherwise experience business detriment.

In addition, the U.S. Congress, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’), the World Trade Organization and other government agencies in non-U.S. jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business have had an extended focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. One example is in the area of base erosion and profit shifting, where payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax rates. In October 2015, the OECD released final reports addressing fifteen specific actions as part of a comprehensive plan to create an agreed set of international rules for fighting base erosion and profit shifting. Although the timing and methods of implementation vary, several jurisdictions have enacted legislation that is aligned with, and in some cases exceeds the scope of, the OECD’s recommendations. As a result, the tax laws in the U.S., Ireland, and other countries in which we and our affiliates do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely affect us and our affiliates.

Our significant non-U.S. operations, particularly our London market operations, expose us to exchange rate fluctuations and various other risks that could impact our business.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted outside of the U.S. Accordingly, we are subject to legal, economic and market risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates; imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into Pounds sterling or U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; hyperinflation in certain foreign countries; imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions by foreign governments; and the requirement of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws. Additionally, and as noted above, the unknown impacts of Brexit may expose us to additional exchange rate fluctuations in the Pounds sterling.

We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars. In our London market operations however, we earn revenue in a number of different currencies, but expenses are


almost entirely incurred in Pounds sterling. Outside of the U.S. and our London market operations, we predominantly generate revenue and expenses in local currencies.

Because of devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. Furthermore, the mismatch between Pounds sterling revenue and expenses, together with any net Pounds sterling balance sheet position we hold in our U.S. dollar-denominated London market operations, creates an exchange exposure. While we do utilize hedging strategies to attempt to reduce the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective.

Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any change to accounting principles, particularly to U.S. GAAP, could have a material adverse effect on us or our results of operations.

U.S. GAAP accounting principles require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We are also required to make certain judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during each reporting period. We periodically evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those relating to revenue recognition, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, restructuring, pensions, goodwill and other intangible assets, contingencies, share-based payments and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on specific circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates, and changes in accounting standards could have an adverse impact on our future financial position and results of operations.

In addition, we have a substantial amount of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed, and we significantly increased goodwill as a result of the Merger. We review goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Application of the impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets, liabilities and goodwill to reporting units and the determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. A significant deterioration in a key estimate or assumption or a less significant deterioration to a combination of assumptions, or the sale of a part of a reporting unit, could result in an impairment charge in the future, which could have a significant adverse impact on our reported earnings.

Our quarterly revenue and cash flow could fluctuate, including as a result of factors outside of our control, while our expenses may remain relatively fixed or be higher than expected.

Quarterly variations in our revenue, cash flow and results of operations have occurred in the past and could occur as a result of a number of factors, such as: the significance of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter; seasonality of certain types of services; the number of business days in a quarter; colleague hiring and utilization rates; our clients’ ability to terminate engagements without penalty; the size and scope of assignments; our ability to enhance our billing, collection and working capital management efforts and general economic conditions.

We derive significant revenue from commissions for brokerage services, but do not determine the insurance premiums on which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the same trend as premium levels, as they are a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in the premiums charged by the insurance carriers can therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of operations. Due to the cyclical nature of the insurance market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, commission levels may vary widely between accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally leads to downward pressure on commission revenue and can have a material adverse impact on our commission revenue and operating margin. We could be negatively impacted by soft market conditions across certain sectors and geographic regions. In addition, insurance carriers may seek to reduce their expenses by reducing the commission rates payable to insurance agents or brokers such as us. The reduction of these commission rates, along with general volatility and/or declines in premiums, may significantly undermine our profitability.

A sizeable portion of our total operating expenses is relatively fixed or may even be higher than expected, encompassing the majority of administrative, occupancy, communications and other expenses, depreciation and amortization, and salaries and employee benefits excluding fiscal year-end incentive bonuses. Therefore, a variation in the number of client assignments and collection of accounts receivable, or in the timing of the initiation or the completion of client assignments, or our inability to forecast demand, can cause significant variations in quarterly operating results and could result in losses and volatility in our stock price.


It is unclear how increased regulatory oversight and changes in the method for determining the London Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’) may affect the value of the financial obligations to be held or issued by us that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect our results of operations or financial condition.

In the recent past, concerns have been publicized regarding the calculation of LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, which present risks for the financial instruments that use LIBOR as a reference rate. LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally.

Accordingly, uncertainty as to the nature of such changes may affect the market for or pricing of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an impact on the market for or pricing of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us, including our revolving credit facility, or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. For example, on July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. Currently, there is not an agreement on what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR; however, the Alternative Reference Rate Committee in the U.S., comprised of a group of large banks and other financial institutions, selected the Secured Overnight Finance Rate (‘SOFR’), as an alternative to LIBOR. In May 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York began to publish the alternative rate. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities. Furthermore, as of April 23, 2018, the Bank of England has commenced publication of a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average (‘SONIA’), comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions. The SONIA has been recommended as the alternative to Sterling LIBOR by the U.K. Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether and how these alternative reference rates will become accepted alternatives to LIBOR or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted.

We are a holding company and, therefore, may not be able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries.

The Company is organized as a holding company, a legal entity separate and distinct from our operating subsidiaries. As a holding company without significant operations of our own, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations for paying principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, for paying dividends to shareholders, for repurchasing shares of common stock and for corporate expenses. Legal and regulatory restrictions, foreign exchange controls, as well as operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from these subsidiaries. For example, Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the FCA, is currently required to maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $51 million must be in cash, for regulatory purposes. In the event our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends and other payments to the Company, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on, or repurchase shares of, common stock.

In the event we are unable to generate cash from our operating subsidiaries for any of the reasons discussed above, our overall liquidity could deteriorate.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We operate offices in many countries throughout the world and believe that our properties are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used. The principal properties are located in the United States and the United Kingdom. In addition, we have other offices in various locations, including among others, Europe, Asia, Australia and Latin America. Operations of each of our segments are carried out in owned or leased offices under operating leases that typically do not exceed 10 years in length except for certain properties in key locations. We do not anticipate difficulty in meeting our space needs at lease expiration.

The fixed assets owned by us represented approximately 3% of total assets as of December 31, 2020 and consisted primarily of furniture and equipment, leasehold improvements, computer software, internally-developed software and land and buildings.


From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, arbitrations or mediations that arise in the ordinary course of business. The disclosure called for by Item 3 regarding our legal proceedings is incorporated by reference herein from Note 14 — Commitments and Contingencies, within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Share Data

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ‘WLTW’ on January 5, 2016. As of February 18, 2021, there were 1,165 shareholders of record of our shares.

Dividends

We normally pay dividends on a quarterly basis to shareholders of record on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. In February 2021, the board of directors is expected to approve a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.71 per common share. The dividend is expected to be payable on or about April 15, 2021 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2021.

There are no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Ireland that restrict the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s shares.

In circumstances where one of Ireland’s many exemptions from dividend withholding tax (‘DWT’) does not apply, dividends paid by the Company will be subject to Irish DWT (currently 20 percent). Residents of the United States should be exempt from Irish DWT provided relevant documentation supporting the exemption has been put in place. While the U.S.-Ireland Double Tax Treaty contains provisions reducing the rate of Irish DWT in prescribed circumstances, it should generally be unnecessary for U.S. residents to rely on the provisions of this treaty due to the wide scope of exemptions from Irish DWT available under Irish domestic law. Irish income tax may also arise in respect of dividends paid by the Company. However, U.S. residents entitled to an exemption from Irish DWT generally have no Irish income tax liability on dividends.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. shareholders, certain dividends from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends received from that corporation on shares that are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States, such as our shares. Non-corporate U.S. shareholders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement for our shares during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as investment income pursuant to section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. U.S. shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given their particular circumstances.

Total Shareholder Return

The graph below depicts cumulative total shareholder returns for Willis Towers Watson for the period from January 5, 2016 through December 31, 2020.


The graph also depicts the total return for the S&P 500 and for a peer group for Willis Towers Watson comprised of Accenture plc, Aon plc, Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Brown & Brown Inc., Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Robert Half International Inc. The graph charts the performance of $100 invested on the initial date indicated, January 5, 2016, assuming full dividend reinvestment.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the year ended December 31, 2020 no shares were issued by the Company without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, based on many factors, including market conditions. Since April 20, 2016, when the Willis Towers Watson board reconfirmed, reapproved and reauthorized the remaining $529 million portion of the Legacy Willis program to repurchase the Company’s ordinary shares on the open market or by way of redemption or otherwise, the following additional authorizations have occurred:

November 10, 2016 the Company announced that the board of directors approved an additional authorization of $1.0 billion.

February 23, 2018 the Company announced that the board of directors approved an additional authorization of $400 million.

February 26, 2020 the Company announced that the board of directors approved an additional authorization of $251 million.


There are no expiration dates for these repurchase plans or programs. With regard to certain prohibitions under the transaction agreement in connection with our pending business combination with Aon, during the year ended December 31, 2020, there was no share repurchase activity.

At December 31, 2020, the maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the existing stock repurchase program is 2,373,268, with approximately $500 million remaining on the current open-ended repurchase authority granted by the board. An estimate of the maximum number of shares under the existing authorities was determined using the closing price of our ordinary shares on December 31, 2020 of $210.68.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

For information on our securities authorized for issuance under our existing equity compensation plans, see ‘Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans’ in our proxy statement filed with the SEC.



ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The Company has elected to early-adopt, as permitted under the applicable SEC rules, certain amendments to ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis’ and the elimination of ‘Selected Financial Data’ and ‘Supplementary Financial Information’ adopted by the SEC on November 19, 2020. The final rule became effective on February 10, 2021 and must be applied in a registrant’s first fiscal year ending on or after August 9, 2021, however, early adoption is permitted following the effective date on an item-by-item basis. Based on the final rule, we have excluded Item 6 Selected Consolidated Financial Data from this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion includes forward-looking statements. See ‘Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements’ for certain cautionary information regarding forward-looking statements and ‘Risk Factors’ in Item 1A for a list of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted in those statements.

This discussion includes references to non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the rules of the SEC. We present such non-GAAP financial measures, specifically, adjusted, constant currency and organic non-GAAP financial measures, as we believe such information is of interest to the investment community because it provides additional meaningful methods of evaluating certain aspects of the Company’s operating performance from period to period on a basis that may not be otherwise apparent under U.S. GAAP, and these provide a measure against which our businesses may be assessed in the future.

Our methods of calculating these measures may differ from those used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. These financial measuresshould be viewed in addition to, not in lieu of, the consolidated financialstatements for the year ended December 31, 2020.

See ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ below for further discussion of our adjusted, constant currency and organic non-GAAP financial measures.

Executive Overview

Market Conditions

Within our insurance and brokerage business, the cyclical nature of the insurance market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, commission revenue may vary widely between accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally leads to downward pressure on commission revenue and can have a material adverse impact on our revenue and operating margin. A ‘hard’ or ‘firming’ market, during which premium rates rise, generally has a favorable impact on our revenue and operating margin. Rates, however, vary by geography, industry and client segment. As a result, and due to the global and diverse nature of our business, we view rates in the aggregate. Overall, we are currently seeing a modest but definite improvement with pricing in the market.

Market conditions in the broking industry in which we operate are generally defined by factors such as the strength of the economies in the various geographic regions in which we serve around the world, insurance rate movements, and insurance and reinsurance buying patterns of our clients.

The markets for our consulting, technology and solutions, and marketplace services are affected by economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, and increased competition from established and new competitors. We believe that the primary factors in selecting a human resources or risk management consulting firm include reputation, the ability to provide measurable increases to shareholder value and return on investment, global scale, quality of service and the ability to tailor services to clients’ unique needs. In that regard, we are focused on developing and implementing technology, data and analytic solutions for both internal operations and for maintaining industry standards and meeting client preferences. We have made such investments from time to time and may decide, based on perceived business needs, to make investments in the future that may be greater than we currently anticipate. Conversely, particularly given the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may make fewer information technology-based investments than previously anticipated, which could potentially create business operational risk.

With regard to the market for exchanges, we believe that clients base their decisions on a variety of factors that include the ability of the provider to deliver measurable cost savings for clients, a strong reputation for efficient execution and an innovative service delivery model and platform. Part of the employer-sponsored insurance market has matured and become more fragmented while other segments remain in the entry phase. As these market segments continue to evolve, we may experience growth in intervals, with periods of accelerated expansion balanced by periods of modest growth. In recent years, growth in the market for exchanges has slowed, and we expect this trend may continue.

Following the occurrence of Brexit and the end of the formal transition period on December 31, 2020, a trade agreement has been established between the U.K. and E.U. As expected, the agreement largely addresses goods and not services, and the Company has therefore completed the establishment of appropriate arrangements for the continued servicing of client business in all relevant E.U. countries. It is anticipated that further negotiations will ensue between the U.K. and E.U. in order to address matters related to services, including financial services, though the outcome of such discussions and potential impact on the Company are not yet known. For a further discussion of the risks of Brexit to the Company, see Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Typically, our business benefits from regulatory change, political risk or economic uncertainty. Insurance broking generally tracks the economy, but demand for both insurance broking and consulting services usually remains steady during times of uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, which can be counter cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change.

Although approximately 21% of our revenue is generated in the U.K. on an annual basis, about 12% of revenue is denominated in Pounds sterling, as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 20% of our expenses is denominated in Pounds sterling, thus we generally benefit from a weakening Pound sterling in our income from operations. However, we have a Company hedging strategy for this aspect of our business, which is designed to mitigate significant fluctuations in currency.

See Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussions of risks that may affect our ability to compete.

Proposed Combination with Aon plc

On March 9, 2020, the Company and Aon issued an announcement disclosing that they had signed a business combination agreement, pursuant to which the Company will be acquired by Aon. The transaction remains subject to various customary closing conditions, including required antitrust and other regulatory approvals. The parties expect the transaction to close in the first half of 2021, subject to satisfaction of these conditions. The transaction also subjects the Company to various incremental risks, both before closing and after the transaction is potentially closed. See ‘Business – The Company’ and ‘Risk Factors – Combination-Related Risks.’

Risks and Uncertainties of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on global commercial activity, including the global supply chain, and has contributed to significant volatility in the global financial markets including, among other effects, occasional declines in the equity markets, changes in interest rates and reduced liquidity on a global basis. In light of the effects on our own business operations and those of our clients, suppliers and other third parties with whom we interact, the Company has regularly considered the impact of COVID-19 on our business, taking into account our business resilience and continuity plans, financial modeling and stress testing of liquidity and financial resources.

Generally, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material adverse impact on our overall financial results during 2020; however, during 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted our revenue growth, primarily in our businesses that are discretionary in nature. We believe such level of impact will continue through much of 2021, at least until a sufficient portion of the populations in jurisdictions where we do business have been vaccinated and social-distancing orders are lessened or lifted.

As part of the significant estimates and assumptions that are inherent in our financial statements, we have considered the impact COVID-19 will have on our client behavior and the economic environment looking forward to 2021 and throughout the geographies in which we operate. These estimates and assumptions include the collectability of billed and unbilled receivables, the estimation of revenue, and the fair value of our reporting units, tangible and intangible assets and contingent consideration. With regard to collectability of receivables, we believe we may continue to face atypical delays in client payments going forward. The demand for certain discretionary lines of business has decreased, and we believe that decrease may continue to impact our financial results in succeeding periods. Non-discretionary lines of business have also been, to some extent, adversely affected and may be adversely affected in the future. Further, reduced economic activity or disruption in insurance markets could reduce the demand for or the extent of insurance coverage. For example, we have seen instances where the reduced demand for air travel has reduced the extent of insurance coverage needed. Also, the increased frequency and severity of coverage disputes between our clients and (re)insurers arising out of the pandemic could increase our professional liability risk. We will continue to monitor the situation and assess any implications to our business and our stakeholders.

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our business and financial position will depend on future developments, which are difficult to predict. These future developments may include the severity and scope of the COVID-19 outbreak, which may unexpectedly change or worsen, and the types and duration of measures imposed by governmental authorities to contain the virus or address its impact. We continue to expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will negatively impact our revenue and operating results in fiscal 2021. We believe that these trends and uncertainties are similar to those faced by other comparable registrants as a result of the pandemic.See also Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors for a discussion of actual and potential impacts of COVID-19 on our business, clients and operations.

Daily Operations - We continue to closely monitor the spread and impact of COVID-19 while adhering to government health directives, including the availability of vaccines. The Company continues to have restrictions on business travel, office access, meetings and events, but is actively developing its return-to-work plans with a focus on safe utilization based on appropriate social-distancing guidelines. We have thorough business continuity and incident management processes in place that have been activated, including split team operations and work-from-home protocols for essential workers which continue to be globally effective. We are communicating frequently with clients and critical vendors, while meeting our objectives via remote working capabilities, overseen


and coordinated by our incident management response team. While no contingency plan can eliminate all risk of temporary service interruption, we regularly assess and update our plans to help mitigate reasonable risks to the extent possible.

Financial Statement Overview

The tables below set forth our summarized consolidated statements of comprehensive income and data as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated. For management’s discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 in comparison with the year ended December 31, 2018, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2020.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in millions, except per share data)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

9,352

 

 

 

100

%

 

$

9,039

 

 

 

100

%

Costs of providing services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

5,507

 

 

 

59

%

 

 

5,249

 

 

 

58

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

19

%

 

 

1,719

 

 

 

19

%

Depreciation

 

 

308

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

240

 

 

 

3

%

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

5

%

 

 

489

 

 

 

5

%

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

%

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

1

%

 

 

13

 

 

 

%

Total costs of providing services

 

 

8,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,710

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

13

%

 

 

1,329

 

 

 

15

%

Interest expense

 

 

(244

)

 

 

(3

)%

 

 

(234

)

 

 

(3

)%

Other income, net

 

 

399

 

 

 

4

%

 

 

227

 

 

 

3

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(3

)%

 

 

(249

)

 

 

(3

)%

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(24

)

 

 

%

 

 

(29

)

 

 

%

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS

   WATSON

 

$

996

 

 

 

11

%

 

$

1,044

 

 

 

12

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

7.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

8.02

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from commissions from our brokerage services and fees for consulting and administration services. No single client represented a significant concentration of our consolidated revenue for any of our three most recent fiscal years.

The following table details our top five markets based on percentage of consolidated revenue (in U.S. dollars) from the countries where work was performed for the year ended December 31, 2020. These figures do not represent the currency of the related revenue, which is presented in the next table.

Geographic Region

% of Revenue

United States

50

%

United Kingdom

21

%

France

4

%

Canada

3

%

Germany

3

%


The table below details the percentage of our revenue and expenses by transactional currency for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Transactional Currency

 

Revenue

 

 

Expenses (i)

 

U.S. dollars

 

 

58

%

 

 

52

%

Pounds sterling

 

 

12

%

 

 

20

%

Euro

 

 

15

%

 

 

12

%

Other currencies

 

 

15

%

 

 

16

%

(i)

These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include amortization of intangible assets and transaction and integration expenses.

The following table sets forth the total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the components of the change in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to the prior year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

9,352

 

 

$

9,039

 

 

3%

 

 

—%

 

 

4%

 

 

2%

 

 

2%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $9.4 billion, compared to $9.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $313 million, or 3%, on an as-reported basis. Adjusting for the impact of foreign currency and acquisitions and disposals, our organic revenue growth was 2% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The CRB, IRR and BDA segments had organic revenue growth during the year, while the HCB segment was flat, in part due to the impact of the COVID-19 reduction in demand for our discretionary services. The revenue from acquisitions related primarily to TRANZACT, which generated revenue of $557 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $245 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which represents revenue included from the date of the acquisition of July 30, 2019.

Our revenue can be materially impacted by changes in currency conversions, which can fluctuate significantly over the course of a calendar year. For the year ended December 31, 2020, currency translation decreased our consolidated revenue by $10 million. The primary currency driving this change was the Brazilian Real.

Definitions of Constant Currency Change and Organic Change are included in the section entitled ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ elsewhere within this Form 10-K.

Segment Revenue

We manage our business across four reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration.

Segment revenue excludes amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursed expenses); however, these amounts are included in consolidated revenue.

The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations in its revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the Company’s first and fourth quarters due primarily to the timing of broking-related activities.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on our Segments

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is projected to continue to have, an impact on certain of our service offerings. These impacts, which primarily affect our revenue, have been negative in some instances and positive in others and may in the future be material in either event. In addition, the potential negative impacts on our results may lag behind the developments to date related to the COVID-19 pandemic. We have thus far seen the impact of COVID-19 primarily on our business offerings that are discretionary in nature, such as consultative project work, which spans our segments, but primarily affected our HCB segment. However, most of the services we provide, including broking for various insurance products, compliance and valuation services, risk mitigation and outsourced administration for both pension and health and welfare plans are considered non-discretionary to our clients and recurring in nature. We have seen that these non-discretionary businesses are the least impacted of our offerings and while we expect that trend to continue, our non-discretionary businesses may be adversely affected due to changing demands in the market.


We expect to continue to experience unpredictable volatility in demand around our discretionary services and solutions. Clients may defer or delay decision-making or planned work or seek to terminate existing agreements for these discretionary services and solutions.

We recognize that the broad, global nature of the COVID-19 crisis has impacted the liquidity of our clients generally and caused us to not meet our original growth estimates for the year. We continue to monitor the global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic and take steps to mitigate the risks to us posed by its spread by working with our clients, colleagues, suppliers and other stakeholders. Due to the global breadth of the COVID-19 spread and the range of governmental and community reactions thereto, there is on-going uncertainty around its duration, severity, ultimate impact and the timing of recovery. We believe the pandemic will continue to cause an extended disruption on economic activity in 2021, and the impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows could be material. Meanwhile, although we cannot predict how long this situation will last, we continue to focus on maintaining a strong balance sheet, liquidity and financial flexibility.

Human Capital and Benefits

The HCB segment provides an array of advice, broking, solutions and software for our clients.

HCB is the largest segment of the Company, generating approximately 35% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020. HCB is focused on addressing our clients’ people and risk needs to help them take on the challenges of operating in a global marketplace. This segment is further strengthened with teams of international consultants who provide support through each of our business units to the global headquarters of multinational clients and their foreign subsidiaries.

The HCB segment provides services through four business units:

Retirement — The Retirement business provides actuarial support, plan design, and administrative services for traditional pension and retirement savings plans. We help our clients assess the costs and risks of retirement plans on cash flow, earnings and the balance sheet, the effects of changing workforce demographics on their retirement plans and retiree benefit adequacy and security.

Health and Benefits — The Health & Benefits business provides plan management consulting, broking and administration across the full spectrum of health and group benefit programs, including medical, dental, disability, life and other coverage.

Talent & Rewards — Our Talent & Rewards business provides advice, data, software and products to address clients’ total rewards and talent issues.

Technology and Administration Solutions — Our Technology and Administration Solutions business provides benefits outsourcing services to clients outside of the U.S.

The following table sets forth HCB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

��

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

3,278

 

 

$

3,298

 

 

(1)%

 

 

—%

 

 

(1)%

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

HCB segment revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $3.3 billion. On an organic basis, the global impact of COVID-19 negatively impacted demand in our Talent and Rewards business. Health and Benefits delivered moderate revenue growth, driven by increased consulting and brokerage services and continued expansion of our client portfolio for both local and global benefit management appointments. In our Retirement and Technology and Administration Solutions businesses, revenue grew modestly as a result of increased project work in the first half of the year, primarily in Great Britain and Western Europe.


Corporate Risk and Broking

The CRB segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance brokerage and consulting services to our clients worldwide, ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations. The segment delivers integrated global solutions tailored to client needs and underpinned by data and analytics.

CRB generated approximately 32% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 and places more than $20 billion of premiums into the insurance markets on an annual basis.

CRB has eight global lines of business:

Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a wide range of industries and segments, including real estate, healthcare and retail.

Aerospace — Aerospace provides specialist expertise to the aerospace and space industries.

Construction — Our Construction business provides services that include insurance broking, claims, loss control and specialized risk advice for a wide range of construction projects and activities.

Facultative — Facultative capabilities exist for each of CRB’s offerings to serve as a broker or intermediary for insurance companies seeking to arrange reinsurance solutions across various classes of risk.

Financial, Executive and Professional Risks (‘FINEX’) — FINEX encompasses all financial and executive risks, delivering client solutions that range from management and professional liability, employment practices liability, crime, cyber and merger and acquisition-related insurances, to risk consulting and advisory services.

Financial Solutions — Financial Solutions provides insurance broking services and specialized risk advice related to credit, surety, terrorism and political risk.

Marine — Marine provides specialist expertise to the maritime and logistics industries.

Natural Resources — Our Natural Resources practice encompasses the oil, gas and chemicals, mining and metals, power and utilities and renewable energy sectors.

The following table sets forth CRB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

2,977

 

 

$

2,946

 

 

1%

 

 

—%

 

 

1%

 

 

—%

 

 

1%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

CRB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. On an organic basis, North America led the segment, followed by Western Europe, primarily with new business generation along with strong renewals. The revenue increase was partially offset by a decline in Great Britain and International, due to a change in the remuneration model for certain lines of business. This change, which is neutral to operating income, results in lower revenue and an equal reduction to salaries and benefits expense. Absent this change, International revenue increased, led by growth in Latin America and Asia. Great Britain was additionally impacted by an internal transfer of a book of business to North America. Apart from these two structural changes, revenue increased modestly due to strong new business and renewals which were partially offset by the impact of COVID-19 on the construction and marine insurance lines.

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance

The IRR segment uses a sophisticated approach to risk, which helps our clients free up capital and manage investment complexity. This segment works closely with investors, reinsurers and insurers to manage the equation between risk and return. Blending advanced analytics with deep institutional knowledge, IRR identifies new opportunities to maximize performance. This segment provides


investment consulting and discretionary management services and insurance-specific services and solutions through reserves opinions, software, ratemaking, risk underwriting and reinsurance broking.

This segment is our third largest segment and generated approximately 18% of segment revenue for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020. With approximately 79% of the revenue for this segment split between North America and the U.K., IRR includes the following businesses and offerings:

Willis Re — Willis Re provides reinsurance industry clients with an understanding of how risk affects capital and financial performance and advises on the best ways to manage related outcomes.

Insurance Consulting and Technology — Insurance Consulting and Technology is a global business that provides advice and technology solutions to the insurance industry. We combine our consulting and technology solutions to provide guidance on risk and capital management, pricing and predictive modeling, financial and regulatory reporting, financial and capital modeling, M&A, outsourcing and business management.

Investments — Investments provides advice and discretionary management solutions to improve investment outcomes for asset owners using a broad and sophisticated framework for managing risk.

Wholesale Insurance Broking — Wholesale Insurance Broking provides specialist broking services primarily to retail and wholesale brokers.

Innovisk — Innovisk brings together our set of managing general agent underwriting activities for the purposes of accelerating their future development using data and technology.

Willis Re Securities — Willis Re Securities provides capital markets services and products to companies involved in the insurance and reinsurance industries.

Max Matthiessen — Max Matthiessen is a leading advisor and broker for insurance, benefits, human resources and savings in the Nordic region. The business specializes in providing human capital and benefits administration together with providing market leading savings and insurance solutions.

The following table sets forth IRR segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019. In September 2020, the Company sold its Max Matthiessen business, and the sale of Miller, its wholesale insurance broking subsidiary, is expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2021 (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information). The revenue and operating income attributed to these two businesses was $296 million and $80 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,651

 

 

$

1,637

 

 

1%

 

 

—%

 

 

1%

 

 

(3)%

 

 

4%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

IRR segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.7 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. On an organic basis, most lines of business contributed to the growth. Reinsurance growth was driven by new business wins and favorable renewal factors while Insurance Consulting and Technology revenue grew from strong technology sales. Max Matthiessen revenue increased as a result of overall growth in net commissions. Revenue growth in the Investment businesses resulted from client wins.

Benefit Delivery and Administration

The BDA segment provides primary medical and ancillary benefit exchange and outsourcing services to active employees and retirees across both the group and individual markets. A significant portion of the revenue in this segment is recurring in nature, driven by either the commissions from the policies we sell in our employer-based Medicare broking business, or from long-term service contracts with our clients that typically range from three to five years. Revenue across this segment may be seasonal, driven by the magnitude and timing of client enrollment activities, which often occur during the fourth quarter, with increased membership levels typically effective January 1, after calendar year-end benefits elections. On July 30, 2019, the Company acquired TRANZACT, which


operates as part of the BDA segment. TRANZACT experiences seasonally higher revenue during the fourth quarter due primarily to the timing of the Federal Medicare Open Enrollment window.

BDA generated approximately 15% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020. BDA provides services via three related offerings to customers primarily in the U.S.:

Benefits Outsourcing — This service line is focused on serving active employee groups for clients across the U.S. We use our proprietary technology to provide a broad suite of health and welfare and pension administration outsourcing services, including tools to enable benefit modeling, decision support, enrollment and benefit choice.

Individual Marketplace — This service line offers decision support processes and tools to connect consumers with insurance carriers in private individual and Medicare markets. Individual Marketplace serves both employer-based and direct-to-consumer populations through its end-to-end consumer acquisition and engagement platforms, which tightly integrate call routing technology, an efficient quoting and enrollment engine, a customer relations management system and deep links with insurance carriers.

Benefits Accounts — This service line delivers consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including health savings accounts, health reimbursement arrangements and other consumer-directed accounts to our benefits outsourcing, individual marketplace and employer clients.

The following table sets forth BDA segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

1,359

 

 

$

1,035

 

 

31%

 

 

—%

 

 

31%

 

 

21%

 

 

10%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

BDA segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. BDA’s organic revenue increase was led by Individual Marketplace, primarily by TRANZACT, with growth across all products. Benefits Outsourcing revenue also grew, driven by its expanded client base. For the year ended December 31, 2020, TRANZACT generated revenue of $557 million as compared to $245 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, in which it was partially included from the date of the acquisition of July 30, 2019.

Costs of Providing Services

Total costs of providing services for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $8.2 billion, compared to $7.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $459 million, or 6%. See the following discussion for further details.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $5.5 billion, compared to $5.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $258 million, or 5%. The increase was primarily a result of higher salaries and incentive accruals along with the full year inclusion of TRANZACT’s compensation costs. Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenue, represented 59% and 58% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses include occupancy, legal, marketing, licenses, royalties, supplies, technology, printing and telephone costs, as well as insurance, including premiums on excess insurance and losses on professional liability claims, travel by colleagues, publications, professional subscriptions and development, recruitment, other professional fees and irrecoverable value added and sales taxes.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $1.8 billion, compared to $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $39 million, or 2%. The increase was primarily due to the full year inclusion of TRANZACT’s operating expenses as well as the settlement of two shareholder litigation suits net of insurance and other recovery receivables (see


Note 14 — Commitments and Contingencies, within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), partially offset by lower travel and entertainment, marketing and occupancy costs during the year.

Depreciation

Depreciation represents the expense incurred over the useful lives of our tangible fixed assets and internally-developed software. Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $308 million, compared to $240 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $68 million, or 28%. The increase was due to a higher depreciable base of assets resulting from additional assets placed in service during 2019. Also contributing to the year-over-year increase was an additional charge of $35 million which we recognized in the first quarter of 2020 as an acceleration of depreciation related to the abandonment of an internally-developed software asset.

Amortization

Amortization represents the amortization of acquired intangible assets, including acquired internally-developed software. Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $462 million, compared to $489 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $27 million, or 6%. Our intangible amortization is more heavily weighted to the initial years of the useful lives of the related intangibles, and therefore amortization related to intangible assets purchased prior to our acquisition of TRANZACT will continue to decrease over time. This decrease was partially offset by the additional amortization resulting from the intangible assets related to the TRANZACT acquisition.

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $24 million, all of which related to minor restructuring activities carried out by various business lines throughout the Company. There were no restructuring costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Transaction and integration expenses

Transaction and integration expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were comprised of $110 million of mostly transaction costs, consisting primarily of legal fees related to our proposed combination with Aon and integration expenses related to the acquisition of TRANZACT in 2019, compared to $13 million of transaction costs, primarily related to the acquisition of TRANZACT, for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no integration costs incurred during 2019 due to the completion of all integration activities in 2018 related to the Merger.

Income from Operations

Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.2 billion, compared to $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease of $146 million. This decrease resulted mostly from higher salaries and benefits and transaction and integration expenses as well as the additional depreciation related to the asset abandonment noted above, partially offset by higher revenue year over year.  

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $244 million and $234 million, respectively. Interest expense is comprised primarily of interest associated with our senior notes. Interest expense increased by $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily due to our additional senior notes offerings during the second half of 2019 and the first half of 2020, and additional indebtedness associated with the TRANZACT acquisition.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $399 million, compared to $227 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $172 million. The increase resulted from the net gains on disposals of operations, primarily due to the disposal of our Max Matthiessen business (see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Divestitures within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), and higher pension income in the current year.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $318 million, compared with $249 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 23.8% and 18.8%, respectively. These effective tax rates are calculated using extended values from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and are therefore more precise tax rates than can be calculated from rounded values. The current year effective tax rate is higher primarily due


to additional tax expense of $61 million in connection with the temporary income tax provisions of the CARES Act. During 2020 the Company elected to utilize the higher section 163(j) 50 percent business interest limitation for tax years 2019 and 2020, which allows the Company to utilize additional interest expense. The utilization of additional interest expense reduces our regular tax liability and reduces our ability to utilize foreign tax credits, however, it creates a base erosion minimum tax expense for these tax years. The Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (‘BEAT’) effectively applies a 10 percent minimum tax if modified taxable income, as adjusted for base erosion payments, is greater than the regular tax liability for a year.

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson for both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.0 billion, a decrease of $48 million, or 5%. This decrease resulted primarily from higher salaries and benefits, tax expense and transaction and integration expenses, partially offset by higher revenue year over year and the net gains on disposals of operations noted above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Executive Summary

Our principal sources of liquidity are funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under our revolving credit facilities and any new debt offerings, subject to the limitations set forth in the Aon combination agreement. These sources of liquidity will fund our short-term and long-term obligations at December 31, 2020. Our most significant long-term obligations include mandatory debt and related interest, operating leases, and pension obligations and contributions to our qualified pension plans.

During 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic contributed to significant volatility in financial markets, including occasional declines in equity markets, changes in interest rates and reduced liquidity on a global basis. Specific to Willis Towers Watson, the COVID-19 pandemic has had, and we believe will continue to have, a negative impact on discretionary work we perform for our clients. We also believe this may continue to impact future cash collections from clients, particularly those in certain harder-hit industries. We have also reduced our spending on travel and associated expenses and third-party contractors, and we have the ability to reduce spending on discretionary projects and certain capital expenditures.

Based on our current balance sheet and cash flows, current market conditions and information available to us at this time, we believe that Willis Towers Watson has access to sufficient liquidity, which includes all of the borrowing capacity available to draw against our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility, to meet our cash needs for the next twelve months, including investing in the business for growth, scheduled debt repayments and dividend payments. In early 2021, we settled $210 million of obligations related to the Stanford and Willis Towers Watson merger-related securities litigations, and we currently anticipate that the $500 million of 5.750% senior notes maturing in the first quarter of 2021 and related interest will be repaid in full using our current cash and cash equivalents balances.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc., as issuer, completed an offering of an additional $275 million aggregate principal amount of 2.950% senior notes due 2029. Willis North America Inc. previously issued $450 million aggregate principal amount in September 2019, all of which remains outstanding. Net proceeds of $280 million (excluding accrued interest on this recent offering from March 15, 2020 to, but not including, May 29, 2020, of $2 million payable to us on such date) were used to repay $175 million of the full principal amount and related accrued interest under our term loan facility, which was set to expire in July 2020, as well as repay $105 million of borrowings outstanding under our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility and related accrued interest.

Events that could change the historical cash flow dynamics discussed above include significant changes in operating results, potential future acquisitions or divestitures, material changes in geographic sources of cash, unexpected adverse impacts from litigation or regulatory matters, or future pension funding during periods of severe downturn in the capital markets.

Tax considerations - The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when it expects that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the investments. We continue to have certain subsidiaries whose earnings have not been deemed permanently reinvested, for which we have been accruing estimates of the tax effects of such repatriation. Excluding these certain subsidiaries, we continue to assert that the historical cumulative earnings for the remainder of our subsidiaries have been reinvested indefinitely, and therefore do not provide deferred taxes on these amounts. If future events, including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or additional legislation relating to U.S. Tax Reform, necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for income and foreign withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary. Other potential sources of cash may be through the settlement of intercompany loans or return of capital distributions in a tax-efficient manner.


Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $2.1 billion and $887 million, respectively.

Additionally, we had all of the borrowing capacity available to draw against our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility at both December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Included within cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are amounts held for regulatory capital adequacy requirements, including $88 million and $114 million, respectively, held within our regulated U.K. entities at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Summarized Consolidated Cash Flows

The following table presents the summarized consolidated cash flow information for the years ended:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Net cash from/(used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

1,774

 

 

$

1,081

 

Investing activities

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(1,614

)

Financing activities

 

 

(434

)

 

 

397

 

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

(136

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

21

 

 

 

(2

)

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR (i)

 

 

895

 

 

 

1,033

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR (i)

 

$

2,096

 

 

$

895

 

(i)

As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Item 8, Note 10 Debt within this filing on Form 10-K), cash, cash equivalents andrestricted cash included $7 million and $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. There was no restricted cash amount held at December 31, 2018.

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities were $1.8 billion for 2020, compared to cash flows from operating activities of $1.1 billion for 2019. The $1.8 billion net cash from operating activities for 2020 included net income of $1.0 billion and $810 million of non-cash adjustments, partially offset by unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities of $56 million. The $810 million of non-cash adjustments primarily includes depreciation, amortization and non-cash lease expense. This increase in cash flows from operations as compared to the prior year was primarily due to positive cash flows from our improved working capital position driven by effective management of discretionary spending for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to December 31, 2019.

The $1.1 billion net cash from operating activities for 2019 included net income of $1.1 billion, adjusted for $798 million of non-cash adjustments, mostly offset by unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities of $790 million. The $798 million of non-cash adjustments primarily included depreciation, amortization and non-cash lease expense.

Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities for 2020 and 2019 were $160 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, with the current year primarily driven by capital expenditures and capitalized software additions and an acquisition during the first quarter of 2020. These outflows were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of operations, primarily resulting from the disposal of our Max Matthiessen business. Cash flows in the prior year were primarily driven by the acquisition of TRANZACT during the third quarter of 2019, coupled with capital expenditures and capitalized software additions.

Cash Flows (Used In)/From Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities for 2020 were $434 million. The significant financing activities included dividend payments of $346 million and net debt-related payments of $47 million.

Cash flows from financing activities for 2019 were $397 million. The most significant financing activities included net debt-related proceeds of $958 million, which were partially offset by dividend payments of $329 million and share repurchases of $150 million.


Indebtedness

Total debt, total equity, and the capitalization ratio at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Long-term debt

 

$

4,664

 

 

$

5,301

 

Current debt

 

 

971

 

 

 

316

 

Total debt

 

$

5,635

 

 

$

5,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

 

$

10,820

 

 

$

10,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalization ratio

 

 

34.2

%

 

 

35.4

%

At December 31, 2020, our mandatory debt repayments over the next twelve months include $500 million outstanding on our 5.750% senior notes due 2021, $450 million outstanding on our 3.500% senior notes due 2021 and $22 million outstanding on our collateralized facility assumed as part of our acquisition of TRANZACT.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.

Fiduciary Funds

As an intermediary, we hold funds, generally in a fiduciary capacity, for the account of third parties, typically as the result of premiums received from clients that are in transit to insurers and claims due to clients that are in transit from insurers. We report premiums, which are held on account of, or due from, clients, as assets with a corresponding liability due to the insurers. Claims held by or due to us, which are due to clients, are also shown as both Fiduciary assets and Fiduciary liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in regulated bank accounts subject to guidelines which emphasize capital preservation and liquidity; such funds are not available to service the Company’s debt or for other corporate purposes. Notwithstanding the legal relationships with clients and insurers, the Company is entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some cases, as supported by agreements with insureds.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had fiduciary funds of $4.3 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively.

Share Repurchase Program

The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, based on many factors, including market conditions. There are no expiration dates for our repurchase plans or programs.

On February 26, 2020, the board of directors approved a $251 million increase to the existing share repurchase program, increasing the total remaining authorization to $500 million. See Part II, Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s share repurchase program.

With regard to certain prohibitions under the transaction agreement in connection with our pending business combination with Aon, during the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company had no share repurchase activity.  

At December 31, 2020, approximately $500 million remained on the current repurchase authority. The maximum number of shares that could be repurchased based on the closing price of our ordinary shares on December 31, 2020 of $210.68 was 2,373,268.

Capital Commitments

The Company has no material commitments for capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures for fixed assets and software for internal use were $223 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Expected capital expenditures for fixed assets and software for internal use are approximately $200 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. We expect cash from operations to adequately provide for these cash needs.


Dividends

Total cash dividends of $346 million were paid during the year ended December 31, 2020. In February 2021, the board of directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.71 per share ($2.84 per share annualized rate), which will be paid on or about April 15, 2021 to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2021.

Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information

As of December 31, 2020, Willis Towers Watson has issued the following debt securities (the ‘notes’):

a)

Willis Towers Watson plc (the ‘parent company’) has $500 million senior notes outstanding, which were issued on March 17, 2011;

b)

Willis North America Inc. (‘Willis North America’) has approximately $2.9 billion senior notes outstanding, of which $650 million were issued on May 16, 2017, $1.0 billion were issued on September 10, 2018, $1.0 billion were issued on September 10, 2019, and $275 million were issued on May 29, 2020; and

c)

Trinity Acquisition plc has approximately $2.1 billion senior notes outstanding, of which $525 million were issued on August 15, 2013, $1.0 billion were issued on March 22, 2016 and €540 million ($609 million) were issued on May 26, 2016, and a $1.25 billion revolving credit facility established on March 7, 2017, on which no balance is currently outstanding.

The following table presents a summary of the entities that issue each note and those wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company that guarantee each respective note on a joint and several basis. These subsidiaries are all consolidated by the parent company and together with the parent company comprise the ‘Obligor group’.

Entity

Willis Towers Watson plc Notes

Trinity Acquisition plc Notes

Willis North America Inc. Notes

Willis Towers Watson plc

Issuer

Guarantor

Guarantor

Trinity Acquisition plc

Guarantor

Issuer

Guarantor

Willis North America Inc.

Guarantor

Guarantor

Issuer

Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V.

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

TA I Limited

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

Willis Group Limited

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited

Guarantor

Guarantor

Guarantor

The notes issued by the parent company, Willis North America and Trinity Acquisition plc:

rank equally with all of the issuer’s existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured debt;

rank equally with the issuer’s guarantee of all of the existing senior debt of the Company and the other guarantors, including any debt under the Revolving Credit Facility;

are senior in right of payment to all of the issuer’s future subordinated debt; and

are effectively subordinated to all of the issuer’s secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

All other subsidiaries of the parent company are non-guarantor subsidiaries (‘the non-guarantor subsidiaries’).

Each member of the Obligor group has only a stockholder’s claim on the assets of the non-guarantor subsidiaries. This stockholder’s claim is junior to the claims that creditors have against those non-guarantor subsidiaries. Holders of the notes will only be creditors of the Obligor group and not creditors of the non-guarantor subsidiaries. As a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be structurally senior to the notes. As of and for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the non-guarantor subsidiaries represented substantially all of the total assets and accounted for substantially all of the total revenue of the Company prior to consolidating adjustments. The non-guarantor subsidiaries have other liabilities, including contingent liabilities that may be significant. Each indenture does not contain any limitations on the amount of additional debt that the Obligor group and the non-guarantor subsidiaries may incur. The amounts of this debt could be substantial, and this debt may be debt of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, in which case this debt would be effectively senior in right of payment to the notes.

The notes are obligations exclusively of the Obligor group. Substantially all of the Obligor group’s operations are conducted through its non-guarantor subsidiaries. Therefore, the Obligor group’s ability to service its debt, including the notes, is dependent upon the net cash flows of its non-guarantor subsidiaries and their ability to distribute those net cash flows as dividends, loans or other payments to


the Obligor group. Certain laws restrict the ability of these non-guarantor subsidiaries to pay dividends and make loans and advances to the Obligor group. In addition, such non-guarantor subsidiaries may enter into contractual arrangements that limit their ability to pay dividends and make loans and advances to the Obligor group.

Intercompany balances and transactions between members of the Obligor group have been eliminated. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Obligor group and the non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented in the disclosures below on a net presentation basis, rather than a gross basis, as this better reflects the nature of the intercompany positions and presents the funding or funded position that is to be received or owed.  The intercompany balances and transactions between the Obligor group and non-guarantor subsidiaries, presented below, relate to a number of items including loan funding for acquisitions and other purposes, transfers of surplus cash between subsidiary companies, funding provided for working capital purposes, settlement of expense accounts, transactions related to share-based payment arrangements and share issuances, intercompany royalty arrangements, intercompany dividends and intercompany interest. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the intercompany balances of the Obligor group with non-guarantor subsidiaries were net receivables of $500 million and $4.3 billion, respectively, and net payables of $7.6 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively.

No balances or transactions of non-guarantor subsidiaries are presented in the disclosures other than the intercompany items noted above.

Presented below is certain summarized financial information for the Obligor group.

 

 

As of

December 31, 2020

 

 

As of

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Total current assets

 

$

161

 

 

$

1,210

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

671

 

 

 

3,436

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

5,116

 

 

 

3,993

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

8,434

 

 

 

5,387

 

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Revenue

 

$

281

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(23

)

Loss from operations before income taxes (i)

 

 

(505

)

Net loss

 

 

(404

)

Net loss attributable to Willis Towers Watson

 

 

(404

)

(i)Includes intercompany expense, net of the Obligor group from non-guarantor subsidiaries of $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In order to assist readers of our consolidated financial statements in understanding the core operating results that Willis Towers Watson’s management uses to evaluate the business and for financial planning purposes, we present the following non-GAAP measures and their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure:

Most Directly Comparable U.S. GAAP Measure

Non-GAAP Measure

As reported change

Constant currency change

As reported change

Organic change

Income from operations/margin

Adjusted operating income/margin

Net income/margin

Adjusted EBITDA/margin

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

Adjusted net income

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Income from operations before income taxes

Adjusted income before taxes

Provision for income taxes/U.S. GAAP tax rate

Adjusted income taxes/tax rate

Net cash from operating activities

Free cash flow


Management believes that these measures are relevant and provide useful information widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in our industry to provide a baseline for evaluating and comparing our operating performance, and in the case of free cash flow, our liquidity results.

Within the measures referred to as ‘adjusted’, we adjust for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include the following:

Restructuring costs and transaction and integration expenses - Management believes it is appropriate to adjust for restructuring costs and transaction and integration expenses when they relate to a specific significant program with a defined set of activities and costs that are not expected to continue beyond a defined period of time, or significant acquisition-related transaction expenses. We believe the adjustment is necessary to present how the Company is performing, both now and in the future when the incurrence of these costs will have concluded.

Gains and losses on disposals of operations - Adjustment to remove the gain or loss resulting from disposed operations.

Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses - Adjustment to remove significant pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses to better present how the Company is performing.

Abandonment of long-lived asset - Adjustment to remove the depreciation expense resulting from internally-developed software that was abandoned prior to being placed into service.

Provisions for significant litigation - We will include provisions for litigation matters which we believe are not representative of our core business operations. These amounts are presented net of insurance and other recovery receivables.

Tax effect of the CARES Act - Relates to the incremental tax expense impact, primarily from the BEAT, generated from electing certain income tax provisions of the CARES Act.

Tax effects of internal reorganizations - Relates to the U.S. income tax expense resulting from the completion of internal reorganizations of the ownership of certain businesses that reduced the investments held by our U.S.-controlled subsidiaries.

These non-GAAP measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the information contained within our consolidated financial statements.

Constant Currency Change and Organic Change

We evaluate our revenue on an as reported (U.S. GAAP), constant currency and organic basis. We believe presenting constant currency and organic information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our comparable results, consistent with how we evaluate our performance internally.

Constant Currency Change - Represents the year-over-year change in revenue excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. To calculate this impact, the prior year local currency results are first translated using the current year monthly average exchange rates. The change is calculated by comparing the prior year revenue, translated at the current year monthly average exchange rates, to the current year as reported revenue, for the same period. We believe constant currency measures provide useful information to investors because they provide transparency to performance by excluding the effects that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have on period-over-period comparability given volatility in foreign currency exchange markets.

Organic Change - Excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as described above and the period-over-period impact of acquisitions and divestitures on current-year revenue. We believe that excluding transaction-related items from our U.S. GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information to our investors, and it is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been had we not included these transaction-related items, since the nature, size and number of these transaction-related items can vary from period to period.

The constant currency and organic change results, and a reconciliation from the reported results for consolidated revenue, are included in the ‘Consolidated Revenue’ section within this Form 10-K. These measures are also reported by segment in the ‘Segment Revenue’ section within this Form 10-K.


A reconciliation of the reported change to the constant currency and organic change for the year ended December 31, 2020 from the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of Revenue Change (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

Reported

 

 

Currency

 

 

Currency

 

 

Acquisitions/

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Change

 

 

Impact

 

 

Change

 

 

Divestitures

 

 

Change

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

9,352

 

 

$

9,039

 

 

3%

 

 

—%

 

 

4%

 

 

2%

 

 

2%

 

(i)

Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding.

Adjusting for the impacts of foreign currency and acquisitions and disposals in the calculation of our organic activity, our revenue grew by 2% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The CRB, IRR and BDA segments had organic revenue growth during the year, while the HCB segment was flat, in part due to the impact of the COVID-19 reduction in demand for our discretionary services.

Adjusted Operating Income/Margin

We consider adjusted operating income/margin to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.

Adjusted operating income is defined as income from operations adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted operating income margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by revenue.

Reconciliations of income from operations to adjusted operating income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Income from operations

 

$

1,183

 

 

$

1,329

 

Adjusted for certain items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abandonment of long-lived asset

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

13

 

Provision for significant litigation (i)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

 

$

1,879

 

 

$

1,831

 

Income from operations margin

 

 

12.6

%

 

 

14.7

%

Adjusted operating income margin

 

 

20.1

%

 

 

20.3

%

(i)

For additional information, see the disclosure under Willis Towers Watson Merger-Related Securities Litigation inNote 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Adjusted operating income increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $1.9 billion, from $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase resulted primarily from higher revenue, partially offset by higher salaries and benefits expense.

Adjusted EBITDA/Margin

We consider adjusted EBITDA/margin to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations, to benchmark our operating results against our competitors and to evaluate and measure our performance-based compensation plans.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income adjusted for provision for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, gains and losses on disposals of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by revenue.


Reconciliations of net income to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,020

 

 

$

1,073

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

318

 

 

 

249

 

Interest expense

 

 

244

 

 

 

234

 

Depreciation (i)

 

 

308

 

 

 

240

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

13

 

Provision for significant litigation (ii)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of operations

 

 

(81

)

 

 

2

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

2,470

 

 

$

2,300

 

Net income margin

 

 

10.9

%

 

 

11.9

%

Adjusted EBITDA margin

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

25.4

%

(i)

Includes abandonment of long-lived asset of $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(ii)

For additional information, see the disclosure under Willis Towers Watson Merger-Related Securities Litigation inNote 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $2.5 billion, compared to $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase resulted primarily from higher revenue and pension income, partially offset by higher salaries and benefits expense.

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

Adjusted net income is defined as net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, gains and losses on disposals of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results and the related tax effect of those adjustments, the tax effect of the CARES Act and the tax effects of internal reorganizations. This measure is used solely for the purpose of calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share is defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock, diluted. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors.


Reconciliations of net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson to adjusted diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

($ and weighted-average shares in millions)

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

 

$

996

 

 

$

1,044

 

Adjusted for certain items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abandonment of long-lived asset

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

13

 

Provision for significant litigation (i)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of operations

 

 

(81

)

 

 

2

 

Tax effect on certain items listed above (ii)

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(121

)

Tax effect of the CARES Act

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

1,523

 

 

$

1,427

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock — diluted

 

 

130

 

 

 

130

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

7.65

 

 

$

8.02

 

Adjusted for certain items (iii):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abandonment of long-lived asset

 

 

0.27

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

3.55

 

 

 

3.75

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

0.18

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

0.84

 

 

 

0.10

 

Provision for significant litigation (i)

 

 

0.50

 

 

 

 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of operations

 

 

(0.62

)

 

 

0.02

 

Tax effect on certain items listed above (ii)

 

 

(1.14

)

 

 

(0.93

)

Tax effect of the CARES Act

 

 

0.47

 

 

 

 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

 

$

11.70

 

 

$

10.96

 

(i)

For additional information, see the disclosure under Willis Towers Watson Merger-Related Securities Litigation inNote 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(ii)

The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.

(iii)

Per share values and totals may differ due to rounding.

Our adjusted diluted earnings per share increased for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to higher revenue and pension income, partially offset by higher salaries and benefits expense.

Adjusted Income Before Taxes and Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate

Adjusted income before taxes is defined as income from operations before income taxes adjusted for amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, gains and losses on disposals of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted income before taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate.

Adjusted income taxes/tax rate is defined as the provision for income taxes adjusted for taxes on certain items of amortization, restructuring costs, transaction and integration expenses, gains and losses on disposals of operations, the tax effect of the CARES Act, the tax effects of internal reorganizations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, divided by adjusted income before taxes. Adjusted income taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate.

Management believes that the adjusted income tax rate presents a rate that is more closely aligned to the rate that we would incur if not for the reduction of pre-tax income for the adjusted items and the tax effects of our internal reorganizations, which are not core to our current and future operations.


Reconciliations of income from operations before income taxes to adjusted income before taxes and provision for/(benefit from) income taxes to adjusted income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

$

1,338

 

 

$

1,322

 

Adjusted for certain items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abandonment of long-lived asset

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

13

 

Provision for significant litigation (i)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of operations

 

 

(81

)

 

 

2

 

Adjusted income before taxes

 

$

1,953

 

 

$

1,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

318

 

 

$

249

 

Tax effect on certain items listed above (ii)

 

 

149

 

 

 

121

 

Tax effect of the CARES Act

 

 

(61

)

 

 

 

Adjusted income taxes

 

$

406

 

 

$

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GAAP tax rate

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

18.8

%

Adjusted income tax rate

 

 

20.8

%

 

 

20.3

%

(i)

For additional information, see the disclosure under Willis Towers Watson Merger-Related Securities Litigation inNote 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(ii)

The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item.

Our U.S. GAAP tax rates were 23.8% and 18.8% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The current year effective tax rate is higher primarily due to tax expense of $61 million recognized in connection with the temporary income tax provisions of the CARES Act. During 2020 the Company elected to utilize the higher section 163(j) 50 percent business interest limitation for tax years 2019 and 2020, which allows the Company to utilize additional interest expense. The utilization of additional interest expense reduces our regular tax liability and reduces our ability to utilize foreign tax credits, however, it creates a base erosion minimum tax expense for these tax years. The BEAT effectively applies a 10 percent minimum tax if modified taxable income, as adjusted for base erosion payments, is greater than the regular tax liability for a year.

Our adjusted income tax rates were 20.8% and 20.3% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The current year adjusted income tax rate is higher than the prior year due to an enacted statutory tax rate change in the U.K., requiring us to remeasure our U.K. deferred tax liabilities and recognize a deferred tax expense of $11 million.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is defined as cash flows from operating activities less cash used to purchase fixed assets and software for internal use. Free cash flow is a liquidity measure and is not meant to represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures.

Management believes that free cash flow presents the core operating performance and cash generating capabilities of our business operations.

Reconciliations of cash flows from operating activities to free cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

$

1,774

 

 

$

1,081

 

Less: Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

 

 

(223

)

 

 

(246

)

Free cash flow

 

$

1,551

 

 

$

835

 


The favorable movement in free cash flows in 2020 was primarily due to positive cash flows from our improved working capital position driven by effective management of discretionary spending for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our free cash flows in 2020 were partially offset by transaction and integration expenses, primarily related to the combination with Aon.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

These consolidated financial statements conform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas that we believe include critical accounting policies are revenue recognition, costs to fulfill broking contracts, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, income taxes, commitments, contingencies and accrued liabilities, pension assumptions, and goodwill and intangible assets. The critical accounting policies discussed below involve making difficult, subjective or complex accounting estimates that could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. These critical accounting policies require us to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate or assumption. Different estimates that we could have used, or changes in estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Revenue Recognition

We use significant estimates related to revenue recognition most commonly during our estimation of the transaction prices or where we recognize revenue over time on a proportional performance basis. A brief description of these policies and estimates is included below:

Estimation of transaction prices — This process occurs most frequently in certain broking transactions. In situations in which our fees are not fixed but are variable, we must estimate the likely commission per policy, taking into account the likelihood of cancellation before the end of the policy. For Medicare broking, Affinity arrangements and proportional treaty reinsurance broking, the commissions to which we will be entitled can vary based on the underlying individual insurance policies that are placed. For Medicare broking and proportional treaty reinsurance in particular, we base the estimates of transaction prices on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only include amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded (referred to as applying ‘constraint’ under ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts With Customers). In our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking arrangements, the estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy requires significant judgment, and will vary based on product type, estimated commission rates, the expected lives of the respective policies and other factors. The Company has applied an actuarial model to account for these uncertainties, which is updated periodically based on actual experience. Each of these processes result in us estimating a transaction price that may be significantly lower than the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. The transaction price is then adjusted over time as we receive confirmation of our remuneration through receipt of commissions, or as other information becomes available.

Proportional performance basis over time recognition — Where we recognize revenue on a proportional performance basis, primarily in our consulting and outsourced administration arrangements, the amount we recognize is affected by a number of factors that can change the estimated amount of work required to complete the project, such as the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. Our periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stages of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an engagement when estimated revenue to be received for that engagement is less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.

Costs to Fulfill Broking Contracts

For our broking business, the Company must estimate the fulfillment costs incurred during the pre-placement of the broking contracts. These judgments include the following:

which activities in the pre-placement process should be eligible for capitalization;

the amount of time and effort expended on those pre-placement activities;

the amount of payroll and related costs eligible for capitalization; and,

the monthly or quarterly timing of underlying insurance and reinsurance policy inception dates.


Valuation of Billed and Unbilled Receivables from Clients

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to reflect estimated losses resulting from a client’s failure to pay for the services after the services have been rendered, which are recorded in other operating expenses. We also maintain allowances related to our unbilled receivables for such items as expected realization or client disputes, the related provision for which is recorded as a reduction to revenue. Our allowance policy is based in part on the aging of the billed and unbilled client receivables and has been developed based on our write-off history. However, facts and circumstances, such as the average length of time the receivables are past due, general market conditions at the time we perform the work, current economic trends and our clients’ ability to pay, may cause fluctuations in our valuation of billed and unbilled receivables.

Discretionary Compensation

Our compensation program includes a discretionary bonus that is determined by management and has historically been paid once per fiscal year after our annual operating results are finalized.

An estimated annual bonus amount is initially developed at the beginning of each fiscal year in conjunction with our budgeting process. Estimated annual operating performance is reviewed quarterly and the discretionary annual bonus amount is then adjusted, if necessary, by management to reflect changes in the forecast of pre-bonus profitability for the year. Our estimated annual profitability, coupled with the projected seasonality inherent in our business, represent significant estimates during our interim quarterly close process.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating and capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time as, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts valuation allowancesto measure deferred tax assets at the amounts considered realizable in future periods when the Company’s facts and assumptions change. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operating results. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable.

Commitments, Contingencies and Accrued Liabilities

We have established provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in connection with the placement of insurance and reinsurance and the provision of consulting services in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also claims that have been incurred but not reported. These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews and are believed to be adequate in the light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss exists, we accrue the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount.

See Note 14 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 within this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pension Assumptions

We maintain defined benefit pension plans for employees in several countries, with the most significant defined benefit plans offered in the U.S. and U.K. Our disclosures in Note 12 — Retirement Benefits contain additional information about our other less significant but material retirement plans. Within our critical accounting policy discussion, we have excluded analysis for plans outside of those noted in the description below, as any variance of recorded information based on management’s estimates would be immaterial.

Descriptions of our U.S. and U.K. plans, which comprise 90% of our projected benefit obligations and 93% of our plan assets, are below:

United States

Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan.


Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits are provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 2012. Existing plan participants prior to July 1, 2017 earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and all newly eligible employees after that date are required to contribute 2% of pay on an after-tax basis to participate in the plan.

United Kingdom

Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The plan is now closed to new entrants. New employees in the United Kingdom are offered the opportunity to join a defined contribution plan.

Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company. Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan (predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008. All participants now accrue defined contribution benefits.

Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to accrue benefits under the scheme.

The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rates and other actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive income. The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of the net periodic benefit cost/(income) over the average remaining service period or average remaining life expectancy, as appropriate, of the plan’s participants to the extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation.

Willis Towers Watson considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense, are reviewed annually by senior management and changed when appropriate. A discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, whereas an expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer-term trends in asset returns emerge or long-term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining service cost and interest cost. The expected rate of return assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-average yield expected to be achieved with the anticipated makeup of investments. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-term rates of compensation and pension increases.

Funding is based on actuarially determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax purposes, or as agreed to with the plan trustees for the U.K. plans. Since funding calculations are based on different measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension contributions are not equal to net periodic benefit cost.

We recorded a combined $201 million net periodic benefit income for our U.S. and U.K. plans for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the U.S. and U.K. plans, the following table presents our estimated net periodic benefit income for 2021 and the impact to both plans of a 0.25% increase and decrease to both the expected return on assets (‘EROA’) and the discount rate assumptions; and the projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2020 and the impact of a 0.25% increase and decrease to the discount rates:

 

 

Totals -

current estimates

 

 

Impact of 0.25% change to

EROA

 

 

Impact of 0.25% change to

discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase

 

 

Decrease

 

 

Increase

 

 

Decrease

 

Estimated 2021 (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

$

(91

)

 

$

(11

)

 

$

11

 

 

$

(9

)

 

$

9

 

U.K. Plans

 

$

(95

)

 

$

(14

)

 

$

14

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

$

5,291

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

(163

)

 

$

171

 

U.K. Plans

 

$

4,843

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

(215

)

 

$

230

 


Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously, and the effects of changes in key assumptions are not necessarily linear.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Impairment Review

In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise. The fair value of the intangible assets is compared with their carrying value and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise.

Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, and the Company had eight reporting units as of October 1, 2020.

During fiscal year 2020, the Company performed the impairment test for all reporting units. Each of the reporting unit’s estimated fair values were in excess of their carrying values, and we did not record any impairment losses of goodwill. To perform the test, we used valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit that are under the income and/or market approaches of valuation methods. Under the discounted cash flow method, an income approach, the business enterprise value is determined by discounting to present value the terminal value which is calculated using debt-free after-tax cash flows for a finite period of years. Key estimates in this approach were internal financial projection estimates prepared by management, assessment of business risk, and expected rates of return on capital. The guideline company method, a market approach, develops valuation multiples by comparing our reporting units to similar publicly traded companies. Key estimates and determination of valuation multiples rely on the selection of similar companies, obtaining forecast revenue and EBITDA estimates for the similar companies and selection of valuation multiples as they apply to the reporting unit characteristics. Under the similar transactions method, a market approach, actual transaction prices and operating data from companies deemed reasonably similar to the reporting units are used to develop valuation multiples as an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for the business units.


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to manage the risk arising from these exposures, we enter into a variety of foreign currency derivatives. We do not hold financial or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

A discussion of our accounting policies for financial and derivative instruments is included in Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Because of the large number of countries and currencies we operate in, movements in currency exchange rates may affect our results.

We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars. Outside the U.S., we predominantly generate revenue and expenses in the local currency with the exception of our London market operations which earn revenue in several currencies but incur expenses predominantly in Pounds sterling.

The table below gives an approximate analysis of revenue and expenses by currency in 2020.

 

 

U.S.

dollars

 

 

Pounds

sterling

 

 

Euro

 

 

Other

currencies

 

Revenue

 

58%

 

 

12%

 

 

15%

 

 

15%

 

Expenses (i)

 

52%

 

 

20%

 

 

12%

 

 

16%

 

(i)

These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include amortization of intangible assets and transaction and integration expenses.

Our principal exposures to foreign exchange risk arise from:

our London market operations; 

intercompany lending between subsidiaries; and

translation.

London market operations

The Company’s primary foreign exchange risks in its London market operations arise from changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Pound sterling as its London market operations earn the majority of its revenue in U.S. dollars but incur expenses predominantly in Pounds sterling, and may also hold significant foreign currency asset or liability positions on its consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the London market operations earn significant revenue in Euro and Japanese yen.

The foreign exchange risks in our London market operations are hedged to the extent that:

forecasted Pounds sterling expenses exceed Pounds sterling revenue, in which case the Company limits its exposure to this exchange rate risk by the use of forward contracts matched to a portion of the forecasted Pounds sterling outflows arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, we are also exposed to foreign exchange risk on any net Pounds sterling asset or liability position in our London market operations;

the U.K. operations also earn significant revenue in Euro and Japanese yen. The Company limits its exposure to changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these currencies by the use of foreign exchange contracts matched to a proportion of forecast cash inflows in these specific currencies and periods; and

Miller Insurance Services LLP, which is a Pound sterling functional entity, earns significant non-functional currency revenue, in which case the Company limits its exposure to exchange rate changes by the use of foreign exchange contracts matched to a proportion of forecast cash inflows in specific currencies and periods. The sale of our Miller business is expected to close during the first quarter of 2021, and as such, the foreign exchange contracts entered into by Miller will be part of the transaction.


Intercompany lending between subsidiaries

The Company engages in intercompany borrowing and lending between subsidiaries, primarily through our in-house banking operations which give rise to foreign exchange exposures. The Company mitigates these risks through the use of short-term foreign currency forward and swap transactions that offset the underlying exposure created when the borrower and lender have different functional currencies. These derivatives are not generally designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2020 we had notional amounts of $1.5 billion (denominated primarily in U.S. dollars, Pound sterling, Euro and Australian dollars), with net fair value assets of $15 million. Such derivatives typically mature within three months.

Translation risk

Outside our U.S. and London market operations, we predominantly earn revenue and incur expenses in the local currency. When we translate the results and net assets of these operations into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes, movements in exchange rates will affect reported results and net assets. For example, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Euro, the reported results of our Eurozone operations in U.S. dollar terms will be lower.

The table below provides information about our foreign currency forward exchange contracts, which are sensitive to exchange rate risk. The table summarizes the U.S. dollar equivalent amounts of each currency bought and sold forward and the weighted-average contractual exchange rates. All forward exchange contracts mature within two years.

 

 

Settlement date before December 31,

 

 

2021

 

2022

December 31, 2020

 

Contract

amount

 

 

Average

contractual

exchange

rate

 

Contract

amount

 

 

Average

contractual

exchange

rate

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

 

(millions)

 

 

 

Foreign currency sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollars sold for Pounds

sterling

 

$

158

 

 

$1.29 = £1

 

$

55

 

 

$1.30 = £1

Euros sold for U.S. dollars

 

 

70

 

 

€1 = $1.15

 

 

26

 

 

€1 = $1.16

Japanese yen sold for U.S.

dollars

 

 

17

 

 

¥104.80 = $1

 

 

7

 

 

¥104.05 = $1

Euros sold for Pounds sterling

 

 

7

 

 

€1 = £1.13

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

252

 

 

 

 

$

88

 

 

 

Fair value (i)

 

$

5

 

 

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

(i)

Represents the difference between the contract amount and the cash flow in U.S. dollars which would have been receivable had the foreign currency forward exchange contracts been entered into on December 31, 2020 at the forward exchange rates prevailing at that date.

Income earned within foreign subsidiaries outside of the U.K. is generally offset by expenses in the same local currency, however the Company does have exposure to foreign exchange movements on the net income of these entities.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company has access to $1.25 billion under a revolving credit facility expiring March 7, 2022. As of December 31, 2020, no amount was drawn on this facility. We are also subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates based on our investing activities where our primary interest rate risk arises from changes in short-term interest rates in U.S. dollars, Pounds sterling and Euros.


The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.

 

 

Expected to mature before December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value (i)

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Fixed rate debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

$

950

 

 

 

660

 

 

$

250

 

 

$

650

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,100

 

 

$

5,610

 

 

$

6,418

 

Fixed rate payable

 

 

4.684

%

 

 

2.125

%

 

 

4.625

%

 

 

3.600

%

 

 

 

 

 

4.224

%

 

 

4.000

%

 

 

 

 

Floating rate debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

$

22

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

55

 

 

$

55

 

Variable rate payable (ii)

 

 

5.448

%

 

 

5.448

%

 

 

5.530

%

 

 

5.595

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.475

%

 

 

 

 

(i)

Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest or quoted market rates as appropriate.

(ii)

Represents the estimated interest rate payable.

Interest Income on Fiduciary Funds

As a result of our operating activities, we receive cash for premiums and claims which we deposit in short-term investments denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies. We earn interest on these funds, which is included in our consolidated financial statements as interest income. These funds are regulated in terms of access and the instruments in which they may be invested, most of which are short-term in maturity. At December 31, 2020, we held $2.2 billion of fiduciary funds invested in interest-bearing accounts. If short-term interest rates increased or decreased by 25 basis points, interest earned on these invested fiduciary funds, and therefore our interest income recognized, would increase or decrease by approximately $6 million on an annualized basis.

LIBOR-Related Debt Instruments

In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, the authority that regulates LIBOR, announced its intention to phase out LIBOR as a benchmark rate by the end of 2021. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (‘ARRC’), a group of private-market participants convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to help ensure a successful transition from U.S. dollar LIBOR (‘USD-LIBOR’) to a more robust reference rate, has proposed that the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’) represents the best alternative to USD-LIBOR for use in derivatives and other financial contracts that are currently indexed to USD-LIBOR. ARRC has proposed a transition plan with specific steps and timelines designed to encourage the adoption of SOFR and guide the transition to SOFR from USD-LIBOR. Organizations are currently working on industry-wide and company-specific transition plans related to derivatives and cash markets exposed to USD-LIBOR. Similar efforts are underway to identify suitable replacement reference rates for LIBOR in other major currencies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s primary exposure is its $1.25 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2022 and its collateralized facility assumed as part of its acquisition of TRANZACT, which are both priced using rates tied to LIBOR. We anticipate renegotiating the revolving credit facility prior to the potential LIBOR quotation termination date and will renegotiate, or repay, the collateralized facility prior to the end of 2021. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various intercompany notes indexed to LIBOR. The Company, in preparation for a December 31, 2021 deadline, expects to amend or replace the LIBOR-based intercompany notes as necessary to reflect new market benchmarks for the relevant loan currencies.

We are currently evaluating the LIBOR-related risks that may be inherent in our Treasury workstation software and elsewhere in our business and are monitoring for further proposals and guidance from the ARRC and other alternative-rate initiatives. While it is currently uncertain whether SOFR or another reference rate will be selected as the alternative to LIBOR, or whether other reforms will be enacted in response to the planned transition, we will make the appropriate changes when necessary.

Credit Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed to perform as contracted. The Company currently does not anticipate non-performance by its counterparties. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

Concentrations of credit risk that arise from financial instruments exist for groups of customers or counterparties when they have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Financial instruments on the balance sheet that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, fiduciary funds, accounts receivable and derivatives which are recorded at fair value.


The Company maintains a policy of providing for the diversification of cash and cash equivalent investments and places such investments in an extensive number of financial institutions to limit the amount of credit risk exposure. These financial institutions are monitored on an ongoing basis for credit quality predominantly using information provided by credit agencies.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of clients and markets in which the Company does business, as well as the dispersion across many geographic areas. Management does not believe that significant risk exists in connection with the Company’s concentrations of credit as of December 31, 2020.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

For the year ended December 31, 2020  

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

66

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020

68

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

69

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020

70

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020

71

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

72


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors ofWillis Towers Watson Public Limited Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the three years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘financial statements’). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (‘US GAAP’).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘PCAOB’), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Errors and Omissions Reserve — Refer to Notes 2, 14 and 15 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company has established provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions (‘E&O’) which arise in connection with the placement of insurance and reinsurance and provision of broking, consulting and outsourcing services in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also claims that have been incurred but not reported (‘IBNR’). These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of such claims.

Auditing management’s judgments related to its E&O provision, and in particular the broking, consulting and outsourcing business provisions related to the IBNR, and the provisions related to significant claims reported but not paid, involved especially complex and subjective judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

We tested the effectiveness of controls over the Company’s estimation of the E&O provisions, including controls over the underlying historical claims data, the actuarial methodology used, the assumptions selected by management that are used to calculate the broking,


consulting and outsourcing business IBNR provisions, and the establishment and quarterly evaluation of provisions for reported claims, including significant claims.

For the IBNR provisions, we evaluated the appropriateness of the IBNR models, including evaluating changes needed or warranted given changes in the business and trends emerging from the COVID-19 pandemic, and evaluated the consistency of the model with prior years in order to challenge the methodology used to estimate the provisions.  With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we assessed the methodology and models used, including key inputs and assumptions used in, and arithmetical accuracy of, the models used. We also performed retrospective reviews of management’s estimated claims emergence in comparison to actual results and evaluated the provisions set by management in comparison to a range of independent estimates that we developed.

We evaluated the E&O matters and the appropriateness of their projected settlement values through inquiries of, and confirmations from, in-house counsel and external lawyers handling those matters for the Company.

/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, PA

February 23, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenue

 

$

9,352

 

 

$

9,039

 

 

$

8,513

 

Costs of providing services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

5,507

 

 

 

5,249

 

 

 

5,123

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

1,719

 

 

 

1,637

 

Depreciation

 

 

308

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

208

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

534

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

24

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

110

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

202

 

Total costs of providing services

 

 

8,169

 

 

 

7,710

 

 

 

7,704

 

Income from operations

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

1,329

 

 

 

809

 

Interest expense

 

 

(244

)

 

 

(234

)

 

 

(208

)

Other income, net

 

 

399

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

250

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

1,338

 

 

 

1,322

 

 

 

851

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(249

)

 

 

(136

)

NET INCOME

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

1,073

 

 

 

715

 

Income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(20

)

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

 

$

996

 

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

7.68

 

 

$

8.05

 

 

$

5.29

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

7.65

 

 

$

8.02

 

 

$

5.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,020

 

 

$

1,073

 

 

$

715

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

139

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

(251

)

Defined pension and post-retirement benefits

 

 

(266

)

 

 

(329

)

 

 

(199

)

Derivative instruments

 

 

(4

)

 

 

21

 

 

 

2

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, before

   non-controlling interests

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(448

)

Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests

 

 

889

 

 

 

843

 

 

 

267

 

Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(20

)

Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

 

$

864

 

 

$

814

 

 

$

247

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,089

 

 

$

887

 

Fiduciary assets

 

 

15,160

 

 

 

13,004

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

2,555

 

 

 

2,621

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

497

 

 

 

525

 

Total current assets

 

 

20,301

 

 

 

17,037

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

1,014

 

 

 

1,046

 

Goodwill

 

 

11,204

 

 

 

11,194

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

3,043

 

 

 

3,478

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

902

 

 

 

968

 

Pension benefits assets

 

 

971

 

 

 

868

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

835

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

18,230

 

 

 

18,389

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

38,531

 

 

$

35,426

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiduciary liabilities

 

$

15,160

 

 

$

13,004

 

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses

 

 

2,161

 

 

 

1,784

 

Current debt

 

 

971

 

 

 

316

 

Current lease liabilities

 

 

152

 

 

 

164

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

888

 

 

 

802

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

19,332

 

 

 

16,070

 

Long-term debt

 

 

4,664

 

 

 

5,301

 

Liability for pension benefits

 

 

1,405

 

 

 

1,324

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

561

 

 

 

526

 

Provision for liabilities

 

 

407

 

 

 

537

 

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

918

 

 

 

964

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

312

 

 

 

335

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

8,267

 

 

 

8,987

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

27,599

 

 

 

25,057

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

10,748

 

 

 

10,687

 

Retained earnings

 

 

2,434

 

 

 

1,792

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

(2,359

)

 

 

(2,227

)

Treasury shares, at cost, 17,519 in 2020 and 2019 and

   40,000 shares, €1 nominal value, in 2019

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity

 

 

10,820

 

 

 

10,249

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

112

 

 

 

120

 

Total equity

 

 

10,932

 

 

 

10,369

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

$

38,531

 

 

$

35,426

 

_________

(i)

Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 128,964,579 (2020) and 128,689,930 (2019); Outstanding 128,964,579 (2020) and 128,689,930 (2019); (b) Ordinary shares, €1 nominal value; Authorized and Issued 40,000 shares in 2019; and (c) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued NaN in 2020 and 2019.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions of U.S. dollars)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

1,020

 

 

$

1,073

 

 

$

715

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating

   activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

308

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

213

 

Amortization

 

 

462

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

534

 

Non-cash lease expense

 

 

146

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

0

 

Net periodic benefit of defined benefit pension plans

 

 

(196

)

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(163

)

Provision for doubtful receivables from clients

 

 

29

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

8

 

Provision for/(benefit from) deferred income taxes

 

 

99

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(115

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

90

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

50

 

Net (gain)/loss on disposal of operations

 

 

(81

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

9

 

Non-cash foreign exchange (gain)/loss

 

 

(6

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

26

 

Other, net

 

 

(41

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

8

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of

   subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

72

 

 

 

(261

)

 

 

68

 

Fiduciary assets

 

 

(1,774

)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(839

)

Fiduciary liabilities

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

839

 

Other assets

 

 

(205

)

 

 

(269

)

 

 

(22

)

Other liabilities

 

 

215

 

 

 

(264

)

 

 

(20

)

Provisions

 

 

(138

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

(23

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

1,081

 

 

 

1,288

 

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use

 

 

(223

)

 

 

(246

)

 

 

(268

)

Capitalized software costs

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(54

)

Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(1,329

)

 

 

(36

)

Net proceeds from sale of operations

 

 

212

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

4

 

Other, net

 

 

(17

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

13

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(1,614

)

 

 

(341

)

CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payments on revolving credit facility

 

 

0

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(754

)

Senior notes issued

 

 

282

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

998

 

Proceeds from issuance of other debt

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

0

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(8

)

Repayments of debt

 

 

(327

)

 

 

(995

)

 

 

(170

)

Repurchase of shares

 

 

0

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

(602

)

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

16

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

45

 

Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to

   acquisitions

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(50

)

Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(30

)

Dividends paid

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(329

)

 

 

(306

)

Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(26

)

Other, net

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

 

 

(434

)

 

 

397

 

 

 

(903

)

INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

44

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

21

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(41

)

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR (i)

 

 

895

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,030

 

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR (i)

 

$

2,096

 

 

$

895

 

 

$

1,033

 

(i)

As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Note 10 Debt), cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash included $7 million and $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. There were 0 restricted cash amounts held at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

(In millions of U.S. dollars and number of shares in thousands)

 

 

Shares

outstanding

 

 

Additional

paid-in capital

 

 

Retained

earnings

 

 

Treasury

shares

 

 

AOCL (i)

 

 

Total WTW

shareholders’

equity

 

 

Non-controlling

interests

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

Redeemable

Non-controlling

interest (ii)

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of January 1, 2018

 

 

132,140

 

 

$

10,538

 

 

$

1,104

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(1,513

)

 

$

10,126

 

 

$

123

 

 

$

10,249

 

 

 

 

$

28

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of ASC 606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares repurchased

 

 

(3,919

)

 

 

 

 

 

(602

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(602

)

 

 

 

 

 

(602

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

695

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

713

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

715

 

Dividends declared ($2.40 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(313

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(313

)

 

 

 

 

 

(313

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends attributable to non-controlling

   interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

(448

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(446

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

$

(448

)

Issuance of shares under employee stock

   compensation plans

 

 

701

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation and net settlements

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

 

128,922

 

 

$

10,615

 

 

$

1,201

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(1,961

)

 

$

9,852

 

 

$

119

 

 

$

9,971

 

 

 

 

$

26

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of ASU 2018-02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares repurchased

 

 

(788

)

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

$

1,073

 

Dividends declared ($2.60 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends attributable to non-controlling

   interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

 

 

 

(230

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(230

)

Issuance of shares under employee stock

   compensation plans

 

 

556

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation and net settlements

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

128,690

 

 

$

10,687

 

 

$

1,792

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(2,227

)

 

$

10,249

 

 

$

120

 

 

$

10,369

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,020

 

Dividends declared ($2.75 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(354

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(354

)

 

 

 

 

 

(354

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends attributable to non-controlling

   interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(132

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(131

)

Issuance of shares under employee stock

   compensation plans

 

 

275

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation and net settlements

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of non-controlling interests (iii)

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

128,965

 

 

$

10,748

 

 

$

2,434

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(2,359

)

 

$

10,820

 

 

$

112

 

 

$

10,932

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

_________

(i)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (‘AOCL’).

(ii)

The redeemable non-controlling interest was related to Max Matthiessen Holding AB. The Company purchased the remaining non-controlling interest of Max Matthiessen Holding AB during the year ended December 31, 2019.

(iii)

Attributable to the divestiture of businesses that are less than wholly-owned or the acquisition of shares previously owned by minority interest holders.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


WILLIS TOWERS WATSON

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

Note 1 — Nature of Operations

Willis Towers Watson plc is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. The Company has more than 46,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries.

We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals.

Our risk management services include strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), a variety of due diligence services, the provision of practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety and property loss control consulting), and analytical and advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We also assist our clients with planning for addressing incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans.

We help our clients enhance business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that optimize benefits and cultivate talent. Our services and solutions encompass such areas as employee benefits, total rewards, talent and benefits outsourcing. In addition, we provide investment advice to help our clients develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals and expand the power of capital.

As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising on their risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network.

We operate a private Medicare marketplace in the U.S. through which, along with our active employee marketplace, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits.  Additionally, with the acquisition of TRANZACT in July 2019 (see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Divestitures), we also provide direct-to-consumer sales of Medicare coverage.

We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account.

We believe our broad perspective allows us to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance.

Proposed Combination with Aon plc

On March 9, 2020, WTW and Aon plc (‘Aon’) issued an announcement disclosing that the respective boards of directors of WTW and Aon had reached agreement on the terms of a recommended acquisition of WTW by Aon. Under the terms of the agreement each WTW shareholder will receive 1.08 Aon ordinary shares for each WTW ordinary share. At the time of the announcement, it was estimated that upon completion of the combination, existing Aon shareholders will own approximately 63% and existing WTW shareholders will own approximately 37% of the combined company on a fully diluted basis.

The Merger with Towers Watsontransaction was approved by the shareholders of both WTW and Aon during meetings of the respective shareholders held on August 26, 2020 and remains subject to other customary closing conditions, including required regulatory approvals. The antitrust regulatory review of the transaction remains ongoing.  In addition, there are numerous other regulatory approvals and other closing conditions that closed on January 4, 2016 affectsneed to be met. The parties expect the comparability between 2015 andtransaction to close in the later periods presented. See Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for additional information.

first half of 2021, subject to satisfaction of these conditions.

Note 2Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of Willis Towers Watson and our subsidiaries are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC for annual reports on Form 10-K and are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Risks and Uncertainties Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact on global commercial activity, including the global supply chain, and has contributed to significant volatility in the global financial markets including, among other effects, occasional declines in the equity markets, changes in interest rates and reduced liquidity on a global basis. In light of the effects on our own business operations and those of our clients, suppliers and other third parties with whom we interact, the Company has regularly considered the impact of COVID-19 on our business, taking into account our business resilience and continuity plans, financial modeling and stress testing of liquidity and financial resources.

Generally, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material adverse impact on our overall financial results during 2020; however, during 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted our revenue growth, primarily in our businesses that are discretionary in nature. We believe such level of impact will continue through much of 2021, at least until a sufficient portion of the populations in jurisdictions where we do business have been vaccinated and social-distancing orders are lessened or lifted.

As part of the significant estimates and assumptions that are inherent in our financial statements, we have considered the impact COVID-19 will have on our client behavior and the economic environment looking forward to 2021 and throughout the geographies in which we operate. These estimates and assumptions include the collectability of billed and unbilled receivables, the estimation of revenue, and the fair value of our reporting units, tangible and intangible assets and contingent consideration. With regard to collectability of receivables, we believe we may continue to face atypical delays in client payments going forward. The demand for certain discretionary lines of business has decreased, and we believe that decrease may continue to impact our financial results in succeeding periods. Non-discretionary lines of business have also been, to some extent, adversely affected and may be adversely affected in the future. Further, reduced economic activity or disruption in insurance markets could reduce the demand for or the extent of insurance coverage. For example, we have seen instances where the reduced demand for air travel has reduced the extent of insurance coverage needed. Also, the increased frequency and severity of coverage disputes between our clients and (re)insurers arising out of the pandemic could increase our professional liability risk. We will continue to monitor the situation and assess any implications to our business and our stakeholders.

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our business and financial position will depend on future developments, which are difficult to predict. These future developments may include the severity and scope of the COVID-19 outbreak, which may unexpectedly change or worsen, and the types and duration of measures imposed by governmental authorities to contain the virus or address its impact. We continue to expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will negatively impact our revenue and operating results in fiscal 2021. We believe that these trends and uncertainties are similar to those faced by other comparable registrants as a result of the pandemic.

CARES Act

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (‘CARES’) Act was enacted in the U.S. to provide relief to companies in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic and to stimulate the economy. The assistance includes temporary tax relief and government loans, grants and investments for entities in affected industries.

With regard to the income tax provisions of the CARES Act, the Company has reviewed its eligibility requirements, including if and how they apply and how they will affect the Company, particularly provisions that (i) eliminate the taxable income limit for certain net operating losses (‘NOLs’) and allow businesses to carry back NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to the five prior tax years; (ii) generally relaxed the business interest limitation under section 163(j) from 30 percent to 50 percent; and (iii) fix the ‘retail glitch’ for qualified improvement property.

During the three months ended June 30, 2020, the Company elected to use the section 163(j) 50 percent business interest limitation for tax years 2019 and 2020. Utilizing this temporary provision, the Company realized a cash tax benefit in 2020 of approximately $38 million for tax years 2019 and 2020. The Company recognized tax expense of approximately $29 million and $32 million for the 2019 and 2020 tax years, respectively, primarily related to an incremental Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (‘BEAT’).

Additionally, the CARES Act offers an employee retention credit to encourage employers to maintain headcounts even if employees cannot report to work because of issues related to COVID-19 as well as a temporary provision allowing companies to defer remitting the employer share of some payroll taxes to the government. The payroll tax provisions of the CARES Act were not material for 2020.

Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Willis Towers Watson and those of our majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.


We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (‘VIE’). Variable interest entities are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity and therefore require a different approach in determining which party involved with the VIE should consolidate the entity. With a VIE, either the entity does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or the equity holders, as a group, do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact its financial performance, the obligation to absorb expected losses of the entity, or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide equity investors voting rights that give them the power to make significant decisions related to the entity’s operations. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, we consolidate our voting interest entity investments in which we hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights.

Use of Estimates — These consolidated financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (‘U.S. GAAP’),GAAP, which requirerequires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenuesrevenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for revenue recognition and related costs, the selection of useful lives of fixed and intangible assets, impairment testing, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from



clients, discretionary compensation, income taxes, pension assumptions, incurred but not reported claims, legal reserves and goodwill and intangible assets.

Going Concern— Management evaluates at each annual and interim period whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation is based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management has concluded that there are no conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date of these financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments— The carrying values of our cash, and cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accrued expenses, revolving lines of credit and term loans approximate their fair values because of the short maturity and liquidity of those instruments. We consider the difference between carrying value and fair value to be immaterial for our senior notes. The fair value of our senior notes and note receivable are considered Level 2 financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data. See Note 11 — Fair Value Measurements for additional information about our measurements of fair value.

Investments in AssociatesInvestments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, included within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company has an equity ownership in the voting stock of the investee between 20 and 50 percent, although other factors, such as representation on the board of directors, the existence of substantive participation rights, and the impact of commercial arrangements, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is carried at the cost of acquisition, plus the Company’s equity in undistributed net income since acquisition, less any dividends received since acquisition.

The Company periodically reviews its investments in associates for which fair value is less than cost to determine if the decline in value is other than temporary. If the decline in value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment is written down to fair value. The amount of any write-down is included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Common Shares Split — On January 4, 2016, the Company effected a 1 to 2.6490 reverse share split to shareholders of record as of January 4, 2016. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse share split and show the new number of shares. See Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for additional information about our Merger and reverse share split.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of time deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. In certain of the countries in which we conduct business, we are subject to capital adequacy requirements. Most significantly, Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, is currently required to maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $79$51 million must be in cash, for regulatory purposes. Term deposits and certificates of deposits with original maturities greater than 90 days are considered to be short-term investments. There is noAs a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Note 10 — Debt), we had $7 million and $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included inwithin prepaid and other current assets on our cash and cash equivalentsconsolidated balance as these amounts are included in fiduciary assets.

sheet.

Fiduciary Assets and LiabilitiesFiduciary funds represent unremittedThe Company collects premiums received from insureds and, unremittedafter deducting commissions, remits the premiums to the respective insurers. The Company also collects claims or refunds received from insurers.insurers on behalf of insureds. Certain of our health and welfare benefits administration outsourcing agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay obligations on


their behalf. Each of these transactions is reported on our consolidated balance sheet as assets and corresponding liabilities unless such balances are due to or from the same party and a right of offset exists, in which case the balances are recorded net.

Fiduciary assetson the consolidated balance sheets are comprised of both fiduciary funds and fiduciary receivables:

Fiduciary Funds – Unremitted insurance premiums and claims are recorded within fiduciary assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in certain regulated bank accounts subject to guidelines which emphasize capital preservation and liquidity. Such funds are not available to service the Company’s debt or for other corporate purposes. Notwithstanding the legal relationships with insureds and insurers, the Company is entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some cases, as supported by agreements with insureds. The period for which the Company holds such funds is dependent upon the date the insured remits the payment of the premium to the Company, or the date the Company receives refunds from the insurers, and the date the Company is required to forward such paymentpayments to the insurer or insured, respectively.

Fiduciary receivables – Uncollected premiums from insureds and uncollected claims or refunds from insurers are recorded as fiduciary assets on the consolidated balance sheets. In certain instances, the Company advances premiums, refunds or claims to insurance underwriters or insureds prior to collection. Such advances are made from fiduciary funds and are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as fiduciary assets.

Fiduciary liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets represent the obligations to remit all fiduciary funds and fiduciary receivables to insurers or insureds. Certain of our health and welfare benefits administration outsourcing agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay obligations on their behalf. These amounts are included in fiduciary assets and fiduciary liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable includes both billed and unbilled receivables and is stated at estimated net realizable values. Provision for billed receivables is recorded, when necessary, in an amount considered by management to be sufficient to meet probable future losses related to uncollectible accounts. Accrued and unbilled receivables are stated at net realizable value which includes an allowance for accrued and unbillable amounts. See Note 144Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts Revenue for additional information about our accounts receivable.



Acquired Accounts Receivable — As part of the acquisition accounting for the TRANZACT business (see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Divestitures), the acquired accounts receivable arising from direct-to-consumer Medicare broking sales were present-valued at the acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (‘ASC 805’). Cash collections for these receivables are expected to occur over a period of several years. Due to the provisions of ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (‘ASC 606’), these receivables are not discounted for a significant financing component when initially recognized. The acquired renewal commissions receivables will be accounted for prospectively using the cost-recovery method in which future cash receipts will initially be applied against the acquisition date fair value until the value reaches zero. Any cash received in excess of the fair value determined at acquisition will be recorded to earnings when it is received at a future date. The adjusted values of these acquired renewal commissions receivables will be included in prepaid and other current assets or other non-current assets, as appropriate, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes — The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating and capital loss and tax credit carry forwards.carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time as, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts valuation allowances to measure deferred tax assets at the amounts considered realizable in future periods ifwhen the Company’s facts and assumptions change. In making such determination,determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and the results of recent financial operations.operating results. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable.

Positions taken in the Company’s tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company recognizes the benefitbenefits of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that thea position will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position assuming the tax authorities have full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Recognition also occurs upon either the lapse of the relevant statute of limitations or when positions are effectively settled. The benefit recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized on settlement with the tax authority. The Company adjusts its recognition of uncertain tax benefits in the period in which new information is available impacting either the recognition or measurement of its uncertain tax positions. Such adjustments are reflected as increases or decreases to income taxes in the period in which they are determined.


The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits within income taxes. See Note 6Income Taxes for additional information regarding the Company’s income taxes.

Foreign Currency — Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date and the related transaction gains and losses are reported as income or expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Certain intercompany loans are determined to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company records transaction gains and losses from re-measuring such loans as other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Upon consolidation, the results of operations of subsidiaries and associates whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates, and assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments are presented as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the financial statements and are included in net income only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying foreign subsidiary or associated company.

Derivatives — The Company uses derivative financial instruments for other than trading purposes to alter the risk profile of an existing underlying exposure. Interest rate swaps have been used to manage interest risk exposures. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are used to manage currency exposures arising from future income and expenses.expenses and to offset balance sheet exposures in currencies other than the functional currency of an entity. We do not hold any derivatives for trading purposes. The fair values of derivative contracts are recorded in other assets and other liabilities.liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The effective portions of changes in the fair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income. Amounts are reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings. If the derivative is designated and qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item associated with the hedged risk are both recognized in earnings. The amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings is based on the extent to which an offset between the fair value of the derivative and hedged item is not achieved. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, together with any hedge ineffectiveness on those that do qualify, are recorded in other operating expensesincome, net or interest expense as appropriate.

The Company evaluates whether its contracts include clauses or conditions which would be required to be separately accounted for at fair value as embedded derivatives. See Note 9Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information about the Company’s derivatives.

Commitments, Contingencies and Provisions for Liabilities — The Company establishes provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also unasserted claims and related legal fees. These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews and are believed to be adequate in light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss exists, we accrue the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. To the extent such losses can be recovered under the Company’s insurance programs, estimated recoveries are recorded when losses for insured events are recognized and the recoveries are likely to be realized. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of such unasserted claims and the related insurance recoveries. The Company analyzes its litigation exposure based on available



information, including consultation with outside counsel handling the defense of these matters, to assess its potential liability. These contingent liabilities are not discounted. See Note 1314Commitments and Contingencies and Note 1415Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for additional information about our commitments, contingencies and provisions for liabilities.

Share-Based Compensation — The Company has equity-based compensation plans that provide for grants of restricted stock units and stock options to employees and non-employee directors of the Company.

Additionally, the Company has cash-settled share-based compensation plans that provide for grants to employees.

The Company expenses equity-based compensation, which is included in Salaries and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, primarily on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The significant assumptions underlying our expense calculations include the fair value of the award on the date of grant, the estimated achievement of any performance targets and estimated forfeiture rates. The awards under equity-based compensation are classified as equity and are included as a component of equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as the ultimate payment of such awards will not be achieved through use of the Company’s cash or other assets.

For the cash-settled share-based compensation, the Company recognizes a liability for the fair-value of the awards as of each reporting date. The liability for these awards is included within other current liabilities or other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets depending when the amounts are payable. Expense is recognized over the service period, and as the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value are recognized as compensation cost within Salaries and benefits


in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The significant assumptions underlying our expense calculations include the estimated achievement of any performance targets and estimated forfeiture rates.

See Note 1718Share-based Compensation for additional information about the Company’s share-based compensation.

Fixed Assets— Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized; repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of assets.

Depreciation on internally developedinternally-developed software is amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset ranging from 3 to 10 years. Buildings include assets held under capitalfinance leases and are depreciated over the lesser of 50 years, the asset lives or the lease terms. Depreciation on leasehold improvements is calculated over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease terms. Depreciation on furniture and equipment is calculated based on a range of 3 to 10 years.years. Land is not depreciated.

Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Recoverability is determined based on the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. See Note 7Fixed Assets for additional information about our fixed assets.

Leases (effective from January 1, 2019) — The following policies were effective beginning with the 2019 fiscal year as a result of the adoption, on January 1, 2019, of ASC 842, Leases (‘ASC 842’). The lease policies in effect prior to 2019 are reflected in the next section.

As an advisory, broking and solutions company providing services to clients in more than 140 countries, we enter into lease agreements from time to time, primarily for the use of real estate for our office space. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at the inception of the contract, and the nature of our operations is such that it is generally clear whether an arrangement contains a lease and what underlying asset is being leased. The majority of the leases into which we enter are operating leases. Upon entering into leases, we obtain the right to control the use of an identified space for a lease term and recognize these right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets on our consolidated balance sheets with corresponding lease liabilities reflecting our obligation to make the related lease payments. ROU assets are amortized over the term of the lease.

 Our real estate leases are generally long-term in nature, with terms that typically range from 5 to 15 years. Our most significant lease supports our London market operations with a lease term through 2032. Our real estate leases often contain options to renew the lease, either through exercise of the option or through automatic renewal. Additionally, certain leases have options to cancel the lease with appropriate notice to the landlord prior to the end of the stated lease term. As we enter into new leases after the adoption of ASC 842, we consider these options as we assess lease terms in our recognized ROU assets and lease liabilities. If we are reasonably certain to exercise an option to renew a lease, we include this period in our lease term. To the extent that we have the option to cancel a lease, we recognize our ROU assets and lease liabilities using the term that would result from using this earlier date. If a significant penalty is required to cancel the lease at an earlier date, we assess our lease term as ending at the point when no significant penalty would be due.

 In addition to payments for previously-agreed base rent, many of our lease agreements are subject to variable and unknown future payments, typically in the form of common area maintenance charges (a non-lease component as defined by ASC 842) or real estate taxes. These variable payments are excluded from our lease liabilities and ROU assets, and instead are recognized as lease expense within other operating expenses on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as the amounts are incurred. To the extent that we have agreed to fixed charges for common area maintenance or other non-lease components, or our base rent increases by an index or rate (most commonly an inflation rate), these amounts are included in the measurement of our lease liabilities and ROU assets. We have elected the practical expedient under ASC 842 which allows the lease and non-lease components to be combined in our measurement of lease liabilities and ROU assets.

 From time to time we may enter into subleases if we are unable to cancel or fully occupy a space and are able to find an appropriate subtenant. However, entering subleases is not a primary objective of our business operations and these arrangements represent an immaterial amount of cash flows.

We are required to use judgment in the determination of the incremental borrowing rates to calculate the present values of our future lease payments. Since the majority of our debt is publicly traded, our real estate function is centralized, and our treasury function is centralized and generally prohibits our subsidiaries from borrowing externally, we have determined it appropriate to use the Company’s consolidated unsecured borrowing rate, and we adjust for collateralization in accordance with ASC 842. Using the resulting interest rate curves from publicly traded debt at this collateralized borrowing rate, we select the interest rate at lease


inception by reference to the lease term and lease currency. Over 90% of our leases are denominated in U.S. dollars, Pounds sterling or Euros.

Our leases generally do not subject us to restrictive covenants and contain no residual value guarantees.

See Note 13 — Leases for additional information about our operating leases.

Operating Leases (effective before January 1, 2019)—Rentals payable on operating leases arewere charged on a straight-line basis to Otherother operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the lease term. See Note 13Commitments and Contingencies for additional information about our operating leases.

terms prior to the implementation of ASC 842.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared with their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Amortization basis

Expected life

(years)

Client relationships

In line with underlying cash flows

5 to 20

Software

In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis

4 to 7

Product

Trademark and trade name

Straight-line basis

14 to 25

Other

In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis

17.5
Trademark and trade nameStraight-line basis14

  3 to 25

Favorable agreementsStraight-line basis7
Management contractsStraight-line basis1820

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, favorable and unfavorable acquired lease agreement intangible assets and liabilities were amortized straight-line over the remaining terms of the leases. These amounts have been subsumed into the ROU assets upon adoption of ASC 842.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, and the Company had nine8 reporting units as of October 1, 2017.2020. In the first step of the impairment test, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting



unit exceeds its fair value, the amount ofdifference is recognized as an impairment loss, if any, is calculated in the second step of the impairment test by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.loss. The Company’s goodwill impairment tests for the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 have not resulted in any impairment charges. See Note 8Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for additional information about our goodwill and other intangible assets.

Pensions— The Company has multiple defined benefit pension and defined contribution plans. The net periodic cost of the Company’s defined benefit plans areis measured on an actuarial basis using various methods and actuarial assumptions. The most significant assumptions are the discount rates (calculated from the 2016 fiscal year and forward using the granular approach to calculating service and interest cost) and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, the expected long-term rates of compensation and pension increases and rates of employee termination. Gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from actuarial assumptions. If such gains or losses exceed ten percent of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or plan liabilities,the projected benefit obligation, the Company amortizes those gains or losses over the average remaining service period or average remaining life expectancy, as appropriate, of the plan participants. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company records on its consolidated balance sheets the funded status of its pension plans based on the projected benefit obligation.

obligation on its consolidated balance sheets.

Contributions to the Company’s defined contribution plans are recognized as incurred. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown as either other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 12Retirement Benefits for additional information about our pensions.

Revenue RecognitionRevenues include We recognize revenue from a variety of services, with broking, consulting and outsourced administration representing our most significant offerings. All other revenue streams, which can be recognized at either a point in time or over time, are individually less significant and are grouped in Other in our revenue disaggregation disclosures in Note 4 Revenue. These Other revenue streams represent approximately 5%of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Broking — Representing approximately 52%, 50% and 48% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in our broking arrangements, we earn revenue by acting as an intermediary in the placement of effective


insurance policies. Generally, we act as an agent and view our client to be the party looking to obtain insurance coverage for various risks, or an employer or sponsoring organization looking to obtain insurance coverage for its employees or members. Also, we act as an agent in reinsurance broking arrangements where our client is the party looking to cede risks to the reinsurance markets. Our primary performance obligation under the majority of these arrangements is to place an effective insurance or reinsurance policy, but there can also be significant post-placement obligations in certain contracts to which we need to allocate revenue. The most common of these is for claims handling or call center support. The revenue recognition method for these, after the relative fair value allocation, is described further as part of the ‘Outsourced Administration’ description below.

Due to the nature of the majority of our broking arrangements, no single document constitutes the contract for ASC 606 purposes. Our services may be governed by a mixture of different types of contractual arrangements depending on the jurisdiction or type of coverage, including terms of business agreements, broker-of-record letters, statements of work or local custom and practice. This is then confirmed by the client’s acceptance of the underlying insurance contract. Prior to the policy inception date, the client has not accepted nor formally committed to perform under the arrangement (i.e. pay for the insurance coverage in place). Therefore in the majority of broking arrangements, the contract date is the date the insurance policy incepts. However, in certain instances such as employer-sponsored Medicare broking or Affinity arrangements, where the employer or sponsoring organization is our customer, client acceptance of underlying individual policy placements is not required, and therefore the date at which we have a contract with a customer is not dependent upon placement.

As noted, our primary performance obligations typically consist of only the placement of an effective insurance policy which precedes the inception date of the policy. Therefore, most of our fulfillment costs are incurred before we can recognize revenue, and are thus deferred during the pre-placement process. Where we have material post-placement services obligations, we estimate the relative fair value of the post-placement services using either the expected cost-plus-margin or the market assessment approach.

Revenue from our broking services consists of commissions or fees negotiated in lieu of commissions. At times, we may receive additional income for performing these services from the insurance and reinsurance carriers’ markets, which is collectively referred to as ‘market derived income’. In situations in which our fees are not fixed but are variable, we must estimate the likely commission per policy, taking into account the likelihood of cancellation before the end of the policy term. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking, Affinity arrangements and proportional treaty reinsurance broking, the commissions to which we will be entitled can vary based on the underlying individual insurance policies that are placed. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking and proportional treaty reinsurance broking in particular, we base the estimates of transaction prices on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only include amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded (referred to as applying ‘constraint’ under ASC 606). This is an area requiring significant judgment and results in us estimating a transaction price that may be significantly lower than the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. The transaction price is then adjusted over time as we receive confirmation of our remuneration through receipt of treaty statements, or as other information becomes available.

We recognize revenue for most broking arrangements as of a point in time at the later of the policy inception date or when the policy placement is complete, because this is viewed as the date when control is transferred to the client. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking, we recognize revenue over time, as we stand ready under our agreements to place retiree Medicare coverage. For this type of broking arrangement, we recognize the majority of our placement revenue in the fourth quarter of the calendar year when most of the placement or renewal activity occurs.

Beginning on July 30, 2019 with the acquisition of TRANZACT (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures), we have a direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering. The contractual arrangements in this offering differ from our previously existing employer-sponsored Medicare broking offering described above. The governing contracts in our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering are the contractual arrangements with insurance carriers, for whom we act as an agent, that provide compensation in return for issued policies.  Once an application is submitted to a carrier, our obligation is complete, and we have no ongoing fulfilment obligations. We receive compensation from carriers in the form of commissions, administrative fees and marketing fees in the first year, and depending on the type of policy issued, we may receive renewal commissions for consulting services rendered, hostedup to 25 years, provided the policies are renewed for such periods of time.  

Because our obligation is complete upon application submission to the carrier, we recognize revenue at that date, which includes both compensation due to us in the first year as well as an estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy. This variable consideration estimate requires significant judgment, and delivered software, survey sales, interestwill vary based on product type, estimated commission rates, the expected lives of the respective policies and other income.factors. The Company has applied an actuarial model to account for these uncertainties, which is updated periodically based on actual experience, and includes an element of ‘constraint’ as defined by ASC 606 such that no significant reversal is expected to occur in the future. Actual results will differ from these estimates.

The timing of renewal payments in our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering is reflective of regulatory restrictions and insurance carriers’ protection for cancellations and varies based on policy holder decisions that are outside of the control of both the


Company and the insurance carriers. As such, the estimate of these renewal commissions receivables has not been discounted to reflect a significant financing component.  

Consulting — We earn revenue for advisory and consulting work that may be structured as different types of service offerings, including annual recurring projects, projects of a short duration or stand-ready obligations. Collectively, our consulting arrangements represent approximately 30%, 32% and 34% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

We have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties.

In assessing our performance obligations, our consulting work is typically highly integrated, with the various promised services representing inputs of the combined overall output. We view these arrangements as representing a single performance obligation. To the extent we do not integrate our services, as is the case with unrelated services that may be sourced from different areas of our business, we consider these separate performance obligations.

Fee terms can be in the form of fixed-fees (including fixed-fees offset by commissions), time-and-expense fees, commissions, per-participant fees, or fees based on assets under management. Payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

The majority of our revenue from these consulting engagements is recognized over time, either because our clients are simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of our services, or because we have an enforceable right to payment for performance rendered to date. Additionally, from time to time, we may be entitled to an additional fee based on achieving certain performance criteria. To the extent that we cannot estimate with reasonable assurance the likelihood that we will achieve the performance target, we will ‘constrain’ this portion of the transaction price and recognize it when or as the uncertainty is resolved.

We use different progress measures to determine our revenue depending on the nature of the engagement:

Annual recurring projects and projects of short duration. These projects are typically straightforward and highly predictable in nature with either time-and-expense or fixed fee terms. Time-and-expense fees are recognized as hours or expenses are incurred using the ‘right to invoice’ practical expedient allowed under ASC 606. For fixed-fee arrangements, to the extent estimates can be made of the remaining work required under the arrangement, revenue is based upon the proportional performance method, using the value of labor hours spent to date compared to the estimated total value of labor hours for the entire engagement. We believe that cost represents a faithful depiction of the transfer of value because the completion of these performance obligations is based upon the professional services of employees of differing experience levels and thereby costs. It is appropriate that satisfaction of these performance obligations considers both the number of hours incurred by each employee and the value of each labor hour worked (as opposed to simply the hours worked).

Revenue

Stand-ready obligations. These projects consist of repetitive monthly or quarterly services performed consistently each period. As none of the activities provided under these services are performed at specified times and quantities, but at the discretion of each customer, our obligation is to stand ready to perform these services on an as-needed basis. These arrangements represent a ‘series’ performance obligation in accordance with ASC 606. Each time increment (i.e., each month or quarter) of standing ready to provide the overall services is distinct and the customer obtains value from each period of service independent of the other periods of service.

Where we recognize revenue on a proportional performance basis, the amount we recognize is affected by a number of factors that can change the estimated amount of work required to complete the project such as the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. Our periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stage of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an engagement when estimated revenue to be received for that engagement is less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses are recognized in excessthe period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of billingsthe loss is recordedreasonably estimable.

Outsourced Administration — We provide customized benefits outsourcing and co-sourcing solutions services in relation to the administration of defined benefit, defined contribution, and health and welfare plans. These plans are sponsored by our clients to provide benefits to their active or retired employees. Additionally, these services include operating call centers and may include providing access to, and managing, a variety of consumer-directed savings accounts. The operation of call centers and consumer-directed accounts can be provisioned as unbilled accounts receivable. Cash collectionspart of an ongoing administration or solutions service, or separately as part of a broking arrangement. The products and services available to all clients are the same, but the selections by a client can vary and portray customized products and services based on the customer’s specific needs. Our services often include the use of proprietary systems


that are configured for each of our clients’ needs. In total, our outsourced administration services represent approximately 12% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

These contracts typically consist of an implementation phase and an ongoing administration phase:

Implementation phase. Work performed during the implementation phase is considered a set-up activity because it does not transfer a service to the customer, and therefore costs are deferred during this phase of the arrangement. Since these arrangements are longer term in nature and subject to more changes in scope as the project progresses, our contracts generally provide that if the client terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through the termination date designed to recover our up-front costs of implementation.

Ongoing administration phase. The ongoing administration phase includes a variety of plan administration services, system hosting and support services. More specifically, these services include data management, calculations, reporting, fulfillment/communications, compliance services, call center support, and in our health and welfare arrangements, annual onboarding and enrollment support. While there are a variety of activities performed, the overall nature of the obligation is to provide an integrated outsourcing solution to the customer. The arrangement represents a stand-ready obligation to perform these activities on an as-needed basis. The customer obtains value from each period of service, and each time increment (i.e., each month, or each benefits cycle in our health and welfare arrangements) is distinct and substantially the same. Accordingly, the ongoing administration services represent a ‘series’ in accordance with ASC 606 and are deemed one performance obligation.

We have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties. Fees for these arrangements can be fixed, per-participant-per-month, or in excessthe case of revenue recognizedcall center services, provided in conjunction with our broking services, with an allocation based on commissions. Our fees are recorded as deferred revenuenot typically payable until the commencement of the ongoing administration phase. However, in our health and welfare arrangements, we begin transferring services to our customers approximately four months prior to payments being due as part of our annual onboarding and enrollment work. Although our per-participant-per-month and commission-based fees are considered variable, they are typically predictable in nature, and therefore we generally do not ‘constrain’ any portion of our transaction price estimates. Once fees become payable, payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

Revenue is recognized over time as the services are performed because our clients are simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of our services. For our health and welfare arrangements where each benefits cycle represents a time increment under the series guidance, revenue is recognized based on proportional performance. We use an input measure (value of labor hours worked) as the measure of progress. Given that the service is stand-ready in nature, it can be difficult to predict the remaining obligation under the benefits cycle. Therefore, the input measure is based on the historical effort expended each month, which is measured as labor cost. This results in slightly more revenue being recognized during periods of annual onboarding since we are performing both our normal monthly services and our annual services during this portion of the benefits cycle.

For all other outsourced administration arrangements where a month represents our time increment under the series guidance, we allocate transaction price to the month we are performing our services. Therefore, the amount recognized each month is the variable consideration related to that month plus the fixed monthly or annual fee. The fixed monthly or annual fee is recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue recognition criteria are met.for these types of arrangements is therefore more consistent throughout the year.

Reimbursed expenses Client reimbursable expenses, including those relating to travel, other out-of-pocket expenses and any third-party costs, are included in revenue, and an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses is included in other operating expenses as a cost of revenue.revenue as incurred. Reimbursed expenses represented approximately 1% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are recorded net and are excluded from revenue.

Commissions and fees
Commissions revenue. Brokerage commissions and fees negotiated in lieu of commissions are recognized at the later of the policy inception date or when the policy placement is complete. In situations in which our fees are not fixed and determinable due to the uncertainty of the commission fee per policy, we recognize revenue as the fees are determined. Commissions on additional premiums and adjustments are recognized when approved by or agreed between the parties and collectability is reasonably assured.
Consulting revenue. The majority of our consulting revenues consists of fees earned from providing consulting services. We recognize revenues from these consulting engagements when hours are worked, either on a time-and-expense basis or on a fixed-fee basis, depending on the terms and conditions defined at the inception of an engagement with a client. We have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties. Individual billing rates are principally based on a multiple of salary and compensation costs.
Revenues for fixed-fee arrangements are based upon the proportional performance method to the extent estimates can be made of the remaining work required under the arrangement. If we do not have sufficient information to estimate proportional performance, we recognize the fees straight-line over the contract period. We typically have four types of fixed-fee arrangements: annual recurring projects, projects of a short duration, stand-ready obligations and non-recurring system projects.
Annual recurring projects and projects of short duration. These projects are typically straightforward and highly predictable in nature. As a result, the project manager and financial staff are able to identify, as the project status is reviewed and bills are prepared monthly, the occasions when cost overruns could lead to the recording of a loss accrual.
Stand-ready obligations. Where we are entitled to fees (whether fixed or variable based on assets under management or a per-participant per-month basis) regardless of the hours, we generally recognize this revenue on either a straight-line basis or as the variable fees are calculated.
Non-recurring system projects. These projects are longer in duration and subject to more changes in scope as the project progresses. Certain software or outsourced administration contracts generally provide that if the client


terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through termination designed to recover our up-front cost of implementation.
Revenue recognition for fixed-fee engagements is affected by a number of factors that change the estimated amount of work required to complete the project such as changes in scope, the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. The periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stage of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an engagement when estimated revenues to be received for that engagement are less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.
Hosted software. We have developed various software programs and technologies that we provide to clients in connection with consulting services. In most instances, such software is hosted and maintained by us and ownership of the technology and rights to the related code remain with us. We defer costs for software developed to be utilized in providing services to a client, but for which the client does not have the contractual right to take possession, during the implementation stage. We recognize these deferred costs from the go live date, signaling the end of the implementation stage, until the end of the initial term of the contract with the client. We determined that the system implementation and customized ongoing administrative services are one combined service. Revenue is recognized over the service period, after the go live date, on a straight-line basis. As a result, we do not recognize revenue during the implementation phase of an engagement.
Delivered software. We deliver software under arrangements with clients who take possession of our software. The maintenance associated with the initial software fees is a fixed percentage which enables us to determine the stand-alone value of the delivered software separate from the maintenance. We recognize the initial software fees as software is delivered to the client, and we recognize the maintenance fees ratably over the contract period based on each element’s relative fair value. For software arrangements in which initial fees are received in connection with mandatory maintenance for the initial software license to remain active, we determined that the initial maintenance period is substantive. Therefore, we recognize the fees for the initial license and maintenance bundle ratably over the initial contract term, which is generally one year. Each subsequent renewal fee is recognized ratably over the contractually stated renewal period.
Surveys. We collect, analyze and compile data in the form of surveys for our clients who have the option of participating in the survey. The surveys are published online via a web tool that provides simplistic functionality. We have determined that the web tool is inconsequential to the overall arrangement. We record the survey revenues when the results are delivered online and made available to our clients who have a contractual right to the data. If the data is updated more frequently than annually, we recognize the survey revenues ratably over the contractually stated period.

Interest and other income

Interest income. Interest income is recognized as earned.

Other Income. incomeOther income includes gains on disposal of intangible assets, which primarily arise from settlements through enforcing non-compete agreements in the event of losing accounts through producer defection or the disposal of books of business.

Cost to obtain or fulfill contractsCosts to obtain customers include commissions for brokers under specific agreements that would not be incurred without a contract being signed and executed. The Company has elected to apply the ASC 606 ‘practical expedient’ which allows us to expense these costs as incurred if the amortization period related to the resulting asset would be one year or less. The Company has no significant instances of contracts that would be amortized for a period greater than a year, and therefore has no contract costs capitalized for these arrangements.


Costs to fulfill include costs incurred by the Company that are expected to be recovered within the expected contract period. The costs associated with our system implementation activities and consulting contracts are recorded through time entry.

For our broking business, the Company must estimate the fulfillment costs incurred during the pre-placement of the broking contracts. These judgments include:

which activities in the pre-placement process should be eligible for capitalization;

the amount of time and effort expended on those pre-placement activities;

the amount of payroll and related costs eligible for capitalization; and,

the monthly or quarterly timing of underlying insurance and reinsurance policy inception dates.

We amortize costs to fulfill over the period we receive the related benefits. For broking pre-placement costs, this is typically less than a year. In our system implementation and consulting arrangements, we include the likelihood of contract renewals in our estimate of the amortization period, resulting in most costs being amortized for a greater length of time than the initial contract term.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Not yet adopted

for 2020

In May 2014,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which clarifies and amends existing guidance, including removing certain exceptions to the general principles of accounting for income taxes. This ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2021. Some of the changes must be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis while others must be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to adopt this ASU early and does not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Adopted for 2020

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) issued Accounting Standard Update (‘ASU’) No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts With Customers. The new standard supersedes most current revenue recognitionInstruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amended the guidance and eliminates most industry-specific guidance.on the impairment of financial instruments. The ASU added an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (‘CECL’) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the principle thatnew guidance, an entity should recognize revenuerecognizes as an allowance its estimate of lifetime expected credit losses on assets measured at amortized cost, which is intended to depict the transferresult in more timely recognition of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.such losses. The ASU was also requires additional disclosure aboutintended to reduce the nature, amount, timing and uncertaintycomplexity of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments andU.S. GAAP by decreasing the number of credit impairment models that entities use to account for debt instruments. Further, the ASU made targeted changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approachimpairment model for the adoption of the new standard.available-for-sale debt securities. Additional ASUs have since beenwere subsequently issued which provide furtherprovided amended and additional guidance examples and technical corrections for the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09.2016-13. All related guidance has been codified into, and is now known as, Accounting Standards Codification (‘ASC’) 606. The guidance was effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2018 fiscal year, with early adoption permitted.

As a result of analyzing our various revenue streams to determine the full impact this standard will have on our revenue recognition, cost deferral, systems and processes, the Company has determined the following:


The Company has adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach on January 1, 2018, and has applied the new standard only to contracts that are not completed as of the transition date.
Certain revenue streams have accelerated revenue recognition timing. In particular, the revenue recognition for our Individual Marketplace (formerly Retiree & Access Exchanges) has moved from monthly ratable recognition over the policy period, to the recognition upon placement of the policy. Consequently, the Company will now recognize the majority of one calendar year of expected commissions during its fourth quarter of the preceding calendar year. Therefore, at the adoption date, we have reflected an adjustment to retained earnings for the portion of the revenue that would otherwise have been recognized during our 2018 calendar year since our earnings process was largely completed during the fourth quarter of 2017.
Additionally, the revenue recognition for proportional treaty broking commissions has moved from recognition upon the receipt of the monthly or quarterly statements, to the recognition of an estimate of expected commissions upon the policy effective date. Since the majority of revenue recognized historically based on these monthly or quarterly statements was received over a two-year period, we will reflect an adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date for the portion of revenue that would otherwise have been recognized during our 2018 calendar year related to policies effective in 2017 or prior.
Revenue recognition for certain other revenue streams has changed from recognizing revenue at a point in time to recognizing revenue over time. Specifically, certain arrangements in our Health and Benefits broking business will now be recognized evenly over the year to reflect the nature of the ongoing obligations to our customers as well as receipt of the monthly commissions. These contracts are monthly or annual in nature and are considered complete as of the transition date. Therefore, no retained earnings adjustment is required.
Our accounting for deferred costs will change. First, for those portions of the business that previously deferred costs (related to system implementation activities), the length of time over which we amortize those costs will extend to a longer estimated contract term. For 2017 calendar year and prior, these costs were amortized over a typical period of 3-5 years in accordance with the initial stated terms of the customer agreements. Second, other types of arrangements with associated costs now meet the criteria for cost deferral under ASC 606. This guidance will now apply to our broking arrangements and certain consulting engagements. We have calculated a retained earnings adjustment to reflect this cumulative change for contracts not complete as of the transition date.
Although we are still finalizing the impact to retained earnings as of January 1, 2018, we expect the total range of adjustment, before the effect of taxes, to be an increase to retained earnings of $375 million to $475 million.
In preparation for the additional disclosure requirements that will be included in our quarterly and annual filings beginning with our calendar year 2018 first quarter filing, we have implemented additional tools and technologies to support our revenue recognition and data collection processes.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which requires a lessee to recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2019 calendar year, at which time the Company will adopt it, although early adoption is permitted. While the Company continues to assess the impact of the ASU to its consolidated financial statements, the majority of its leases are currently considered operating leases and will be capitalized as a lease asset on its balance sheet with a related lease liability for the obligated lease payments.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which amends guidance on presentation and classification of eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in practice. The ASU326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (‘ASC 326’). ASC 326 became effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2018 calendar year,on January 1, 2020, at which time the Companywe adopted it. Consistent with the transition guidance, the Company will reflect the new guidance as of the beginning of 2018 in our first quarter Form 10-Q. The Company is still assessing the impact of thisThis ASU but it believes thedid not have a material impact on itsour consolidated financial statements will be immaterial.
statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, currentprevious U.S. GAAP requiresrequired the performance of procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would beis required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, the amendments under this ASU require the goodwill impairment test to be performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill



allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU becomesbecame effective for the Company on January 1, 2020.2020, at which time we adopted it. The amendments in this ASU should beare applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017, and the Company is still evaluating when to adopt this ASU. The Company does not expect anThere was no immediate impact to itsour consolidated financial statements upon adopting this ASU, sinceand the most recent Step 1 goodwill impairment test resulted in fair values in excess of carrying values for all reporting units at October 1, 2017.2020.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement as part of its disclosure framework project. The focus of this project is to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements by facilitating clear communication of the information required by U.S. GAAP that is most important to users of an entity’s financial statements. This ASU removes certain disclosure requirements and adds or modifies other requirements. This ASUwas effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, at which time we adopted it. Certain provisions of the ASU were required to be adopted retrospectively, while others were required to be adopted prospectively. This ASU did not have a material impact on the notes to our consolidated financial statements.


In March 2017,2020, the SEC issued a final rule that amends the disclosure requirements related to certain registered securities under SEC Regulation S-X, Rules 3-10 and 3-16 which currently require separate financial statements for subsidiary issuers and guarantors of registered debt securities unless certain exceptions are met, and affiliates that collateralize registered securities offerings if the affiliates’ securities are a substantial portion of the collateral. The final rule is generally effective for filings on or after January 4, 2021, however early application is permitted. The most pertinent portions of the final rule that are currently applicable to the Company include: (i) replacing the previous requirement under Rule 3-10 to provide condensed consolidating financial information in the registrant’s financial statements with a requirement to provide alternative financial disclosures (which include summarized financial information of the parent and any issuers and guarantors, as well as other qualitative disclosures) in either the registrant’s Management’s Discussion & Analysis section or its financial statements; and, (ii) reducing the periods for which summarized financial information is required to the most recent annual period and year-to-date interim period. The Company elected to early-adopt the provisions of the final rule during the three months ended March 31, 2020.  Further, the new reduced quantitative disclosures and accompanying qualitative disclosures as required by this final rule are included within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operationson this Form 10-K.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Improving2020-04, Facilitation of the PresentationEffects of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit CostReference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which requires entitiesprovides optional expedients and exceptions for accounting for contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments apply only to (1) disaggregate the current service-cost component from thecontracts, hedging relationships and other componentstransactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of net benefit cost (the ‘other components’) and present it in the income statement with other current compensation costs for related employees and (2) present the other components elsewhere in the income statement and outside of income from operations if that subtotal is presented. In addition, the ASU requires entities to disclose the income statement lines that contain the other components if they are not presented or included in appropriately described separate lines. Thereference rate reform. This ASU became effective for the Company on March 12, 2020. The Company may apply the changes relating to contracts from January 1, 2018, at which time the Company adopted it, and will apply the standard retrospectively beginning in its 2018 first quarter Form 10-Q.2020 or from a later date. The Company has determinedmade no contract modifications thus far to transition to a different reference rate, however, it will consider this guidance as future modifications are made.

In August 2020, the SEC issued amendments to its disclosure rules to modernize the requirements in Regulation S-K, Item 101 ‘Business’, Item 103 ‘Legal Proceedings’, and Item 105 ‘Risk Factors’. These amendments are intended to improve the readability of disclosures, reduce repetition, and eliminate immaterial information, thereby simplifying compliance for registrants and making disclosures more meaningful for investors. The amendments to the disclosure requirements related to a registrant’s description of its business and risk factors are intended to expand the use of a principles-based approach that gives registrants more flexibility to tailor disclosures. The amendments to the disclosure requirements related to legal proceedings continue to reflect the current, more prescriptive approach because those requirements depend less on a registrant’s specific characteristics. Further, additional human capital disclosures are required as part of the amendments to the description of the business. The final rule became effective on November 9, 2020, and the Company has incorporated these changes as part of this Form 10-K.

In November 2020, the SEC issued amendments to its disclosure rules to modernize the requirements in Regulation S-K, Item 301 ‘Selected Financial Data’, Item 302 ‘Supplementary Financial Information’ and Item 303 ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’. Like the previous modernization amendments to Regulation S-K, the amendments are intended to eliminate duplicative disclosures and enhance management’s discussion and analysis for the benefit of investors, while simplifying compliance efforts for registrants.  Certain amendments codified interpretive guidance released by the classificationSEC historically, and as such, these amendments were already reflected in the Company’s Form 10-K.  The most impactful of some componentsthese amendments to the disclosure requirements include the following: registrants are no longer required to provide selected financial data for each of net benefit cost willthe last five fiscal years; registrants are generally not required to disclose selected quarterly financial data for each of the most recent two fiscal years, unless there is a material retrospective change withinto any of these quarters; and the accompanying consolidated statementremoval of the requirement for separate sections and certain tabular disclosures of future obligations, off-balance sheet obligations and material commitments for capital expenditures, and instead emphasizes that these obligations should be discussed as part of the results of operations and liquidity discussions of cash requirements in the next fiscal year and beyond. The final rule became effective on February 10, 2021 and must be applied in a registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its first fiscal year ending on or after August 9, 2021, however early adoption is allowed on an item-by-item basis. The Company has incorporated these changes as part of this Form 10-K.  

Note 3— Acquisitions and Divestitures

The following disclosures discuss significant transactions during the three-year period ended December 31, 2020.

Acquisitions

TRANZACT Acquisition

On July 30, 2019, the Company acquired TRANZACT, a U.S.-based provider of comprehensive, income, there is no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017,direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions for leading insurance carriers in the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Stock Compensation - ScopeU.S. TRANZACT leverages digital, data and direct marketing solutions to deliver qualified leads, fully-provisioned sales and robust customer management systems to brands seeking to acquire and manage large numbers of Modification Accounting, which provides guidance on which changesconsumers. Pursuant to the terms or conditionsof the acquisition agreement, subject to certain adjustments, the consideration


consisted of $1.3 billion paid in cash at closing. Additional contingent consideration in the form of a share-based payment award require an entitypotential earn-out of up to apply modification accounting.$17 million is to be paid in cash in 2021 based on the achievement of certain financial targets. The ASU requires that an entity should accountacquisition was initially funded in part with a $1.1 billion one-year term loan (see Note 10 — Debt for the effects of a modification unless the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if used), vesting conditions and classification (as equity or liability)description of the modified award are allterm loan and its repayment), with the same as for the original award immediately before the modification. The ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018, at which time the Company adopted it, and should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. There is no immediate impact to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, until such time as an award may be modified in 2018 or forward.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which provides amendments under six specific objectives to better align risk management activities and financial reporting, and to simplify disclosure, presentation, hedging and the testing and measurement of ineffectiveness. The ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently assessing when it will adopt this standard, and the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows for a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for ‘stranded’ tax effects (those tax effects of items within accumulated other comprehensive income resultingremainder being funded from the historical corporate income tax rate reduction) resulting fromCompany’s existing revolving credit facility. TRANZACT operates as part of our Benefits Delivery and Administration segment and enhances the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendments within this ASUCompany’s existing Medicare broking offering, while also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. The ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, and any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently assessing when it will adopt this standard, and the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Adopted
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. In accordance with the prospective adoption of the recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, we recognized a $7 million tax benefit in provision for income taxes during the year ended December 31, 2017. In addition, we elected to prospectively adopt the amendment to present excess tax benefits on share-based compensation as an operating activity, resulting in the recognition of a $7 million excess tax benefit as an operating activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017. We elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures. We also retrospectively adopted the amendment to present cash payments to tax authorities in connection with shares withheld to meet statutory tax withholding requirements as a financing activity. As a result, these $13 million and $1 million uses of cash were reclassified from net cash from operating activities to net cash used in financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory, which amends guidance regarding the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for intra-entity


asset transfers. Current U.S. GAAP prohibits the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The ASU states that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company elected to early adopt this standard on January 1, 2017, and recorded a cumulative reduction to retained earnings of $3 million.
Note 3 — Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures
Merger
On January 4, 2016, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015, between Willis, Towers Watson, and Citadel Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis formed for the purpose of facilitating this transaction (‘Merger Sub’), Merger Sub merged with and into Towers Watson, with Towers Watson continuing as the surviving corporation and as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Willis.
Towers Watson was a leading global professional services firm operating throughout the world, dating back more than 100 years. The Merger allows the combined firm to go to market with complementary strategic product and services offerings.
At the effective time of the Merger (the ‘Effective Time’), each issued and outstanding share of Towers Watson common stock (the ‘Towers Watson shares’), was converted into the right to receive 2.6490 validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of Willis (the ‘Willis ordinary shares’), $0.000115 nominal value per share, other than any Towers Watson shares owned by Towers Watson, Willis or Merger Sub at the Effective Time and the Towers Watson shares held by stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercised dissenter’s rights under Delaware law.
Immediately following the Merger, Willis effected (i) a consolidation (i.e., a reverse stock split under Irish law) of Willis ordinary shares whereby every 2.6490 Willis ordinary shares were consolidated into one Willis ordinary share ($0.000304635 nominal value per share) and (ii) an amendment to its constitution and other organizational documents to change its name from Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company to Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company.
On December 29, 2015, the third business day immediately prior to the closing date of the Merger, Towers Watson declared and paid a pre-merger special dividend of $10.00 per share of its common stock, and approximately $694 million in the aggregate based on approximately 69 million Towers Watson shares issued and outstanding at December 29, 2015.
On December 30, 2015, all Towers Watson treasury stock was canceled.
The Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, with Willis considered the accounting acquirer of Towers Watson.
The table below presents the final calculation of aggregate Merger consideration.
  January 4, 2016
Number of shares of Towers Watson common stock outstanding as of January 4, 2016 69 million
Exchange ratio 2.6490
Number of Willis Group Holdings shares issued (prior to reverse stock split) 184 million
Willis Group Holdings price per share on January 4, 2016 $47.18
Fair value of 184 million Willis ordinary shares $8,686
Value of equity awards assumed 37
Aggregate Merger consideration $8,723


adding significant direct-to-consumer marketing experience.

A summary of the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, of Towers WatsonTRANZACT at January 4, 2016July 30, 2019 are summarized in the following table.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

3

 

Renewal commissions receivable, current (i)

 

 

36

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

22

 

Renewal commissions receivable, non-current (i)

 

 

130

 

Fixed assets

 

 

9

 

Intangible assets

 

 

646

 

Goodwill

 

 

718

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

19

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

2

 

Collateralized facility (ii)

 

 

(91

)

Other current liabilities

 

 

(55

)

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

(100

)

Lease liabilities

 

 

(19

)

Net assets acquired

 

$

1,329

 

______________

  January 4, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents $476
Accounts receivable, net 825
Other current assets 82
Fixed assets, net 204
Goodwill 6,783
Intangible assets 3,991
Pension benefits assets 67
Other non-current assets 115
Deferred tax liabilities (1,151)
Liability for pension benefits (923)
Other current liabilities (i)
 (667)
Other non-current liabilities (ii)
 (331)
Long term debt, including current portion (iii)
 (740)
Net assets acquired 8,731
Non-controlling interests acquired (8)
Allocated aggregate Merger consideration $8,723
____________________

(i)

(i)Includes $348 million

Renewal commissions receivables arise from direct-to-consumer Medicare broking sales. Cash collections for these receivables are expected to occur over a period of several years. Due to the provisions of ASC 606, these receivables are not discounted for a significant financing component when initially recognized (see Note 2 – Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements). However, as a result of recognizing the fair value of these receivables in accounts payable, accrued liabilitiesaccordance with ASC 805, these receivables have now been present-valued at the acquisition date. Prior to this fair value adjustment, the carrying value of these receivables was $231 million. The adjusted values of these acquired renewal commissions receivables will be included in prepaid and deferred revenue, $308 million in employee-related liabilities and $11 million in other current liabilities.assets or other non-current assets, as appropriate, on the consolidated balance sheets. The acquired renewal commissions receivables will be accounted for prospectively using the cost-recovery method in which future cash receipts will initially be applied against the acquisition date fair value until the value reaches zero. Any cash received in excess of the fair value determined at acquisition will be recorded to earnings when it is received at a future date.

(ii)

(ii)
Includes acquired contingent liabilities of $242 million.

See Note 1310Commitments and ContingenciesDebt for a discussiondescription of our materialthe acquired contingencies related to Legacy Towers Watson.

collateralized facility debt.

(iii)Represents both debt due upon change of control of $400 million borrowed under Towers Watson’s term loan ($188 million) and revolving credit facility ($212 million) and a draw down under a new term loan of $340 million. The $400 million debt was repaid by Willis’ borrowings under the 1-year term loan facility on January 4, 2016. The $340 million new term loan partially funded the $694 million Towers Watson pre-merger special dividend.
The purchase price allocation as

Intangible assets consist primarily of the date$612 million of acquisition was based on a valuationcustomer relationships, with an expected life of the assets15.4 years. Additional intangibles acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition. The purchase price allocation was complete asconsist of December 31, 2016.

domain names.

Goodwill wasis calculated as the difference between the aggregate Merger consideration and the acquisition date fair value of the net assets acquired, including the intangible assets acquired, and represents the value of the Legacy Towers WatsonTRANZACT’s assembled workforce and the future economic benefits that we expect to realizeachieve as a result of the Merger.acquisition. None of the goodwill recognized on the transaction is tax deductible.



The acquired intangible assets are attributable to the following categories:
  Valuation Methodology Amortization Basis Fair Value Expected Life (Years)
Customer relationships Multiple period excess earnings In line with underlying cash flows $2,221
 15.0
Software - income approach Multiple period excess earnings In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis 567
 6.4
Software - cost approach Cost of reproduction Straight-line basis 108
 4.9
Product Multiple period excess earnings In line with underlying cash flows 42
 17.5
IPR&D (i)
 Multiple period excess earnings or cost of reproduction n/a 39
 n/a
Trade name Relief from royalty Straight-line basis 1,003
 25.0
Favorable lease agreements Market approach Straight-line basis 11
 6.5
      $3,991
  
____________________
(i)
Represents individual in-process research and development (‘IPR&D’) software components not placed into service as of the acquisition date. These assets were subsequently placed into service during the three months ended March 31, 2017, were reclassified into finite-lived software intangible assets, and are being amortized in line with underlying cash flows or on a straight-line basis.
The following pro forma financial informationdeductible, however there is unaudited and is intended to reflect the impact of the Merger on Willis Towers Watson’s consolidated financial statements as if the Merger had taken place on January 1, 2015 and presents the results of operations of Willis Towers Watson based on the historical financial statements of Willis and Towers Watson after giving effect to the Merger and pro forma adjustments. Pro forma adjustments are included only to the extent they are (i) directly attributable to the Merger, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and has not been adjusted to give effect to certain expected financial benefits of the Merger, such as revenue synergies, tax savings and cost synergies, or the anticipated costs to achieve these benefits, including the cost of integration activities. The unaudited pro forma results are not indicative of what would have occurred had the Merger taken place on the indicated date.
 Years ended December 31,
   Pro Forma
 As reported (Unaudited)
 2016 2015
Total revenues$7,887
 $7,492
Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$420
 $640
Diluted earnings per share$3.04
 $4.64
The above pro forma financial information fordeductible goodwill that will be carried forward from previous acquisitions by TRANZACT.

During the year ended December 31, 2015does not include pro forma2020, purchase price allocation adjustments for the Gras Savoye or other acquisitions as their revenues and results of operations were immaterialmade primarily to the consolidated financial statements.

Revenues attributable to Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $3.6 billion. Net income attributable to Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $111 million.
Acquired Share-Based Compensation Plans
In connection with the Merger, we assumed certain stock options and restricted stock units (‘RSUs’) issued under the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’), the Liazon Corporation 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and the Extend Health, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
Stock Options. The outstanding unvested employee stock options were converted into 592,486 Willis Towers Watson stock options using the conversion ratios stated in the Merger agreement for the number of options. The fair value of the stock options was calculated using the Black-Scholes model with a volatility and risk-free interest rate over the expected term of each group of options and Willis Towers Watson’s closing share price on the date of acquisition. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding options related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line expense methodology from the date of grant to the acquisition date to be $7 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the


remaining portion of options related to the post-acquisition employee services was $13 million, and will be recognized over the future vesting periods.
Restricted Stock Units. The outstanding unvested RSUs were converted into 597,307 Willis Towers Watson RSUs using the conversion ratios as stated in the Merger agreement. The fair value of these RSUs was calculated using Willis Towers Watson’s closing share price on the date of acquisition. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding RSUs related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line expense methodology from the date of grant to the acquisition date to be $30 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the remaining portion of RSUs related to the post-acquisition employee services was $32 million, and will be recognized over the future vesting periods.
Gras Savoye Acquisition
On December 29, 2015, Legacy Willis completed the transaction to acquire substantially all of the remaining 70% of the outstanding share capital of Gras Savoye, the leading insurance broker in France, for total consideration of €544 million ($592 million) of which $582 million in cash was paid at closing. Additionally, the previously held equity interest in Gras Savoye was re-measured to a fair value of €221 million ($241 million) giving a total fair value on a 100% basis of €765 million ($833 million).
The union combines the Company’s global insurance broking footprint with Gras Savoye’s particularly strong presence in France, Central and Eastern Europe, and across Africa. Gras Savoye’s expertise in high-growth markets and industry sectors complements the Company’s global strengths, creating value for clients.
The Company funded the cash consideration with a 1-year term loan. The term loan was repaid in its entirety on May 26, 2016, from the proceeds from the issuance of new senior notes discussed in Note 10Debt to these consolidated financial statements.
Deferred consideration is payable on the first and second anniversary of the acquisition. In December 2017, the Company made final consideration payments of $3 million. The discounted fair value ofadjust the deferred consideration at December 31, 2016 was $4 million. None of the goodwill recognized on the transaction is tax deductible.
The following table presents the Company’s allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values:
 December 29, 2015
Cash and cash equivalents$87
Fiduciary assets625
Accounts receivable, net89
Goodwill584
Intangible assets440
Other assets56
Fiduciary liabilities(625)
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses(80)
Short and long-term debt(80)
Net deferred tax liabilities(87)
Other liabilities(179)
Net assets acquired830
Decrease in paid-in capital for purchase of non-controlling interest43
Non-controlling interest acquired(40)
Purchase price allocation$833
liabilities. The purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date of acquisition was based on a valuation and was subject to revision withinis now complete.

Alston Gayler Acquisition

On December 21, 2018, the purchase price allocation period as more detailed analysis was completed and additional information about the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed became available. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the assessment outlined above was updated to reflect the final estimates of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. The purchase price allocation is final.



The acquired intangible assets are attributable to the following categories:
 Valuation Methodology Amortization Basis Fair Value Expected Life (Years)
Customer relationshipsMultiple period excess earnings In line with underlying cash flows $339
 20
Software and other intangiblesCost of reproduction Straight-line basis 66
 5
Trade nameRelief from royalty Straight-line basis 35
 14
     $440
  
Company, through its majority-owned subsidiary, Miller, Insurance Services LLP Acquisition
On May 31, 2015, Legacy Willis completed the transaction to acquire an 85 percent interest in Miller,Alston Gayler, a leading London wholesale specialistU.K.-based insurance broking firm,and reinsurance broker, for total consideration of $401 million, including cash$67 million. Cash consideration of $232 million.
Deferred$35 million was paid upon completion of the acquisition, with the remaining $32 million deferred consideration is payable atto be paid in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of acquisition. Contingent considerationAs part of our forthcoming Miller divestiture (see discussion below), the Alston Gayler business is payable atexpected to be divested during the third anniversaryfirst quarter of the acquisition and is contingent on meeting certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (‘EBITDA’) performance targets. At December 31, 2017, the discounted fair values of the deferred consideration related to the third anniversary and contingent consideration were $38 million and $40 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the discounted fair values of the deferred consideration related to the second and third anniversaries and contingent consideration were $69 million and $26 million, respectively.
2021.

The Company has recognized assets and liabilities acquired$36 million of $1.1 billion and $844 million, respectively. Included within the acquired assets are identifiable intangible assets, primarily arising from client relationships, and $24 million of $231 million and goodwill of $184 million.

goodwill. The purchase price allocation as of the date of acquisition was based on a valuation of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and contingent consideration associated with the acquisition. Therefor this transaction is complete.


Other Acquisitions

Other acquisitions were no material revisions to the purchase price allocationcompleted during the year ended December 31, 2016, as2020 for combined cash payments of $79 million and contingent consideration fair valued at $9 million.

Max Matthiessen Divestiture

In September 2020, the purchase price allocationCompany completed the transaction to sell its Swedish majority-owned subsidiary MM Holding AB (‘Max Matthiessen’) for total consideration of SEK 2.3 billion ($262 million) plus certain other adjustments, resulting in a tax-exempt gain on the sale of $86 million, which is final.

Divestitures
Related Party Transaction - included in Other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Of the total consideration, the Company financed a SEK 600 million ($68 million) note repayable by the purchaser. The note has no fixed term but is repayable subject to certain terms and conditions and bears an interest rate that could range from 5% to 10%, increasing the longer the note remains outstanding. This note receivable is included in Other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company entered into certain foreign currency transactions to hedge the consideration to be received against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates (see Note 9 — Derivative Financial Instruments). Prior to disposal, Max Matthiessen was included within the Investment, Risk and Reinsurance segment.

Miller Divestiture

In November 2020, the thirdCompany entered into an agreement to sell its majority-owned subsidiary Miller for total consideration of GBP 591 million ($808 million at December 31, 2020) plus certain other adjustments. The divestiture is expected to close during the first quarter of 2017, the Company divested2021. Miller provides wholesale insurance services to its Global Wealth Solutions business through a sale to an employee of the business. As part of that transaction, we financed a $50 million note payable from the employee to purchase the business. The note amortizes over 10 years, bears interest at a weighted-average rate of 3%clients and is guaranteed by $3 million in assets. Following the sale, employees of this business are no longer employees of the Company, and the purchasing employee is no longer considered a related party. The current and non-current portions of the note receivable are included in the tables foundInvestment, Risk and Reinsurance segment.

As of December 31, 2020, the net assets of Miller are approximately $350 million notwithstanding intercompany debt. The actual amounts disposed of will be determined at the date of closing and will depend upon foreign exchange rates and intercompany transactions in effect at the time, among other factors.


Note 4Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company reports revenue by segment in Note 14 5 Supplementary Information Segment Information. The following table presents revenue by service offering and segment, as well as a reconciliation to total revenue for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts to these consolidated financial statements as Other current assets and Other non-current assets.

Cumulative Divestiture Impact - Including the divestiture of Global Wealth Solutions, we sold five businesses during the second half of 2017. For the yearyears ended December 31, 2017,2020, 2019 and 2018. Along with reimbursable expenses and other, total revenue by service offering represents our revenue from customer contracts.

Year Ended

December 31,

 

Broking

 

 

Consulting

 

 

Outsourced

Administration

 

 

Other

 

 

Total revenue by service offering

 

 

Reimbursable expenses and other (i)

 

 

Total revenue from customer contracts

 

 

Interest and other income (ii)

 

 

Total revenue

 

HCB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

302

 

 

$

2,215

 

 

$

503

 

 

$

241

 

 

$

3,261

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

3,311

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

3,328

 

2019

 

 

278

 

 

 

2,269

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

3,275

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

3,336

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

3,359

 

2018

 

 

266

 

 

 

2,224

 

 

 

484

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

3,209

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

3,271

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

3,295

 

CRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

2,938

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

2,979

 

2019

 

 

2,692

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

2,900

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2,901

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

2,947

 

2018

 

 

2,578

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,815

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

2,852

 

IRR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1,659

 

2019

 

 

975

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

1,611

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

1,620

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

1,646

 

2018

 

 

905

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

1,520

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1,528

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

1,564

 

BDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

834

 

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

1,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,371

 

2019

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,047

 

2018

 

 

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

 

 

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

 

765

 

Corporate (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

15

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

40

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

37

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

4,850

 

 

$

2,767

 

 

$

1,109

 

 

$

486

 

 

$

9,212

 

 

$

74

 

 

$

9,286

 

 

$

66

 

 

$

9,352

 

2019

 

$

4,459

 

 

$

2,833

 

 

$

1,068

 

 

$

476

 

 

$

8,836

 

 

$

105

 

 

$

8,941

 

 

$

98

 

 

$

9,039

 

2018

 

$

4,021

 

 

$

2,830

 

 

$

1,035

 

 

$

433

 

 

$

8,319

 

 

$

94

 

 

$

8,413

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

8,513

 

_______

(i)

Reimbursable expenses and other, as well as Corporate revenue, are excluded from segment revenue, but included in total revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

(ii)

Interest and other income is included in segment revenue and total revenue, however it has been presented separately in the above tables because it does not arise directly from contracts with customers.

Individual revenue streams aggregating to 5% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been included within the Other column in the table above.


The following table presents revenue by the geography where our work was performed for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The reconciliation to total gain recognized related to business disposals was $13 million, which was recorded in Other expense/(income), netrevenue on the accompanyingour consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Resultsincome and to segment revenue is shown in the table above.

Year Ended

December 31,

 

North America

 

 

Great Britain

 

 

Western Europe

 

 

International

 

 

Total revenue by geography

 

HCB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

1,859

 

 

$

491

 

 

$

584

 

 

$

327

 

 

$

3,261

 

2019

 

 

1,901

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

3,275

 

2018

 

 

1,849

 

 

 

481

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

3,209

 

CRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

453

 

 

 

2,938

 

2019

 

 

1,112

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

471

 

 

 

2,900

 

2018

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

648

 

 

 

631

 

 

 

492

 

 

 

2,815

 

IRR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

474

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

1,645

 

2019

 

 

449

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

1,611

 

2018

 

 

416

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

1,520

 

BDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

1,359

 

2019

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,035

 

2018

 

 

758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

758

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

2019

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

15

 

2018

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

4,867

 

 

$

1,945

 

 

$

1,458

 

 

$

942

 

 

$

9,212

 

2019

 

$

4,508

 

 

$

1,919

 

 

$

1,444

 

 

$

965

 

 

$

8,836

 

2018

 

$

4,083

 

 

$

1,861

 

 

$

1,412

 

 

$

963

 

 

$

8,319

 

Contract Balances

The Company reports accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet, which includes billed and unbilled receivables and current contract assets. In addition to accounts receivable, net, the Company had the following non-current contract assets and deferred revenue balances at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Billed receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $41 million and $37

   million

 

$

1,697

 

 

$

1,831

 

Unbilled receivables

 

 

445

 

 

 

434

 

Current contract assets

 

 

413

 

 

 

356

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

2,555

 

 

$

2,621

 

Non-current accounts receivable, net

 

$

34

 

 

$

30

 

Non-current contract assets

 

$

329

 

 

$

105

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

549

 

 

$

538

 

The Company receives payments from these disposals priorcustomers based on billing schedules or terms as written in our contracts. Those balances denoted as contract assets relate to situations where we have completed some or all performance under the sales represented $54 million of revenuecontract, however our right to consideration is conditional. Contract assets result most materially in our Medicare broking and $13 million of operating incomeproportional treaty broking businesses. The significant increases in both current and non-current contract assets for the year ended December 31, 2017.2020 relate to our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking business. Billed and unbilled receivables are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Deferred revenue relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract and is recognized as revenue as (or when) we perform under the contract.


Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable values. The following table presents the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

37

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

45

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

 

29

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

Deductions/other movements

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(15

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

4

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

41

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

40

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue of approximately $497 million was recognized that was reflected as deferred revenue at December 31, 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized revenue of approximately $37 million related to performance obligations satisfied in a prior period.

Performance Obligations

The Company has contracts for which performance obligations have not been satisfied as of December 31, 2020 or have been partially satisfied as of this date. The following table shows the expected timing for the satisfaction of the remaining performance obligations. This table does not include contract renewals or variable consideration, which was excluded from the transaction prices in accordance with the guidance on constraining estimates of variable consideration.

In addition, in accordance with ASC 606, the Company has elected not to disclose the remaining performance obligations when one or both of the following circumstances apply:

Performance obligations which are part of a contract that has an original expected duration of less than one year, and

Performance obligations satisfied in accordance with ASC 606-10-55-18 (‘right to invoice’).

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023 onward

 

 

Total

 

Revenue expected to be recognized on contracts as of December 31, 2020

 

$

540

 

 

$

392

 

 

$

497

 

 

$

1,429

 

Since most of the Company’s contracts are cancellable with less than one year’s notice and have no substantive penalty for cancellation, the majority of the Company’s remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2020 have been excluded from the table above.

Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract

The Company incurs costs to obtain or fulfill contracts which it would not incur if a contract with a customer was not executed.

The following table shows the categories of costs that are capitalized and deferred over the expected life of a contract.

 

 

Costs to fulfill

 

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

177

 

 

$

148

 

 

$

126

 

New capitalized costs

 

 

493

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

465

 

Amortization

 

 

(465

)

 

 

(460

)

 

 

(442

)

Impairments

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

Balance at end of the year

 

$

206

 

 

$

177

 

 

$

148

 


Note 4 5Segment Information

Willis Towers Watson has four4 reportable operating segments or business areas:

Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’)
Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’)
Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’)

Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’)

Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’)

Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’)

Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) - formerly known as Exchange Solutions (i)

____________________
(i)This segment and the businesses within the segment were renamed to better reflect the nature of the services we offer.

Willis Towers Watson’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer.Chief Executive Officer. We determined that the operational data used by the chief operating decision maker is at the segment level. Management bases strategic goals and decisions on these segments and the data presented below is used to assess the adequacy of strategic decisions and the method of achieving these



strategies and related financial results. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on net operating income on a pre-bonus, pre-tax basis.
Beginning in 2017, we made certain changes that affect our segment results. These changes, which are detailed in

The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations of its revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2017, include the following:

First, to better align our business within our segments, we moved Max Matthiessen, which specializes in pension investment advice, to Investment, RiskCompany’s first and Reinsurance from Human Capital and Benefits; and moved Fine Art, Jewellery and Specie, which is a specialty broker, to Corporate Risk and Broking from Investment, Risk and Reinsurance.
Second, we recast operating income to better reflect the new segment reporting basis. As part of the further integration of our Willis Towers Watson businesses, we updated our corporate expense allocations to standardize our methodologies and allocate those expenses which are directly relatedfourth quarters due primarily to the business segment operations. Additionally, we revised the presentationtiming of certain adjustments which arose from the purchase accounting for the Merger. Due to the long-term nature of these adjustments, which impact fixed assets and internally-developed software, we aligned the presentation within the respective segments and consolidated operating income, thereby eliminating a reconciling adjustment.
The prior period comparatives reflected in the tables below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect our current segment presentation.
broking-related activities.

Under the segment structure and for internal and segment reporting, Willis Towers Watson segment revenues includerevenue includes commissions and fees, interest and other income. U.S. GAAP revenues includerevenue also includes amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursable expenses), which are removed from segment revenues. Segment commissions and fees excludes interest and other income.revenue. Segment operating income excludes certain costs, including (i) amortization of intangibles; (ii) restructuring costs; (iii) certain transaction and integration expenses; (iv) certain litigation provisions; (v) significant pension settlement and curtailment gains or losses; and (vi)(v) to the extent that the actual expense based upon which allocations are made differs from the forecast/budget amount, a reconciling item will be created between internally allocatedinternally-allocated expenses and the actual expenseexpenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes.

During 2016, segment revenues and operating income both include revenue that was deferred by Towers Watson at the time of the Merger, and eliminated due to purchase accounting.

The impact of the elimination from purchase accounting (which is the reduction to 2016 consolidated revenues and operating income) has been included in the reconciliation to our consolidated results in order to provide the actual revenues that the segments would have recognized on an unadjusted basis.

The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations of its commissions and fees revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the Company’s first and fourth quarters due to the timing of broking-related activities.
Thefollowing table below presents segment commissions and fees, segment interest and other income, segment revenues,revenue and segment operating income for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020, 2019 and 2015.
2018.

 Years ended December 31,
 HCB CRB IRR BDA Total
 201720162015 201720162015 201720162015 201720162015 201720162015
Segment commissions and fees$3,163
$3,100
$583
 $2,625
$2,519
$2,332
 $1,505
$1,475
$895
 $729
$652
$
 $8,022
$7,746
$3,810
Segment interest and other income29
17
1
 23
28
17
 30
59
1
 
2

 82
106
19
Segment revenues$3,192
$3,117
$584
 $2,648
$2,547
$2,349
 $1,535
$1,534
$896
 $729
$654
$
 $8,104
$7,852
$3,829
                    
Segment operating income$781
$728
$119
 $488
$463
$457
 $365
$383
$207
 $152
$119
$
 $1,786
$1,693
$783

 

 

Segment revenue

 

 

Segment operating income

 

 

 

Years ended December 31

 

 

Years ended December 31

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

HCB

 

$

3,278

 

 

$

3,298

 

 

$

3,233

 

 

$

853

 

 

$

848

 

 

$

789

 

CRB

 

 

2,977

 

 

 

2,946

 

 

 

2,852

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

578

 

 

 

528

 

IRR

 

 

1,651

 

 

 

1,637

 

 

 

1,556

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

384

 

BDA

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

144

 

Total

 

$

9,265

 

 

$

8,916

 

 

$

8,399

 

 

$

2,260

 

 

$

2,090

 

 

$

1,845

 



The following table below presents a reconciliationreconciliations of the information reported by segment to the Company’s consolidated amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020, 2019 and 2015, respectively:2018.

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment revenue

 

$

9,265

 

 

$

8,916

 

 

$

8,399

 

Reimbursable expenses and other

 

 

87

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

114

 

Revenue

 

$

9,352

 

 

$

9,039

 

 

$

8,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment operating income

 

$

2,260

 

 

$

2,090

 

 

$

1,845

 

Amortization

 

 

(462

)

 

 

(489

)

 

 

(534

)

Restructuring costs (i)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction and integration expenses (ii)

 

 

(110

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(202

)

Provision for significant litigation (iii)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated, net (iv)

 

 

(416

)

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(300

)

Income from operations

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

1,329

 

 

 

809

 

Interest expense

 

 

(244

)

 

 

(234

)

 

 

(208

)

Other income, net

 

 

399

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

250

 

Income from operations before income taxes

 

$

1,338

 

 

$

1,322

 

 

$

851

 


Years ended December 31,

2017 2016 2015
Revenues:     
Total segment revenues$8,104
 $7,852
 $3,829
Fair value adjustment to deferred revenue
 (58) 
Reimbursable expenses and other98
 93
 
Total revenues$8,202
 $7,887
 $3,829

     
Total segment operating income$1,786
 $1,693
 $783
Fair value adjustment for deferred revenue
 (58) 
Amortization(581) (591) (76)
Restructuring costs(132) (193) (126)
Transaction and integration expenses (i)
(269) (177) (73)
Provision for Stanford and other significant litigation(11) (50) (70)
Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses(36) 
 
Unallocated, net (ii)
(19) (73) (11)
Income from operations738
 551
 427
Interest expense188
 184
 142
Other expense/(income), net61
 27
 (55)
Income from operations before income taxes and interest in earnings of associates$489
 $340
 $340
____________________

(i)

Restructuring costs relate to minor restructuring activities carried out by various business lines throughout the Company.

(i)

(ii)

Includes transaction costs related to the proposed Aon combination in 2020, the TRANZACT acquisition in 2019, and transaction and integration expenses related to the Merger and the acquisition of Gras Savoye.Savoye in 2018. 

(iii)

For additional information, see the disclosure under Willis Towers Watson Merger-Related Securities Litigation inNote 14 — Commitments and Contingencies.

(ii)

(iv)

Includes certain costs, primarily related to corporate functions which are not directly related to the segments, and certain differences between budgeted expenses determined at the beginning of the year and actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes.

The Company does not currently provide asset information by reportable segment as it does not routinely evaluate the total asset position by segment.

None of the Company’s customers represented a significant amount of the Company’sits consolidated commissions and feesrevenue for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 2015.

2018.

Below are our revenuesrevenue and long-lived assets for Ireland, our country of domicile, countries with significant concentrations, and all other foreign countries for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 2015:2018:

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Long-Lived Assets (i)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Ireland

 

$

157

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

138

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

103

 

 

$

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

4,650

 

 

 

4,370

 

 

 

3,970

 

 

 

12,652

 

 

 

12,786

 

 

 

11,068

 

United Kingdom

 

 

1,920

 

 

 

1,934

 

 

 

1,926

 

 

 

2,840

 

 

 

2,901

 

 

 

2,349

 

Rest of World

 

 

2,625

 

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

2,479

 

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

2,527

 

 

 

2,411

 

Total Foreign Countries

 

 

9,195

 

 

 

8,895

 

 

 

8,375

 

 

 

18,025

 

 

 

18,214

 

 

 

15,828

 

 

 

$

9,352

 

 

$

9,039

 

 

$

8,513

 

 

$

18,135

 

 

$

18,317

 

 

$

15,906

 

 Revenues 
Long-Lived Assets (i)
 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Ireland$107
 $92
 $64
 $127
 $114
 $124
            
United States3,821
 3,395
 1,597
 9,988
 11,400
 1,759
United Kingdom1,815
 2,236
 1,055
 3,173
 2,431
 2,426
Rest of World2,459
 2,164
 1,113
 3,263
 2,466
 1,951
Total Foreign Countries8,095
 7,795
 3,765
 16,424
 16,297
 6,136
 $8,202
 $7,887
 $3,829
 $16,551
 $16,411
 $6,260
____________________

(i)

(i)
Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets do not include deferred tax assets.



Note 5 — Restructuring Costs
The Company has two major elements of the restructuring costs included in its consolidated financial statements, which are the Operational Improvement Program, completed as of the end of 2017, and the Business Restructure Program, which was fully accrued and completed by the end of 2016.
Operational Improvement Program - In April 2014, Legacy Willis announced a multi-year operational improvement program designed to strengthen its client service capabilities and to deliver future cost savings. The main elements of the program, which were completed by the end of 2017, included: moving more than 3,500 support roles from higher cost locations to facilities in lower cost locations; net workforce reductions in support positions; lease consolidation in real estate; and information technology systems simplification and rationalization.
The Company recognized restructuring costs of $134 million, $145 million, and $126 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, related to the Operational Improvement Program. The Company has spent a cumulative amount of $441 million on restructuring charges for this program.
Business Restructure Program - In the second quarter of 2016, we began planning targeted staffing reductions in certain portions of the business due to a reduction in business demand or change in business focus (hereinafter referred to as the Business Restructure Program). The main element of the program included workforce reductions, and was completed in 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a $2 million reversal of expense related to an estimate of previously incurred termination benefits. The Company recognized restructuring costs of $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
An analysis of total restructuring costs recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, and the costs by segment, and costs attributable to corporate functions, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:
 HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate Total
Year ended December 31, 2017           
Termination benefits$
 $25
 $4
 $
 $17
 $46
Professional services and other (i)
3
 63
 6
 
 14
 86
Total$3
 $88
 $10
 $
 $31
 $132
            
Year ended December 31, 2016           
Termination benefits$33
 $26
 $6
 $1
 $2
 $68
Professional services and other (i)
4
 81
 4
 
 36
 125
Total$37
 $107
 $10
 $1
 $38
 $193
            
Year ended December 31, 2015           
Termination benefits$2
 $24
 $7
 $
 $3
 $36
Professional services and other (i)
1
 57
 2
 
 30
 90
Total$3
 $81
 $9
 $
 $33
 $126
___________________
(i)
Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the programs.


An analysis of the total cumulative restructuring costs recognized for the Operational Improvement Program from its commencement to December 31, 2017 by segment is as follows:
 HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate Total
2014           
Termination benefits$
 $15
 $1
 $
 $
 $16
Professional services and other (i)

 3
 
 
 17
 20
2015           
Termination benefits$2
 $24
 $7
 $
 $3
 $36
Professional services and other (i)
1
 57
 2
 
 30
 90
2016           
Termination benefits$1
 $18
 $3
 $
 $1
 $23
Professional services and other (i)
1
 81
 4
 
 36
 122
2017           
Termination benefits$
 $25
 $4
 $
 $19
 $48
Professional services and other (i)
3
 63
 6
 
 14
 86
Total           
Termination benefits$3
 $82
 $15
 $
 $23
 $123
Professional services and other (i)
5
 204
 12
 
 97
 318
Total$8
 $286
 $27
 $
 $120
 $441
____________________
(i)
Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the program.
The changes in the Company’s liability under the Operational Improvement Program from its commencement to December 31, 2017, are as follows:
 Termination Benefits Professional Services and Other Total
Balance at January 1, 2014$
 $
 $
Charges incurred16
 20
 36
Cash payments(11) (14) (25)
Balance at December 31, 20145
 6
 11
Charges incurred36
 90
 126
Cash payments(26) (85) (111)
Balance at December 31, 201515
 11
 26
Charges incurred23
 122
 145
Cash payments(31) (115) (146)
Balance at December 31, 20167
 18
 25
Charges incurred48
 86
 134
Cash payments(41) (97) (138)
Balance at December 31, 2017$14
 $7
 $21


Restructuring costs related to the Business Restructuring Program for the year ended December 31, 2016 by segment are as follows:
 HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate Total
 (in millions)
2016           
Termination benefits$32
 $8
 $3
 $1
 $1
 $45
Professional services and other (i)
3
 
 
 
 
 3
Total$35
 $8
 $3
 $1
 $1
 $48
____________________
(i)
Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the program.
The changes in the Company’s liability under the Business Restructure Program from its commencement to December 31, 2017, are as follows:
 Termination Benefits Professional Services and Other Total
Balance at January 1, 2016$
 $
 $
Charges incurred45
 3
 48
Cash payments(19) (3) (22)
Balance at December 31, 2016$26
 $
 $26
Adjustment to prior charges incurred(2) 
 (2)
Cash payments(23) 
 (23)
Balance at December 31, 2017$1
 $
 $1

Note 6Income Taxes

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (hereafter ‘U.S. Tax Reform’). U.S. Tax Reform makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to: (1) requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that may be payable over eight years; (2) bonus depreciation that will allow for a full expensing of qualified property; (3) reduction of the federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (4) a new provision designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income (‘GILTI’), which allows for the possibility of using foreign tax credits (‘FTCs’) and a deduction of up to 50% to offset the income tax liability (subject to some limitations); (5) a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (6) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; (7) limitations on the use of FTCs to reduce the U.S. income tax liability; (8) the creation of the base erosion anti-abuse tax (‘BEAT’), a new minimum tax; and (9) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries.
Also on December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (‘SAB 118’), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. Tax Reform. SAB 118 provides for a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes (‘ASC 740’). In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of U.S. Tax Reform for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. Adjustments to incomplete and unknown amounts will be recorded and disclosed prospectively during the measurement period. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of U.S. Tax Reform.
At December 31, 2017, there are no material elements of U.S. Tax Reform for which the Company’s accounting is complete. While the Company's accounting for the following elements of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, the Company was able to make reasonable estimates of certain effects. Accordingly, the Company recorded provisional adjustments for the following significant items:


Reduction of the federal corporate tax rate – Beginning January 1, 2018, the Company’s U.S. income will be taxed at a 21% federal corporate tax rate. Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recalculated as of the enactment date using current tax laws and rates expected to be in effect when the deferred tax items reverse in future periods, which is 21%. Consequently, the Company has recorded a provisional decrease in its net deferred tax liabilities of $208 million, with a corresponding deferred income tax benefit of $208 million. While the Company is able to make a reasonable estimate of the impact of the reduction in the federal corporate tax rate, it may be affected by other analyses related to U.S. Tax Reform that could result in other adjustments to U.S. federal deferred tax balances, including analysis of tax amounts in other comprehensive income and any future guidance issued.
One-time transition tax – The one-time transition tax is based on the Company’s total post-1986 earnings and profits (‘E&P’) that it previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. The Company recorded a provisional amount for the one-time transition tax liability for its foreign subsidiaries owned by U.S. corporate shareholders, resulting in an increase in U.S. Federal income tax expense of $70 million and state income tax expense of $2 million. The Company has a significant number of foreign subsidiaries and therefore has not yet completed its calculation of the total post-1986 E&P as well as non-U.S. income taxes paid for these foreign subsidiaries. Further, the transition tax is based in part on the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets, including trade receivables, based on estimates. The Company expects to revise its estimates of E&P, non-U.S. income taxes and cash balances throughout 2018 when actual results are available. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact these estimates.
Indefinite reinvestment assertion Beginning in 2018, U.S. Tax Reform provides a 100% deduction for dividends received from 10-percent owned foreign corporations by U.S. corporate shareholders, subject to a one-year holding period. Although dividend income is now exempt from U.S. federal tax for U.S. corporate shareholders, companies must still account for the tax consequences of outside basis differences and other tax impacts of their investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. As a result of U.S. Tax Reform we have analyzed our global working capital and cash requirements and the potential tax liabilities attributable to a repatriation and have determined that we may repatriate up to $219 million, the majority of which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. For those investments from which we were able to make a reasonable estimate of the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign withholding and state income taxes of $1 million. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued on certain acquired Towers Watson subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis difference. This resulted in an income tax benefit of $76 million as these foreign earnings were subject to the one-time transition tax which reduced the outside basis difference.
Bonus Depreciation – While the Company has not completed its determination of all capital expenditures that qualify for immediate expensing for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a provisional tax deduction of $40 million based on its current intent to fully expense all qualifying expenditures. The Company will analyze the dates all capital expenditures were placed in service or acquired and consider any future guidance within the next twelve months to finalize the deduction. This resulted in an increase of approximately $14 million to the Company's U.S. federal current income taxes receivable and a corresponding increase in its net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $14 million.
Executive compensation – Starting with compensation paid in 2018, Section 162(m) will limit the Company from deducting compensation, including performance-based compensation, in excess of $1 million paid to anyone who, starting in 2018, serves as the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, or who is among the three most highly compensated executive officers. The only exception to this rule is for compensation that is paid pursuant to a binding contract in effect on November 2, 2017 that would have otherwise been deductible under the prior Section 162(m) rules. Accordingly, any compensation paid in the future pursuant to new compensation arrangements entered into after November 2, 2017, even if performance-based, will count towards the $1 million deduction limit if paid to a covered executive. The Company recorded a provisional income tax expense of $8 million relating to our compensation plans not qualifying for the binding contract exception. We are in the process of obtaining additional information needed to complete our analysis of the binding contract requirement on the various compensation plans to determine the full impact of the law change. In addition, guidance may be released which could also impact our estimates.
The Company's accounting for the following law changes of U.S. Tax Reform is incomplete, and it is not yet able to make reasonable estimates of the effects. Therefore, no provisional adjustment was recorded.
GILTI – U.S. Tax Reform creates a new requirement that certain income (i.e., GILTI) earned by controlled foreign corporations (‘CFCs’) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. GILTI is the excess of the shareholder’s ‘net CFC tested income’ over the net deemed tangible income return, which is currently defined as the excess of (1) 10 percent of the aggregate of the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset investment of each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the amount of certain interest expense taken into account in the determination of net CFC-tested income. Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules,


the Company is continuing to evaluate this provision of U.S. Tax Reform and the application of ASC 740. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the ‘period cost method’) or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the ‘deferred method’). The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global income of its CFCs to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Because whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only its current structure and estimated future results of global operations but also its intent and ability to modify its structure and/or its business, the Company is not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of U.S. Tax Reform. Therefore, it has not made any adjustments related to potential GILTI tax in its consolidated financial statements and has not made a policy decision.
Valuation allowances – The Company must assess whether valuation allowances assessments are affected by various aspects of U.S. Tax Reform (e.g., limitation on net interest expense in excess of 30% of adjusted taxable income). As of December 31, 2017, no changes to valuation allowances have been recorded as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.

Provision for income taxes

An analysis of income/(loss)income from operations before income taxes by taxing jurisdiction is shown below:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Ireland

 

$

(5

)

 

$

(11

)

 

$

(16

)

U.S.

 

 

25

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

(101

)

U.K.

 

 

332

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

182

 

Rest of World

 

 

986

 

 

 

818

 

 

 

786

 

Total

 

$

1,338

 

 

$

1,322

 

 

$

851

 

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Ireland$(23) $(27) $(61)
U.S.(198) (311) (67)
U.K.31
 123
 65
Other jurisdictions679
 555
 403
Total$489
 $340
 $340

The components of the provision for income tax provision for/(benefit from) income from operationstaxes include:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Current tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal taxes

 

$

(27

)

 

$

(108

)

 

$

(98

)

U.S. state and local taxes

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(25

)

U.K. corporation tax

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(16

)

Other jurisdictions

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(112

)

Total current tax expense

 

 

(219

)

 

 

(321

)

 

 

(251

)

Deferred tax (expense)/benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal taxes

 

 

(78

)

 

 

56

 

 

 

79

 

U.S. state and local taxes

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

U.K. corporation tax

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(6

)

Other jurisdictions

 

 

26

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

30

 

Total deferred tax (expense)/benefit

 

 

(99

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

115

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

(318

)

 

$

(249

)

 

$

(136

)

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Current tax expense/(benefit):     
U.S. federal taxes$65
 $35
 $14
U.S. state and local taxes7
 14
 1
U.K. corporation tax14
 28
 
Other jurisdictions99
 71
 51
Total current tax expense185
 148
 66
Deferred tax expense/(benefit):     
U.S. federal taxes(268) (214) (113)
U.S. state and local taxes6
 (5) (3)
U.K. corporation tax(9) 10
 14
Other jurisdictions(14) (35) 3
Total deferred tax benefit(285) (244) (99)
Total benefit from income taxes$(100) $(96) $(33)
The U.S. federal current tax expense includes the impact of a one-time transition tax expense of $70 million related to U.S. Tax Reform which the Company intends to elect to pay over an eight year period without interest. The Company currently estimates that $6 million of this transition tax liability will be paid within the next twelve months.



Effective tax rate reconciliation

The reported income tax provision for /(benefit from) operationsincome taxes differs from the amounts that would have resulted had the reported income before income taxes been taxed at the U.S. federal statutory rate. The principal reasons for the differences between the amounts provided and those that would have resulted from the application of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate are as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

$

1,338

 

 

$

1,322

 

 

$

851

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

 

 

21

%

 

 

21

%

 

 

21

%

Income tax expense at U.S. federal tax rate

 

 

(281

)

 

 

(278

)

 

 

(179

)

Adjustments to derive effective tax rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible expenses and dividends

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(44

)

Non-deductible acquisition costs

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Disposal of non-deductible goodwill

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

Impact of change in rate on deferred tax balances

 

 

(7

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

7

 

Effect of foreign exchange and other differences

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Changes in valuation allowances

 

 

(8

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

80

 

Net tax effect of intra-group items

 

 

90

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

99

 

Tax on disposal of operations

 

 

16

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Tax differentials of non-U.S. jurisdictions

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Tax differentials of U.S. state taxes and local taxes

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(77

)

Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(15

)

Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax (BEAT)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Other items, net

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Provision for income taxes

 

$

(318

)

 

$

(249

)

 

$

(136

)

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES$489
 $340
 $340
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate35% 35% 35%
Income tax expense at U.S. federal tax rate171
 119
 119
Adjustments to derive effective tax rate:   
  
Non-deductible expenses and dividends68
 15
 32
Non-deductible acquisition costs11
 1
 9
Disposal of non-deductible goodwill11
 2
 3
Gain on re-measurement of equity interests
 
 (20)
Impact of change in rate on deferred tax balances
 (15) (5)
Effect of foreign exchange and other differences3
 6
 (1)
Non-deductible Venezuelan foreign exchange loss2
 4
 11
Changes in valuation allowances13
 (74) (104)
Net tax effect of intra-group items(97) (98) (30)
Tax differentials of non-U.S. jurisdictions(69) (80) (42)
Tax differentials of U.S. state taxes and local taxes(6) 14
 (2)
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform(204) 
 
Other items, net(3) 10
 (3)
Benefit from income taxes$(100) $(96) $(33)
In connection with our initial analysis

Included in the BEAT expense for 2020 is an approximate $29 million true-up related to the 2019 tax year as a result of U.S. Tax Reform,certain elections of the CARES Act. The BEAT effectively applies a 10 percent minimum tax if modified taxable income, as adjusted for base erosion payments, is greater than the regular tax liability for a year. Included in the changes in valuation allowance for 2018, the Company has recorded a provisional netdeferred income tax benefit of $204for approximately $71 million in 2017, which consists of a net benefit of $208 million duerelated to the reductionvaluation allowance release of the federal corporate tax rate and re-measurement of our net U.S.certain state deferred tax liabilities primarily related to acquisition-based intangibles and a $76 million benefit relating to the release of a deferred tax liability we had previously recorded on the accumulated earnings of certain Towers Watson subsidiaries. These net benefit items are offset by provisional expenses of $8 million recognized as a write-off of a deferred tax asset the Company had previously recorded on executive compensation as well as the U.S. federal and state income tax expense of $72 million associated with the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings of our subsidiaries.

assets.

Willis Towers Watson plc is a non-trading holding company tax resident in Ireland where it is taxed at the statutory rate of 25%. The provisionprovisions for income tax on operations hashave been reconciled above to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%21% due to significant operations in the U.S.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the effect of temporary differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. We recognize deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a benefit will be realized.



Deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 are comprised of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses not currently deductible

 

$

212

 

 

$

201

 

Net operating losses

 

 

92

 

 

 

116

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

 

40

 

 

 

33

 

Accrued retirement benefits

 

 

334

 

 

 

326

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

165

 

 

 

181

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

90

 

 

 

86

 

Stock options

 

 

25

 

 

 

18

 

Financial derivative transactions

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

959

 

 

 

961

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(84

)

 

 

(76

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

875

 

 

$

885

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of intangible assets, net of related amortization

 

$

788

 

 

$

865

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

159

 

 

 

177

 

Cost of tangible assets, net of related depreciation

 

 

78

 

 

 

53

 

Prepaid retirement benefits

 

 

152

 

 

 

121

 

Financial derivative transactions

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

Accrued revenue not currently taxable

 

 

163

 

 

 

120

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

$

1,341

 

 

$

1,339

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

466

 

 

$

454

 

 December 31,
 2017 2016
Deferred tax assets: 
  
Accrued expenses not currently deductible$131
 $286
Net operating losses145
 116
Capital loss carryforwards28
 28
Accrued retirement benefits339
 467
Deferred compensation69
 83
Stock options24
 36
Financial derivative transactions18
 12
Gross deferred tax assets754
 1,028
Less: valuation allowance(162) (134)
Net deferred tax assets$592
 $894
Deferred tax liabilities: 
  
Cost of intangible assets, net of related amortization$929
 $1,431
Cost of tangible assets, net of related depreciation56
 73
Prepaid retirement benefits114
 85
Accrued revenue not currently taxable62
 119
Deferred tax liabilities$1,161
 $1,708
Net deferred tax liabilities$569
 $814
During December 2017, the Company re-measured its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of U.S. Tax Reform to the newly enacted federal tax rate, which is 21%.

The net deferred income tax assets are included in other non-current assets and the net deferred tax liabilities are included in deferred tax liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Balance sheet classifications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

$

95

 

 

$

72

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

561

 

 

 

526

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

466

 

 

$

454

 

 December 31,
 2017 2016
Balance sheet classifications: 
  
Other non-current assets$46
 $50
Deferred tax liabilities615
 864
Net deferred tax liability$569
 $814

At December 31, 2017,2020, we had U.S. federal and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards amounting to $289$258 million of which $237$209 million can be indefinitely carried forward under local statutes. The remaining $52$49 million of net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if unused, in varying amounts from 20182021 through 2037.2040. In addition, we had U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of $1.5 billion,$621 million, of which $97 million can be indefinitely carried forward, while the remaining $524 million will expire in varying amounts from 20182021 to 2037.

2040.

Management believes, based on the evaluation of positive and negative evidence, including the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of net deferred tax assets of $592$875 million, net of the valuation allowance. During 20172020, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $28$8 million, primarily duerelated to non-U.S. deferred tax assets. During 2019, the Company decreased its valuation allowance by $5 million, primarily related to non-U.S. deferred tax assets now considered realizable. During 2018, the Company decreased its valuation allowance by $81 million primarily related to the completion of an internal U.S. restructuring. The U.S. restructuring provided a source of positive evidence and enabled the Company to release its valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets now considered realizable. In addition, the Company reassessed certain state net operating losses as it is more likely than not that suchand determined certain losses will not be realized inand the foreseeable future. During 2016 the Company released a U.S.related valuation allowance of $69 million relating to accrued interest not deductible as a result of deferred tax liabilities recorded for the Merger. The future reversal of the deferred tax liabilities serve as a source of income to recognize the deferred tax asset for accrued interest not deductible. During 2015 the Company released a U.S. valuation allowance of $91 million due to an increase in actual and forecast U.S. earnings.

would never be realized.

At December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, the Company had valuation allowances of $162$84 million and $134$76 million, respectively, to reduce its deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.values. The valuation allowance at December 31, 20172020 primarily relates to deferred tax


assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $28$39 million, which have an unlimited carryforward period but can only be utilized against U.K. capital gains and U.S. state and non-U.S. net operating losses of $80$26 million and $34$19 million, respectively. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2016 relates to deferred tax assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $28 million, which have an unlimited carryforward period and U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses of $78 million and $28 million, respectively.



An analysis of our valuation allowance is shown below.

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

76

 

 

$

81

 

 

$

162

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

 

17

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

18

 

Deductions

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(99

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

84

 

 

$

76

 

 

$

81

 

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Balance at beginning of year$134
 $187
 $280
Additions charged against/(credited to) to costs and expenses35
 
 
Additions charged against/(credited to) to other accounts
 21
 2
Deductions(7) (74) (95)
Balance at end of year$162
 $134
 $187

In 2017,2020, the net change in valuation allowance was an $8 million increase, primarily related to non-U.S. deferred tax assets. In 2019, the net change in valuation allowance was a $5 million decrease, primarily related to non-U.S. deferred tax assets now considered realizable. This amount chargeddiffers from the 2019 rate reconciliation due to changes in foreign currency translation. In 2018, the net change in valuation allowance was an $81 million decrease, of which $80 million was a reduction to tax expense in the table above differs from the 2017 rate reconciliation of $13 million because a portion of the valuation allowance increase isprimarily related to thean internal U.S. federal corporate tax rate reduction impact on the U.S. state valuation allowance and is included in the impact of U.S. Tax Reform. The amount charged to tax expense in the table above for 2016 differs from the effect of $74 million disclosed in the 2016 rate reconciliation primarily because the movement in this table includes the effects of acquisition accounting, which does not impact tax expense.

restructuring.

The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when the Company expects that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the investments. In 2016 we began accruing deferred taxes on the cumulative earnings of certain acquired Towers Watson subsidiaries. The historical cumulative earnings of our other subsidiaries have been reinvested indefinitely. 

As

At December 31, 2018, as a result of U.S. Tax Reform,an international restructuring, we have analyzed our global working capital and cash requirements and the potential tax liabilities attributable to a repatriation and have determined that we may repatriate up to $219 million, the majority of$2.1 billion, which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. For those investments from which we were able to make a reasonable estimate ofOf the tax effects of such repatriation, we have recorded a provisional estimate for foreign withholding taxes and state income taxes of $1 million. In addition, we re-measured the existing deferred tax liability accrued on certain acquired Towers Watson subsidiaries and released the deferred tax liability relating to the outside basis difference. This resulted in an income tax benefit of $76 million as these foreign earnings were subject to the one-time transition tax which reduced the outside basis difference.

original $2.1 billion under consideration, $1.4 billion remains permanently reinvested at December 31, 2020. The cumulative earnings related to amounts reinvested indefinitely as of December 31, 20172020 were approximately $6.8 billion.$8.9 billion, the majority of which are non-U.S. earnings not subject to U.S. tax. It is not practicable to calculate the tax cost of repatriating these unremitted earnings. If future events, including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or additional guidance relating to U.S. Tax Reform necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for income and foreign withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary.

Uncertain tax positions

At December 31, 2017,2020, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, determined in accordance with ASC 740-10, excluding interest and penalties, was $59$50 million. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

49

 

 

$

49

 

 

$

59

 

Increases related to acquisitions

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Increases related to tax positions in prior years

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Decreases related to tax positions in prior years

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

Decreases related to settlements

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(4

)

Decreases related to lapse in statute of limitations

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3

 

Cumulative translation adjustment and other adjustments

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(2

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

50

 

 

$

49

 

 

$

49

 

 2017 2016 2015
Balance at beginning of year$56
 $22
 $19
Increases related to acquisitions
 33
 8
Increases related to tax positions in prior years2
 1
 1
Decreases related to tax positions in prior years(5) (9) (6)
Decreases related to settlements
 (1) 
Decreases related to lapse in statute of limitations(2) (1) 
Increases related to current year tax positions9
 11
 2
Cumulative translation adjustment and other adjustments(1) 
 (2)
Balance at end of year$59
 $56
 $22

The liability for unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 can be reduced by $3 million, $4$3 million and nil,$2 million, respectively, of offsetting deferred tax benefits associated with timing differences, foreign tax credits and the federal tax benefit of state income taxes. If these offsetting deferred tax benefits were recognized, there would have beenbe a favorable impact on our effective tax rate. There are no material balances that would result in adjustments to other tax accounts.



Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2017,2020, we had cumulative accrued interest of $5 million. At December 31, 2016,2019, the cumulative accrued interest was $4 million. Penalties accrued in 2017Accrued penalties were $2 million and immaterial in 2016.

both 2020 and 2019.

Tax expense for both the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016 included immaterial2019 includes $1 million of interest benefits.expense.


The Company believes that the outcomes which are reasonably possible within the next 12 months may result in a reduction in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the range of $4 million to $6$8 million, excluding interest and penalties.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in various tax jurisdictions in which it operates.

Willis North America Inc. is notand subsidiaries’ federal income tax filings for the tax years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 are currently under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (‘IRS’). As of December 31, 2020, the IRS has not advised the Company of any proposed changes.

We have ongoing state income tax examinations in certain states for tax years ranging from fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 through calendar yearyears ended December 31, 2015.2014 through December 31, 2018. The statute of limitations in certain states extendsremains open back to the fiscalcalendar year ended June 30, 2012 as a result of changes to taxable income resulting from prior year federal tax examinations.

2014.

All U.K. tax returns have been filed timely and are in the normal process of being reviewed by HMHer Majesty’s Revenue & Customs. The Company is not currently subject to any material examinations in other jurisdictions. A summary of the tax years that remain open to tax examination in our major tax jurisdictions are as follows:

Open Tax Years

(fiscal year ending in)

U.S. — federal

2014

2017 and forward

U.S. — various states

2012

2014 and forward

U.K.

2010 and forward

Ireland

2016 and forward

France

2010 and forward

Germany

2010 and forward

Canada - federal

2013 and forward

France2010 and forward
Germany2002 and forward
Canada - federal2010 and forward



Note 7Fixed Assets

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of fixed assets for the yearyears ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

Furniture,

equipment and

software

 

 

Leasehold

improvements

 

 

Land and

buildings

 

 

Total

 

Cost: at January 1, 2019

 

$

1,130

 

 

$

488

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

1,710

 

Additions

 

 

268

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

Acquisitions

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Disposals

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

Reclassification due to ASC 842 (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

14

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

21

 

Cost: at December 31, 2019

 

 

1,302

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

1,942

 

Additions

 

 

238

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

269

 

Acquisitions

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Disposals

 

 

(64

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(77

)

Abandonment of long-lived asset (ii)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

31

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

41

 

Cost: at December 31, 2020

 

$

1,473

 

 

$

578

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

2,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation: at January 1, 2019

 

$

(519

)

 

$

(197

)

 

$

(52

)

 

$

(768

)

Depreciation expense

 

 

(179

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(240

)

Disposals

 

 

109

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

Depreciation: at December 31, 2019

 

 

(594

)

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(896

)

Depreciation expense (ii)

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(273

)

Disposals

 

 

56

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(24

)

Depreciation: at December 31, 2020

 

$

(769

)

 

$

(296

)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

(1,127

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019

 

$

708

 

 

$

305

 

 

$

33

 

 

$

1,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020

 

$

704

 

 

$

282

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

1,014

 

 Furniture,
equipment and software
 Leasehold
improvements
 Land and
buildings
 Total
Cost: at January 1, 2016$724
 $272
 $95
 $1,091
Additions265
 44
 2
 311
Acquisitions109
 95
 
 204
Disposals(28) (8) 
 (36)
Foreign exchange(61) (21) (7) (89)
Cost: at December 31, 20161,009
 382
 90
 1,481
Additions303
 91
 
 394
Disposals(61) (21) 
 (82)
Foreign exchange49
 16
 4
 69
Cost: at December 31, 2017$1,300
 $468
 $94
 $1,862
        
Depreciation: at January 1, 2016$(393) $(94) $(41) $(528)
Depreciation expense(119) (55) (4) (178)
Disposals17
 5
 
 22
Foreign exchange31
 7
 4
 42
Depreciation: at December 31, 2016(464) (137) (41) (642)
Depreciation expense (i)
(199) (47) (6) (252)
Disposals37
 14
 
 51
Foreign exchange(26) (6) (2) (34)
Depreciation: at December 31, 2017$(652) $(176) $(49) $(877)
        
Net book value: 
  
  
  
At December 31, 2016$545
 $245
 $49
 $839
        
At December 31, 2017$648
 $292
 $45
 $985
____________________

(i)

Pertains to certain lease incentives which have been included within right-of-use assets upon the adoption of ASC 842. See Note 2 —  Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements for further information.

(i)

(ii)

Depreciation expense included here does not equal the depreciation expense on the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017 due2020 includes both the depreciation expense presented here as well as the abandonment of an internally-developed software asset of $35 million prior to the inclusion of $49 million which has been classified as transaction and integration expenses.being placed in service.

Included within land and buildings are the following assets held under capitalfinance leases:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Finance leases

 

$

28

 

 

$

29

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

10

 


 December 31,
 2017 2016
Capital leases$31
 $32
Accumulated depreciation(14) (12)
 $17
 $20
Depreciation related to capital leases was $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Note 8Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair market value of identifiable net assets at the dates of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment testing annually and whenever facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Goodwill is allocated to our reporting units primarily based on the original purchase price allocation for acquisitions within the reporting units, or relative fair value when an acquisition covers multiple reporting units. When a business entity is sold, goodwill is allocated to the disposed entity based on the relative fair value of that entity compared with the fair value of the reporting unit in which it was included.


The components of goodwill are outlined below for the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

HCB

 

 

CRB

 

 

IRR

 

 

BDA

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, gross

 

$

4,300

 

 

$

2,308

 

 

$

1,792

 

 

$

2,557

 

 

$

10,957

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(362

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(492

)

Goodwill, net - December 31, 2018

 

 

4,170

 

 

 

1,946

 

 

 

1,792

 

 

 

2,557

 

 

 

10,465

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

0

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

727

 

 

 

737

 

Goodwill disposals

 

 

0

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(6

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(2

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, gross

 

 

4,298

 

 

 

2,309

 

 

 

1,795

 

 

 

3,284

 

 

 

11,686

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(362

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(492

)

Goodwill, net - December 31, 2019

 

 

4,168

 

 

 

1,947

 

 

 

1,795

 

 

 

3,284

 

 

 

11,194

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

15

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

50

 

Goodwill disposals

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(117

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(130

)

Acquisition accounting adjustment

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(9

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

45

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

99

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, gross

 

 

4,346

 

 

 

2,378

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

3,278

 

 

 

11,696

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(362

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(492

)

Goodwill, net - December 31, 2020

 

$

4,216

 

 

$

2,016

 

 

$

1,694

 

 

$

3,278

 

 

$

11,204

 

 HCB CRB IRR BDA Total
Balance at December 31, 2015         
Goodwill, gross$986
 $2,212
 $1,031
 $
 $4,229
Accumulated impairment losses(130) (362) 
 
 (492)
Goodwill, net - December 31, 2015856
 1,850
 1,031
 
 3,737
Purchase price allocation adjustments8
 5
 (7) 
 6
Goodwill acquired during the period (i)
3,458
 
 770
 2,557
 6,785
Goodwill disposed of during the period
 (5) 
 
 (5)
Foreign exchange(40) (34) (36) 
 (110)
Balance at December 31, 2016      
  
Goodwill, gross$4,412
 $2,178
 $1,758
 $2,557
 $10,905
Accumulated impairment losses(130) (362) 
 
 (492)
Goodwill, net - December 31, 20164,282
 1,816
 1,758
 2,557
 10,413
Goodwill reassigned in segment realignment (ii)
(113) 13
 100
 
 
Goodwill acquired during the period
 8
 
 
 8
Goodwill disposed of during the period(31) (5) (27) 
 (63)
Foreign exchange74
 67
 20
 
 161
Balance at December 31, 2017      
  
Goodwill, gross4,342
 2,261
 1,851
 2,557
 11,011
Accumulated impairment losses(130) (362) 
 
 (492)
Goodwill, net - December 31, 2017$4,212
 $1,899
 $1,851
 $2,557
 $10,519

____________________
(i)
Goodwill acquired consists primarily of goodwill recognized from the Merger.
(ii)
Represents the reallocation of goodwill related to certain businesses which were realigned among the segments as of January 1, 2017. See Note 4Segment Information for further information.

Other Intangible Assets

The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amountamounts of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2017:2020 and 2019:

 

Client relationships

 

 

Software

 

 

Trademark and trade name

 

 

Favorable agreements (i)

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, gross

$

3,401

 

 

$

749

 

 

$

1,052

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

102

 

 

$

5,318

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(1,415

)

 

 

(421

)

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(2,000

)

Intangible assets, net - December 31, 2018

 

1,986

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

3,318

 

ASC 842 reclassification (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Intangible assets acquired (ii)

 

626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

660

 

Intangible asset disposals

 

(9

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Amortization

 

(313

)

 

 

(125

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(489

)

Foreign exchange

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Balance at December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

4,029

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

1,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

5,967

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(1,731

)

 

 

(551

)

 

 

(176

)

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(2,489

)

Intangible assets, net - December 31, 2019

 

2,298

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

3,478

 

Intangible assets acquired

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

62

 

Intangible asset disposals

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(67

)

Amortization

 

(301

)

 

 

(103

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(462

)

Foreign exchange

 

26

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

32

 

Balance at December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

4,065

 

 

 

761

 

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

5,988

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(2,031

)

 

 

(659

)

 

 

(220

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(2,945

)

Intangible assets, net - December 31, 2020

$

2,034

 

 

$

102

 

 

$

834

 

 

$

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

3,043

 

 Balance at December 31, 2016 Intangible assets acquired Intangible assets disposed 
Amortization (ii)
 Foreign Exchange Balance at December 31, 2017
Client relationships$2,655
 $13
 $(44) $(379) $97
 $2,342
Management contracts54
 
 
 (4) 6
 56
Software (i)
570
 36
 
 (150) 17
 473
Trademark and trade name1,006
 
 (1) (44) 5
 966
Product33
 
 
 (3) 3
 33
Favorable agreements11
 1
 
 (2) 
 10
Other3
 
 
 (1) 
 2
Total amortizable intangible assets$4,332
 $50
 $(45) $(583) $128
 $3,882
____________________

(i)

On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842, we reclassified our favorable lease agreement assets to right-of-use assets within our consolidated balance sheet.

(i)

(ii)

All in-process research

Includes $612 million and development$34 million of client relationship and domain name intangible assets, acquired as part of the Merger on January 4, 2016 of $39 million ($36 million at the date placed into service due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates) have been placed into service during the year ended December 31, 2017 and have been included as intangible assets acquired in this presentation.

(ii)Amortizationrespectively, associated with favorable lease agreements is recorded in Other operating expenses in the consolidated statementsour acquisition of comprehensive income.TRANZACT.



The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for

For the year ended December 31, 2016:

 Balance as of December 31, 2015 Purchase price allocation adjustments Intangible assets acquired Intangible assets disposed 
Amortization (ii)
 Foreign Exchange Balance as of December 31, 2016
Client relationships$920
 2
 $2,222
 $(5) $(395) $(89) $2,655
Management contracts62
 
 
 
 (4) (4) 54
Software (i)
77
 (13) 675
 
 (142) (27) 570
Trademark and trade name50
 1
 1,003
 
 (45) (3) 1,006
Product
 
 42
 
 (3) (6) 33
Favorable agreements2
 
 11
 
 (2) 
 11
Other4
 
 
 
 (2) 1
 3
Total amortizable intangible assets$1,115
 (10) $3,953
 $(5) $(593) $(128) $4,332
____________________
(i)In-process research and development intangible assets acquired as part of the Merger on January 4, 2016 of $39 million ($36 million at December 31, 2016) had not yet been placed in service and are not included in this presentation.
(ii)Amortization associated with favorable agreements is recorded in Other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
We2018, we recorded amortization related to our finite-lived intangible assets, exclusive of the amortization of our favorable lease agreements, of $581 million, $591 million, and $76 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
$534 million.

Our acquired unfavorable lease agreement liabilities were $26$21 million and $29 million as ofat December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and arewere recorded in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842, we reclassified our unfavorable lease liabilities as a reduction to our right-of-use assets within our consolidated balance sheet.

The following table reflects the carrying value of finite-lived intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization
Client relationships$3,462
 $(1,120) $3,396
 $(741)
Management contracts68
 (12) 62
 (8)
Software764
 (291) 711
 (141)
Trademark and trade name1,055
 (89) 1,051
 (45)
Product39
 (6) 36
 (3)
Favorable agreements14
 (4) 13
 (2)
Other6
 (4) 6
 (3)
Total finite-lived assets$5,408
 $(1,526) $5,275
 $(943)
        
Unfavorable agreements$34
 $(8) $34
 $(5)
Total finite-lived intangible liabilities$34
 $(8) $34
 $(5)
The weighted averageweighted-average remaining life of amortizable intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 20172020 was 14.313.3 years.


The table below reflects the future estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets and the rent offset resulting from amortization of the net lease intangible assets and liabilities for the next five years and thereafter:

Years ended December 31,

 

 

Amortization

 

2021

 

 

$

389

 

2022

 

 

 

328

 

2023

 

 

 

274

 

2024

 

 

 

239

 

2025

 

 

 

217

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

1,596

 

Total

 

 

$

3,043

 


Year ending December 31,Amortization Rent offset
2018$535
 $(4)
2019479
 (2)
2020426
 (3)
2021348
 (2)
2022289
 (2)
Thereafter1,795
 (3)
Total$3,872
 $(16)

Note 9Derivative Financial Instruments

We are exposed to certain interest rate and foreign currency risks. Where possible, we identify exposures in our business that can be offset internally. Where no natural offset is identified, we may choose to enter into various derivative transactions. These instruments have the effect of reducing our exposure to unfavorable changes in interest and foreign currency rates. The Company’s board of directors reviews and approves policies for managing each of these risksthis risk as summarized below. Additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments can be found in Note 2Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements,, Note 11Fair Value Measurements and Note 1617 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.

Interest Rate Risk - Investment Income
As a result of the Company’s operating activities, the Company holds fiduciary funds. The Company earns interest on these funds, which is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in interest and other income. These funds are regulated in terms of access as are the instruments in which they may be invested, most of which are short-term in nature.
During 2015, in order to manage interest rate risk arising from these financial assets, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to receive a fixed rate of interest and pay a variable rate of interest. These derivatives, with total notional amounts of $300 million, were designated as hedging instruments at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and had net fair value liabilities of $1 million and nil, respectively.
Loss.

Foreign Currency Risk

Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries receive revenuesrevenue and incur expenses in currencies other than their functional currency, and as a result, the foreign subsidiary’s functional currency revenuesrevenue and/or expenses will fluctuate as the currency rates change. Additionally, the forecastforecasted Pounds sterling expenses of our London brokerage market operations may exceed their Pounds sterling revenues,revenue, and theythe entity with such operations may also hold a significant net Pounds sterlingforeign currency asset or liability positionpositions in the consolidated balance sheet. To reduce such variability, we use foreign exchange contracts to hedge against this currency risk.

These derivatives were designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 20172020 and December 31, 20162019 had total notional amounts of $937$340 million and $945$499 million, respectively, and represented net fair value liabilitiesassets of $21$5 million and $110$8 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2017,2020, the Company estimates, based on current interest and exchange rates, there will be $26$3 million of net derivative lossesgains on forward exchange rates interest rate swaps, and treasury locks reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)loss into earnings within the next twelve months as the forecastforecasted transactions affect earnings. These amounts include gains for contracts held by Miller, which is expected to be sold in the first quarter of 2021 (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures). At December 31, 2017,2020, our longest outstanding maturity was 2.91.7 years.



The effects of the material derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 are as follows:below. Amounts pertaining to the ineffective portion of hedging instruments and those excluded from effectiveness testing were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

 

 

Loss/(gain) recognized in OCI (effective element)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

$

(13

)

 

$

15

 

 

$

(22

)

Location of loss reclassified from Accumulated OCL into income

(effective element)

 

Loss reclassified from Accumulated OCL into income (effective element)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenue

 

$

(5

)

 

$

(5

)

 

$

0

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

0

 

Other income, net

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

$

(9

)

 

$

(9

)

 

$

(28

)

  Gain/(loss) recognized in OCI
(effective portion)
 Location
of (loss)/gain reclassified
from OCI into income
(effective portion)
 (Loss)/gain reclassified
from OCI into income
(effective portion)
 Location of (loss)/gain recognized in income
(ineffective portion and amount 
excluded from effectiveness testing)
 (Loss)/gain recognized
in income (ineffective
portion and
amount excluded from
effectiveness testing)
  2017 2016 2015   2017 2016 2015   2017 2016 2015
Foreign exchange contracts $39
 $(127) $(38) Other expense/(income), net $(53) $(42) $4
 Interest expense $(1) $(1) $1

We also enter into foreign currency transactions, primarily to hedge certain intercompany loans.loans and other balance sheet exposures in currencies other than the functional currency of a given entity. These derivatives are not generally designated as hedging instruments, and at December 31, 20172020 and December 31, 2016, we2019, had notional amounts of $971 million$1.5 billion and $630$931 million, respectively, and had arepresented net fair value assetassets of $3$15 million and a net fair value liability of $8$21 million, respectively.

The effects of derivatives that have not been designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 are as follows:

 

 

Location of (loss)/gain

 

(Loss)/gain recognized in income

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

recognized in income

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Other income, net

 

$

(3

)

 

$

18

 

 

$

0

 

On June 10, 2020, we entered into certain foreign currency transactions to hedge the consideration to be received from the then-pending divestiture of our Max Matthiessen business (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures) against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The notional value of these contracts was approximately $273 million, of which approximately $181 million had been


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Location of gain/(loss) recognized in income Gain/(loss) recognized
in income 
    2017 2016 2015
Foreign exchange contracts Other expense/(income), net $11
 $(3) $(3)

designated as a hedge of net investment, on an after-tax basis, against the carrying value of the net assets of Max Matthiessen. The settlement of the hedging instruments resulted in a $1 million loss during the year ended December 31, 2020, which was included in the net gain on disposal.

Note 10Debt

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term

Current debt consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

5.750% senior notes due 2021

 

$

500

 

 

$

 

3.500% senior notes due 2021

 

 

449

 

 

 

 

Current portion of collateralized facility

 

 

22

 

 

 

24

 

Term loan due 2020

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

$

971

 

 

$

316

 

 December 31,
 2017 2016
6.200% senior notes due 2017$
 $394
Current portion of 7-year term loan facility
 22
Current portion of term loan due 201985
 85
Short-term borrowing under bank overdraft arrangement
 5
Other debt
 2
 $85
 $508


Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility

 

$

 

 

$

 

Collateralized facility (i)

 

 

33

 

 

 

60

 

5.750% senior notes due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

499

 

3.500% senior notes due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

2.125% senior notes due 2022 (ii)

 

 

659

 

 

 

604

 

4.625% senior notes due 2023

 

 

249

 

 

 

249

 

3.600% senior notes due 2024

 

 

647

 

 

 

646

 

4.400% senior notes due 2026

 

 

546

 

 

 

546

 

4.500% senior notes due 2028

 

 

596

 

 

 

595

 

2.950% senior notes due 2029

 

 

726

 

 

 

446

 

6.125% senior notes due 2043

 

 

271

 

 

 

271

 

5.050% senior notes due 2048

 

 

395

 

 

 

395

 

3.875% senior notes due 2049

 

 

542

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

$

4,664

 

 

$

5,301

 

 December 31,
 2017 2016
Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility$884
 $
Revolving $800 million credit facility
 238
7-year term loan facility
 196
Term loan due 201984
 169
7.000% senior notes due 2019186
 186
5.750% senior notes due 2021497
 496
3.500% senior notes due 2021447
 446
2.125% senior notes due 2022 (i)
644
 565
4.625% senior notes due 2023248
 247
3.600% senior notes due 2024645
 
4.400% senior notes due 2026544
 543
6.125% senior notes due 2043271
 271
 $4,450
 $3,357
________________________

(i)

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $98 million and $127 million, respectively, of renewal commissions receivables pledged as collateral for this facility (see below for additional information).

(i)

(ii)

Notes issued in Euro (€540 million).

Guarantees

All direct obligations under the 6.200% (repaid during 2017)5.750% senior notes are issued by Willis Towers Watson and guaranteed by Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., 7.000%Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson U.K. Holdings Limited.

All direct obligations under the 3.600%, 4.500%, 2.950%, 5.050% and 3.875% senior notes are issued by Willis North America Inc. and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. See Note 21 — Financial Information for Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

All direct obligations undereach of the 5.750% senior notes are issued bysubsidiaries that guarantees the Company and guaranteed by Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited,notes, except for Willis North America Inc., Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. See Note 22 — Financial Information for Parent Issuer, Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.
itself.

All direct obligations under the 4.625%, 6.125%, 3.500%, 4.400%, and 2.125% senior notes are issued by Trinity Acquisition plc and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimitedand each of the subsidiaries that guarantees the Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. See Note 23 — Financial Informationnotes, except for Issuer, Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

Trinity Acquisition plc itself.

Revolving Credit Facility

$1.25 billion revolving credit facility

On March 7, 2017, Trinity Acquisition plc (see Note 23 for further information) entered into a $1.25 billion amended and restated revolving credit facility (the ‘RCF’), that will mature on March 7, 2022. The RCF replaced the previous $800 million revolving credit facility (see below for further information).facility. Amounts outstanding under the RCF shall bear


interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.00% to 1.75%, or alternatively, the base rate plus a margin of 0.00% to 0.75%, based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior unsecured long-term debt rating.

Borrowings

Senior Notes

2.950% senior notes due 2029 and 3.875% senior notes due 2049

On September 10, 2019, the Company, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc., as issuer, completed an offering of $409$450 million aggregate principal amount of 2.950% senior notes due 2029 (the ‘initial 2029 senior notes’) and $550 million aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2049 (‘2049 senior notes’; collectively, the ‘2019 senior notes offering’). On May 29, 2020, the Company, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc., as issuer, completed an offering of an additional $275 million aggregate principal amount of 2.950% senior notes due 2029 (the ‘additional 2029 senior notes’). The additional 2029 senior notes will be treated as a single class with, and otherwise identical to, the initial 2029 senior notes other than with respect to the date of issuance, the issue price and the amounts paid to holders for each class of note on the first interest payment date. The effective interest rates of the initial 2029 senior notes and 2049 senior notes are 2.971% and 3.898%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The effective interest rate of the additional 2029 senior notes is 2.697%, which includes the impact of the premium upon issuance. Both 2029 senior notes offerings will mature on September 15, 2029, and the 2049 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2049. Interest on the 2019 senior notes offering has accrued from September 10, 2019 and is paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. Interest on the additional 2029 senior notes has accrued from March 15, 2020 and is paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from the 2019 senior notes offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were approximately $988 million and €45 million againstwere used to prepay a portion of the RCFamount outstanding under the Company’s one-year term loan commitment (described below) and to repay borrowings under the Company’s $1.25 billion revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the additional 2029 senior notes offering were used to repay all$175 million of the full principal amount and related accrued interest under the term loan facility, which was set to expire in July 2020, as well as repay $105 million of borrowings outstanding borrowings againstunder the previous $800 millionCompany’s $1.25 billion revolving credit facility and related accrued interest.

4.500% senior notes due 2028 and 5.050% senior notes due 2048

On September 10, 2018, the 7-yearCompany, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc. as issuer, completed an offering of $600 million of 4.500% senior notes due 2028 (‘2028 senior notes’) and $400 million of 5.050% senior notes due 2048 (‘2048 senior notes’). The effective interest rates of the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes are 4.504% and 5.073%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2028 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2028 and the 2048 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2048. Interest has accrued on both the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes from September 10, 2018 and is paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $989 million and were used to prepay in full $127 million outstanding under the Company’s term loan due July 23, 2018.

Additionally, on March 28, 2017, $407 million was usedDecember 2019 and to repay a portion of the 6.200% senior notes due 2017, including accrued interest.
$800 million revolving credit facility
Drawings under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% to 2.00%, or alternatively the base rate plus a margin of 0.25% to 1.00% based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior unsecured long-term debt rating; a 1.375% margin applied while the Company’s debt rating remained BBB/Baa3. At December 31, 2016, $238 million was outstanding under this revolving credit facility.


WSI revolving credit facility
Willis Securities Inc. (‘WSI’) maintained a $400 million revolving credit facility. The WSI revolving credit facility expired on April 28, 2017. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no borrowingsamount outstanding under the WSI revolving credit facility.
Senior Notes
Company’s RCF.

3.600% senior notes due 2024

On May 16, 2017, Willis North America Inc. (see Note 21 for further information) issued $650 million of 3.600% senior notes due 2024 (‘2024 senior notes’). The effective interest rate of the 2024 senior notes is 3.614%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2024 senior notes will mature on May 15, 2024, and interest accrueshas accrued on the 2024 senior notes from May 16, 2017 and will beis paid in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $644 million and were used to pay down amounts outstanding under the RCF and for general corporate purposes.

2.125% senior notes due 2022

On May 26, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued €540 million ($609 million) of 2.125% senior notes due 2022 (‘2022 senior notes’). The 2022 senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson. The effective interest rate of these senior notes is 2.154%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2022 senior notes will mature on May 26, 2022. Interest accrueshas accrued on the notes from May 26, 2016 and will be paid in cash on May 26 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were €535 million ($600 million). We used the net proceeds of this offering to repay Tranche Aa portion of the previous 1-year term loan facility, which matured in 2016, and related accrued interest.


3.500% senior notes due 2021 and 4.400% senior notes due 2026

On March 22, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued $450 million of 3.500% senior notes due 2021 (‘2021 senior notes’) and $550 million of 4.400% senior notes due 2026 (‘2026 senior notes’). The 2021 senior notes and the 2026 senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 3.707% and 4.572%, respectively, which includesinclude the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2021 senior notes and the 2026 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2021 and March 15, 2026, respectively. Interest accrueshas accrued on the notes from March 22, 2016 and will be paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from these offerings, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $988 million. We used the net proceeds of these offerings to: (i) repay $300 million principal under the prior $800 million revolving credit facility and related accrued interest, which was drawn to repay our previously issuedpreviously-issued 4.125% senior notes on March 15, 2016; (ii) repay $400 million principal on Tranche Banother portion of the previous 1-year term loan facility and related accrued interest; and (iii) pay down a portion of the remaining principal amount outstanding under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility and related accrued interest.

4.625% senior notes due 2023 and 6.125% senior notes due 2043

On August 15, 2013, the CompanyTrinity Acquisition plc issued $250 million of 4.625% senior notes due 2023 (‘2023 senior notes’) and $275 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2043.2043 (‘2043 senior notes’). The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 4.696% and 6.154%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase other previously issued senior notes.

The 2023 senior notes will mature on August 15, 2023 and the 2043 senior notes will mature on August 15, 2043.

5.750% senior notes due 2021

In March 2011, the Company issued $500 million of 5.750% senior notes due 2021. The effective interest rate of thisthese senior notenotes is 5.871%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase and redeem other previouslypreviously- issued senior notes.

The notes will mature on March 15, 2021.

Collateralized Facility

As part of the acquisition of TRANZACT, the Company assumed debt of $91 million related to borrowings by TRANZACT whereby certain renewal commissions receivables were pledged as collateral. The Company is required to remit cash received from these pledged renewal commissions receivables on a quarterly basis to the lenders until the borrowings and related interest are repaid, after the payment of certain fees and other permitted distributions. NaN borrowings have been made against this collateralized facility since the acquisition.

The maturity date of the borrowing is in January 2033, at which time all remaining outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest will be payable. The collateralization facility may be prepaid in November 2021 or earlier if approval is obtained from at least half of the lenders. Loans under the agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.95%. The collateralization facility contains financial covenants, including requirements to separately and securely maintain the collateral. As cash is received for these pledged assets, it is classified as restricted cash within prepaid and other current assets on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Accumulated cash receipts are applied against the principal and interest on a quarterly basis.

Additional Information Regarding Fully Repaid Senior Notes and Term Loan Facilities

7.000% senior notes due 2019

In September 2009, Willis North America Inc. issued $300 million of 7.000% senior notes due 2019. The effective interest ratesrate of these senior notes arewas 7.081%, which includeincluded the impact of the discount upon issuance. A portion of the proceeds werewas used to repurchase and redeem other previously issued senior notes. In August 2013, $113 million of the 7.000% senior notes due 2019 were repurchased.



Term Loan Facilities
7-year term loan facility
The 7-year term loan facility expiring 2018 bore interest at In September 2019, the same rate applicable to the previous $800 million revolving credit facility and was repayable in quarterly installments of $6 million with a final repayment of $186 million due in the third quarter of 2018. During 2017, weCompany repaid in full and terminated the 7-year term loanremaining $187 million outstanding on the 7.000% senior notes due 2019 with proceeds from borrowings against our $1.25 billionits revolving credit facility.

Term loan due December 2019

On January 4, 2016, we acquired a $340 million term loan in connection with the Merger. On November 20, 2015, Towers Watson Delaware Inc. entered into a four-year4-year amortizing term loan agreement for up to $340 million with a consortium of banks to help fund the pre-Merger special dividend. On December 28, 2015, Towers Watson Delaware Inc. borrowed the full $340 million.

The interest rate on During 2018, we prepaid the remaining $127 million outstanding under the term loan iswith proceeds from the issuance of the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes discussed above.


One-year Term Loan Commitment

As part of the acquisition of TRANZACT, the Company secured financing of up to $1.1 billion in the form of a one-year unsecured term loan. Borrowing occurred in conjunction with the closing of the acquisition on July 30, 2019.

Amounts outstanding under the term loan bore interest, at the option of the borrowers, at a rate equal to (a) LIBOR plus 0.75% to 1.375% for Eurocurrency Rate Loans or (b) the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the ‘prime rate’ quoted by Bank of America, N.A., and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus 0.00% to 0.375%, in each case, based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior-unsecured long-term debt rating. In addition, the Company paid a commitment fee in an amount equal to 0.15% per annum on the Company’s choiceundrawn portion of one, two, three or six-month LIBOR plus a spreadthe commitments in respect of 1.25% to 1.75%, or alternatively the bank base rate plus 0.25% to 0.75%. The spread to each index is dependent on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The weighted-average interest rate on this term loan, forwhich we had accrued from May 29, 2019 until the year ended December 31, 2017 was 2.33%. closing date of the acquisition.

The term loan amortizes at a rate of $21 million per quarter, beginningwas pre-payable in March 2016, with a finalpart or in full prior to the maturity date at the Company’s discretion. Covenants and events of December 2019.default were substantively the same as in our existing revolving credit facility. The Company has the right to prepay a portion or all of theremaining outstanding term loan balance on any interest payment date without penalty. At December 31, 2017, the balance outstanding on the term loan was $170 million, before reduction of $1 million in debt issuance fees.

Additional Information Regarding Fully Repaid Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes
1-year term loan facility
On November 20, 2015, Legacy Willis entered into a 1-year term loan facility. The 1-year term loan had two tranches: Tranche A was for €550 million, of which €544 million ($592 million) was drawn on December 19, 2015 and used to finance the acquisition of Gras Savoye. Tranche B was for $400 million and was drawn on January 4, 2016 and used to re-finance debt held by Legacy Towers Watson which became due on acquisition. Tranche A was repaid in its entirety on May 26, 2016 from the proceeds from thefull upon issuance of our 2022the additional 2029 senior notes discussed above. Tranche B was repaid in its entirety on March 22, 2016 from a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of our senior notes discussed above. The amount outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was $592 million, gross of $5 million in debt fees related to the 1-year term loan facility.
4.125% senior notes due 2016
In March 2011, the Company issued $300 million of 4.125% senior notes due 2016. The effective interest rate of the senior notes was 4.240%, which included the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase and redeem other previously issued senior notes.
6.200% senior notes due 2017
On March 28, 2007, we issued $600 million of 10 year senior notes at 6.200%. The effective interest rate of these senior notes was 6.253%. In August 2013, $206 million of the 6.200% senior notes were repurchased. The final balance was repaid on March 28, 2017 from the RCF as discussed above.

Covenants

The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt arrangements and credit facilities generally contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated funded indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The operating restrictions and financial covenants in our current credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. At December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, we were in compliance with all financial covenants.



Debt Maturity

The following table summarizes the maturity of our debt and interest on senior notes and excludes any reduction for debt issuance costs:

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

Senior notes

 

$

950

 

 

$

660

 

 

$

250

 

 

$

650

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,100

 

 

$

5,610

 

Interest on senior notes

 

 

197

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

1,418

 

 

 

2,219

 

RCF

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized facility

 

 

22

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

Total

 

$

1,169

 

 

$

848

 

 

$

425

 

 

$

793

 

 

$

131

 

 

$

4,518

 

 

$

7,884

 

 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Thereafter Total
Senior notes$
 $187
 $
 $950
 $644
 $1,725
 $3,506
Interest on senior notes147
 144
 134
 107
 82
 464
 1,078
Term loans85
 85
 
 
 
 
 170
RCF
 
 
 
 884
 
 884
Total$232
 $416
 $134
 $1,057
 $1,610
 $2,189
 $5,638

Interest Expense

The following table shows an analysis of the interest expense for the years ended December 31:31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Senior notes

 

$

227

 

 

$

206

 

 

$

166

 

Term loans

 

 

6

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

4

 

RCF

 

 

4

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

26

 

Collateralized facility

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Other (i)

 

 

4

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Total interest expense

 

$

244

 

 

$

234

 

 

$

208

 

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Senior notes$148
 $139
 $114
Term loans8
 17
 5
RCF17
 10
 6
WSI revolving credit facility1
 2
 2
Other (i)
14
 16
 15
Total interest expense$188
 $184
 $142
________________________

(i)

(i)

Other primarily includes debt issuance costs, interest expense on capitalizedfinancing leases and accretion on deferred and contingent consideration.


Note 11Fair Value Measurements

The Company has categorized its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets;

Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets;

Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments:

Available-for-sale securities are classified as Level 1 because we use quoted market prices in determining the fair value of these securities.

Available-for-sale securities are classified as Level 1 because we use quoted market prices in determining the fair value of these securities.

Market values for our derivative instruments have been used to determine the fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts based on estimated amounts the Company would receive or have to pay to terminate the agreements, taking into account observable information about the current foreign currency forward rates. Such financial instruments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Market values for our derivative instruments have been used to determine the fair value of interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts based on estimated amounts the Company would receive or have to pay to terminate the agreements, taking into account observable information about the current interest rate environment or current foreign currency forward rates. Such financial instruments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Contingent consideration payable is classified as Level 3, and we estimate fair value based on the likelihood and timing of achieving the relevant milestones of each arrangement, applying a probability assessment to each of the potential outcomes, which at times includes the use of a Monte Carlo simulation and discounting the probability-weighted payout. Typically, milestones are based on revenue or earnings growth for the acquired business.

Contingent consideration payable is classified as Level 3, and we estimate fair value based on the likelihood and timing of achieving the relevant milestones of each arrangement, applying a probability assessment to each of the potential outcomes, and discounting the probability-weighted payout. Typically, milestones are based on revenue or EBITDA growth for the acquired business.

The following tables present our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 20172020 and December 31, 2016:2019:

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds / exchange traded funds

 

Prepaid and other current assets and

other non-current assets

 

$

8

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

8

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (i)

 

Prepaid and other current assets and

other non-current assets

 

$

0

 

 

$

27

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

27

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration (ii)

 

Other current liabilities and

other non-current liabilities

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

45

 

 

$

45

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (i)

 

Other current liabilities and

other non-current liabilities

 

$

0

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

7

 


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds / exchange traded funds

 

Prepaid and other current assets and

other non-current assets

 

$

20

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

20

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (i)

 

Prepaid and other current assets and

other non-current assets

 

$

0

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

32

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration (ii)

 

Other current liabilities and

other non-current liabilities

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

17

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (i)

 

Other current liabilities and

other non-current liabilities

 

$

0

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

3

 

 Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2017
  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:         
Available-for-sale securities:         
Mutual funds / exchange traded fundsPrepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets $40
 $
 $
 $40
Derivatives:         
Derivative financial instruments (i)
Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets $
 $18
 $
 $18
Liabilities:         
Contingent consideration:         
Contingent consideration (ii)
Other current liabilities and
other non-current liabilities
 $
 $
 $51
 $51
Derivatives:         
Derivative financial instruments (i)
Other current liabilities and
other non-current liabilities
 $
 $37
 $
 $37
 Balance Sheet Location Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2016
  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:         
Available-for-sale securities:         
Mutual funds / exchange traded funds

Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets

 $37
 $
 $
 $37
Derivatives:         
Derivative financial instruments (i)
Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets $
 $15
 $
 $15
Liabilities:         
Contingent consideration:         
Contingent consideration (ii)
Other current liabilities and
other non-current liabilities
 $
 $
 $55
 $55
Derivatives:         
Derivative financial instruments (i)
Other current liabilities and
other non-current liabilities
 $
 $133
 $
 $133
____________________

(i)

(i)

See Note 9Derivative Financial Instruments for further information on our derivative instruments.

(ii)

(ii)

Probability weightings are based on our knowledge of the past and planned performance of the acquired entity to which the contingent consideration applies. The weighted-average discount raterates used on our material contingent consideration calculations was 9.64%were 9.46% and 10.76%10.16% at December 31, 20172020 and December 31, 2016,2019, respectively. The range of these discount rates was 3.53% - 13.00% at December 31, 2020. Using different probability weightings and discount rates could result in an increase or decrease of the contingent consideration payable.

The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 liabilities:

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

 

December 31, 2020

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

17

 

Obligations assumed

 

 

9

 

Payments

 

 

0

 

Realized and unrealized gains

 

 

18

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

1

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

45

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) December 31, 2017
Balance at December 31, 2016 $55
Obligations assumed 
Net sales (7)
Payments (10)
Realized and unrealized gains 9
Foreign exchange 4
Balance at December 31, 2017 $51

There were no0 significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016.


2019.

Fair value information about financial instruments not measured at fair value

The following tables present our assets and liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term note receivable

 

$

71

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current debt

 

$

971

 

 

$

985

 

 

$

316

 

 

$

319

 

Long-term debt

 

$

4,664

 

 

$

5,488

 

 

$

5,301

 

 

$

5,694

 

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Liabilities:       
    Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt$85
 $85
 $508
 $513
    Long-term debt$4,450
 $4,706
 $3,357
 $3,504

The carrying values of our revolving lines of credit facility and term loanscollateralized facility approximate their fair values. The fair values above are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize upon disposition, nor do they indicate the Company’s intent or ability to dispose of the financial instrument.instruments. The fair valuevalues of our respective senior notes and long-term note receivable are considered levelLevel 2 financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data.


Note 12Retirement Benefits

Defined Benefit Plans and Post-retirement Welfare Plans

Willis Towers Watson sponsors both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement welfare plans (‘PRW’) plans throughout the world. The majority of our plan assets and obligations are in the United StatesU.S. and the United Kingdom.U.K. We have also included disclosures related to defined benefit plans in certain other countries, including Canada, France, Germany Ireland and the Netherlands.Ireland. Together, these disclosed funded and unfunded plans represent 99% of Willis Towers Watson’s pension and PRW obligations and are disclosedpresented herein.

On January 4, 2016, in connection with the Merger, we acquired additional defined benefit pension, PRW, and defined contribution plans. Total plan assets of approximately $3.7 billion and projected benefit obligations of approximately $4.6 billion were acquired. The funded status for each of the acquired plans has been included in the values of identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed in Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures and are recorded as $67 million in pension benefits assets and $923 million in liability for pension benefits.

As part of these obligations, in the United States,U.S., the United KingdomU.K. and Canada, we have non-qualified plans that provide for the additional pension benefits that would be covered under the qualified plan in the respective country were it not for statutory maximums. The non-qualified plans are unfunded.

The significant plans within each grouping are described below:

United States

Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan.

Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits are provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 2012. As ofPlan participants prior to July 1, 2017 existing plan participants earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and all newly eligible employees after that date are required to contribute 2% of pay on an after-tax basis to participate in the plan.

United Kingdom

Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one thirdone-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The plan is now closed to new entrants. New employees in the United Kingdom are offered the opportunity to join a defined contribution plan.

Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company.  Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan (predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008.  All participants now accrue defined contribution benefits.

Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to accrue benefits under the scheme.



Other

Canada (Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson) – Participants accrue qualified and non-qualified benefits based on a career averagecareer-average benefit formula. Additionally, participants can choose to make voluntary contributions to purchase enhancements to their pension.

France (Legacy Gras Savoye) – The mandatory retirement indemnity plan is a termination benefit which provides lump sum benefits at retirement. There is no vesting before the retirement date, and the benefit formula is determined through the collective bargaining agreement and the labor code. All employees with permanent employment contracts are eligible.

Germany (Legacy Willis)Willis and Legacy Towers Watson) – The defined benefit plan population consists of retirees receiving annuitiesplans are closed to new entrants and three participants with deferred vested benefits. Other employees and former employees participate in defined contribution arrangements.

Germany (Legacy Towers Watson) – Effective January 1, 2011, all new participants participate in a defined contribution plan. Participantsinclude certain legacy employee populations hired prior to this date continue to participate in various defined contribution and defined benefit arrangements according to legacy plan formulas. The legacy defined benefit plansbefore 2011. These benefits are primarily account-based, with some long-service participants continuing to accrue benefits according to grandfathered final-average-pay formulas.

Ireland (Legacy Willis) – The defined benefit plans provideprovided pension benefits for approximately one thirdone-third of legacy Willis employees in Ireland. The defined benefit plans are nowIreland and were closed to new entrants.

Benefit accruals ceased effective from December 31, 2019; however accrued benefits for active employees are indexed to salary increases (to a maximum annual salary of €150,000) until the member leaves the Company. A future service retirement provision is being provided on a defined contribution basis.

Ireland (Legacy Towers Watson) – Benefit accruals earned under the scheme’s defined benefit plan ceased on May 1, 2015. Benefits earned prior to this date retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company.


Netherlands (Legacy Towers Watson) – Benefits under the plan used to accrue on a final pay basis on earnings up to a maximum amount each year. The benefit accrual under the final pay plan stopped at December 31, 2010. The accrued benefits will receive conditional indexation each year.

Post-retirement Welfare Plan

We provide certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for retired participants. The principal plans coverplan disclosed herein covers participants in the U.S. who have met certain eligibility requirements. Our principalThis post-retirement benefit plans areplan was primarily unfunded.unfunded, with the remaining assets being paid out during the year ended December 31, 2019. Retiree medical benefits provided under our U.S. post-retirement benefit plansplan were closed to new hires effective January 1, 2011. Life insurance benefits under the plansplan were frozen with respect to service, eligibility and amounts as of January 1, 2012 for active participants.



Amounts Recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements

The following schedules provide information concerning the defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

Change in Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

4,259

 

 

$

842

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

4,187

 

 

$

3,666

 

 

$

728

 

 

$

87

 

Service cost

 

 

72

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

1

 

Interest cost

 

 

131

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

3

 

Employee contributions

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

6

 

Actuarial losses

 

 

509

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

5

 

Settlements

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(194

)

 

 

(146

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(185

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(12

)

Plan amendments

 

 

0

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Business disposal

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Transfers in

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

 

Other

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Foreign currency changes

 

 

0

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

 

Benefit obligation, end of year

 

$

5,291

 

 

$

4,843

 

 

$

955

 

 

$

91

 

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

4,259

 

 

$

842

 

 

$

90

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of

    year

 

$

3,873

 

 

$

5,086

 

 

$

588

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

3,403

 

 

$

4,402

 

 

$

486

 

 

$

1

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

602

 

 

 

590

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

557

 

 

 

561

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

0

 

Employer contributions

 

 

71

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

5

 

Employee contributions

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

6

 

Settlements

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

0

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(194

)

 

 

(146

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(185

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(12

)

Transfers in

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

 

Other

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Foreign currency adjustment

 

 

0

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

0

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

 

$

4,357

 

 

$

5,767

 

 

$

684

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

3,873

 

 

$

5,086

 

 

$

588

 

 

$

0

 

Funded status at end of year

 

$

(934

)

 

$

924

 

 

$

(271

)

 

$

(91

)

 

$

(895

)

 

$

827

 

 

$

(254

)

 

$

(90

)

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

 

$

5,291

 

 

$

4,841

 

 

$

918

 

 

$

91

 

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

4,259

 

 

$

810

 

 

$

90

 

Components on the Consolidated

   Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension benefits assets

 

$

0

 

 

$

932

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

835

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

0

 

Current liability for pension benefits

 

$

(31

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(5

)

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(33

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(6

)

Non-current liability for pension

   benefits

 

$

(903

)

 

$

(7

)

 

$

(294

)

 

$

(85

)

 

$

(862

)

 

$

(7

)

 

$

(270

)

 

$

(84

)

 

 

$

(934

)

 

$

924

 

 

$

(271

)

 

$

(91

)

 

$

(895

)

 

$

827

 

 

$

(254

)

 

$

(90

)

For both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, bond yields continued to decline, which drove a decrease in the discount rates. This reduction, coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects for the U.K. and Other plans, was the most significant driver of the increase in benefit obligations for the plans. Additionally in 2019, the actuarial loss in the PRW plan driven by the discount rate reduction was partially offset by gains due to fewer retirees enrolling in medical coverage than had been assumed.


 2017 2016
 U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW
Change in Benefit Obligation               
Benefit obligation, beginning of year$4,169
 $3,899
 $732
 $113
 $976
 $2,881
 $184
 $
Service cost66
 32
 20
 
 59
 24
 19
 1
Interest cost139
 93
 17
 4
 137
 114
 18
 3
Employee contributions6
 1
 
 6
 
 1
 
 7
Actuarial losses293
 2
 5
 14
 151
 852
 61
 4
Settlements(16)
(138) (1) 
 
 (12) (61) 
Benefits paid(181) (93) (29) (14) (166) (130) (24) (14)
Business combinations
 
 
 
 3,012
 842
 530
 112
Transfers in
 
 1
 
 
 
 1
 
Foreign currency changes
 369
 77
 
 
 (673) 4
 
Benefit obligation, end of year$4,476
 $4,165
 $822
 $123
 $4,169
 $3,899
 $732
 $113
Change in Plan Assets               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year$3,280
 $4,360
 $467
 $4
 $749
 $3,478
 $158
 $
Actual return on plan assets464
 290
 42
 
 153
 782
 26
 
Employer contributions101
 66
 34
 6
 91
 106
 39
 7
Employee contributions6
 1
 
 6
 
 1
 
 7
Settlements(16) (138) (1) 
 
 (12) (58) 
Benefits paid(181) (93) (29) (14) (166) (130) (24) (14)
Business combinations
 
 
 
 2,453
 906
 321
 4
Transfers in
 
 1
 
 
 
 1
 
Foreign currency adjustment
 424
 48
 
 
 (771) 4
 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year$3,654
 $4,910
 $562
 $2
 $3,280
 $4,360
 $467
 $4
Funded status at end of year$(822) $745
 $(260) $(121) $(889) $461
 $(265) $(109)
Accumulated Benefit Obligation$4,476
 $4,165
 $790
 $123
 $4,169
 $3,899
 $696
 $113
Components on the Consolidated Balance Sheet               
     Pension benefits assets$
 $754
 $17
 $
 $
��$478
 $10
 $
     Current liability for pension benefits$(40) $
 $(6) $(5) $(47) $
 $(7) $(3)
     Non-current liability for pension benefits$(782) $(9) $(271) $(116) $(842) $(17) $(268) $(106)
 $(822) $745
 $(260) $(121) $(889) $461
 $(265) $(109)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 consist of:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

1,143

 

 

$

1,304

 

 

$

169

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

982

 

 

$

1,133

 

 

$

128

 

 

$

20

 

Net prior service gain

 

 

0

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(27

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss/(income)

 

$

1,143

 

 

$

1,267

 

 

$

169

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

982

 

 

$

1,072

 

 

$

128

 

 

$

(7

)

 2017 2016
 U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW
Net actuarial loss$663
 $909
 $79
 $19
 $603
 $918
 $80
 $4
Net prior service gain
 (142) 
 
 
 (147) 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss$663
 $767
 $79
 $19
 $603
 $771
 $80
 $4

The following table presents the projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

5,291

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

891

 

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

784

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

4,357

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

593

 

 

$

3,873

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

509

 

 2017 2016
 U.S. U.K. Other U.S. U.K. Other
Projected benefit obligation at end of year$4,476
 $10
 $758
 $4,169
 $843
 $686
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$3,654
 $
 $481
 $3,280
 $825
 $411


The following table presents the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016.2019.

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

5,291

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

477

 

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

784

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

5,291

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

457

 

 

$

4,768

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

752

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

4,357

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

193

 

 

$

3,873

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

509

 

 2017 2016
 U.S. U.K. Other U.S. U.K. Other
Projected benefit obligation at end of year$4,476
 $10
 $758
 $4,169
 $843
 $686
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year$4,476
 $10
 $726
 $4,169
 $843
 $650
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$3,654
 $
 $481
 $3,280
 $825
 $411

The components of the net periodic benefit income and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income)/loss for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 for the defined benefit pension and PRW plans are as follows:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

Components of net periodic

   benefit (income)/cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

72

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

65

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

66

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

1

 

Interest cost

 

 

131

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

4

 

Expected return on plan

   assets

 

 

(291

)

 

 

(247

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(254

)

 

 

(246

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(273

)

 

 

(298

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

0

 

Amortization of unrecognized

   prior service credit

 

 

0

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Amortization of unrecognized

   actuarial loss

 

 

35

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

 

Settlement

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

0

 

Curtailment gain

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

0

 

Net periodic benefit (income)/cost

 

$

(51

)

 

$

(150

)

 

$

6

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

(13

)

 

$

(134

)

 

$

12

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

(55

)

 

$

(118

)

 

$

(4

)

 

$

5

 

Other changes in plan assets

    and benefit obligations

    recognized in other

    comprehensive loss/(income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

 

$

198

 

 

$

151

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

232

 

 

$

157

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

117

 

 

$

191

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

(3

)

Amortization of unrecognized

   actuarial loss

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

0

 

Prior service cost/(credit)

 

 

0

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(31

)

Amortization of unrecognized

    prior service credit

 

 

0

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Settlement

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

0

 

Curtailment gain

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

0

 

Total recognized in other

   comprehensive loss/(income)

 

 

161

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(34

)

Total recognized in net periodic

    benefit (income)/cost and other

    comprehensive loss/(income)

 

$

110

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

37

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

200

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

41

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

46

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

(29

)

 2017 2016 2015
 U.S.U.K.OtherPRW U.S.U.K.OtherPRW U.S.U.K.OtherPRW
Components of net periodic benefit (income)/cost:              
Service cost$66
$32
$20
$
 $59
$24
$19
$1
 $
$33
$3
$���
Interest cost139
93
17
4
 137
114
18
3
 41
107
3

Expected return on plan assets(245)(284)(30)
 (240)(253)(27)
 (57)(230)(3)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit
(18)

 
(19)

 
(18)

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss13
53
2

 12
42


 11
36
1

Settlement1
37
1

 

5

 



Curtailment gain



 



 
(5)

Net periodic benefit (income)/cost$(26)$(87)$10
$4
 $(32)$(92)$15
$4
 $(5)$(77)$4
$
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss/(income):              
Net actuarial loss/(gain)$74
$(4)$(7)$14
 $238
$323
$62
$4
 $(16)$59
$(5)$
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss(13)(53)(2)
 (12)(42)

 (11)(36)(1)
Prior service gain



 



 
(215)

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit
18


 
19


 
18


Settlement(1)(37)(1)
 

(8)
 



Curtailment loss



 



 
18


Total recognized in other comprehensive loss/(income)60
(76)(10)14
 226
300
54
4
 (27)(156)(6)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income)/cost and other comprehensive loss/(income)$34
$(163)$
$18
 $194
$208
$69
$8
 $(32)$(233)$(2)$

During the year ended December 31, 2017,2018, the Company terminated its Netherlands-based defined benefit plan, resulting in the recognition of a non-cash curtailment gain of $16 million.


During the year ended December 31, 2018, as a result of past changes in UKU.K. legislation and the low interest rate environment, the amount of transfer payments from the Legacy Willis UKU.K. pension plan exceeded the plan’s service and interest cost.costs. This triggerstriggered settlement accounting which requiresrequired immediate recognition of a portion of the obligations associated with the plan transfers. Consequently, the Company recognized a non-cash expense of $36 million.

During fiscal year 2016, we adopted the granular approach to calculating service and interest cost. This was treated as a change in accounting estimate, and resulted in a credit of $51$40 million included in our total net periodic benefit income reflected above.
On March 6, 2015, Legacy Willis announced to members of the U.K. defined benefit pension plan that, effective from June 30, 2015, future salary increases would not be pensionable (the ‘salary freeze’). Legacy Willis recognized the salary freeze as a plan amendment at the announcement date. The impact of the salary freeze reduced the plan’s projected benefit obligation by approximately $215 million and created a prior service credit which is recognized in other comprehensive income and then amortized to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the remaining expected service life of active employees.


The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service gain for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are:
 For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
 U.S. U.K Other PRW
Estimated net actuarial loss$11
 $47
 $2
 $1
Prior service gain$
 $(19) $
 $
ended December 31, 2018.

Assumptions Used in the Valuations of the Defined Benefit Pension Plans and PRW Plan

The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rate and actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive income. The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of the net periodic benefit cost/(credit)(income) generally based on the average working life expectancy of each of the plan’s active participants to the extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation. The average remaining service period of participants for the PRW plan is approximately 9.98.7 years.

The Company considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense, are reviewed annually by senior management and changed when appropriate. TheA discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, whereas thean expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer termlonger-term trends in asset returns emerge or long-term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining service and interest costs. The expected rate of return assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-average yield expected to be achieved based upon the anticipated makeup of the plans’ investments. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-term rate of compensation and pension increases.

The following assumptions were used in the valuations of Willis Towers Watson’s defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan. The assumptions presented for the U.S. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for all U.S. plans. The assumptions presented for the U.K. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the U.K. plans. The assumptions presented for the Other plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the Canada, France, Germany and Ireland and Netherlands plans.



The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020, 2019 and 20152018 were as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

Discount rate - PBO

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

3.5

%

Discount rate - service cost

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

3.5

%

Discount rate - interest cost on

   service cost

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

3.2

%

Discount rate - interest cost on PBO

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

3.1

%

Expected long-term rate of return

   on assets

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

5.9

%

 

N/A

 

 

 

7.6

%

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

7.6

%

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

2.0

%

Rate of increase in compensation

    levels

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

N/A

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

N/A

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

N/A

 

Healthcare cost trend

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

%

Ultimate rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.0

%

Year reaching ultimate rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
 U.S.U.K.OtherPRW U.S.U.K.OtherPRW U.S.U.K.OtherPRW
Discount rate (i)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
 3.9%3.6%2.3%%
Discount rate - PBO4.0%2.6%2.7%4.0% 4.2%3.8%3.2%4.2% N/A
N/A
N/A
%
Discount rate - service cost3.9%2.6%3.0%3.9% 3.9%3.8%3.4%4.1% N/A
N/A
N/A
%
Discount rate - interest cost on service cost3.2%2.4%2.8%3.5% 3.2%3.8%3.1%3.5% N/A
N/A
N/A
%
Discount rate - interest cost on PBO3.4%2.3%2.3%3.3% 3.4%3.4%2.8%3.3% N/A
N/A
N/A
%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets7.6%6.3%6.1%2.0% 7.6%6.2%6.1%2.0% 7.3%6.5%3.3%%
Rate of increase in compensation levels4.3%3.2%2.3%N/A
 4.3%3.2%2.3%N/A
 N/A
2.9%2.2%%
Healthcare cost trend              
Initial rate





7.0% 





7.0% 





N/A
Ultimate rate





5.0% 





5.0% 





N/A
Year reaching ultimate rate





2022
 





2022
 





N/A
____________________
(i)This discount rate represents the assumption to determine net periodic benefit cost prior to the Company’s use of the granular approach to calculating service and interest cost which began for the 2016 fiscal year.

The following tables present the assumptions used in the valuation to determine the projected benefit obligation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

Discount rate

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

3.2

%

Rate of increase in compensation levels

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

N/A

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

N/A

 


 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW
Discount rate3.6% 2.6% 2.6% 3.5% 4.0% 2.6% 2.7% 4.0%
Rate of increase in compensation levels4.3% 3.0% 2.3% N/A
 4.3% 3.2% 2.3% N/A
A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have an immaterial effect on the post-retirement benefit cost and obligation as of December 31, 2017.

The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the weighted-average of the expected future returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocations shown below. The Company’s pension plan asset target allocations as of December 31, 20172020 were as follows:

 

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Canada

 

 

Germany

 

 

Ireland

 

Asset Category

 

Willis

 

 

Willis Towers

Watson

 

 

Willis

 

 

Towers

Watson

 

 

Miller

 

 

Towers

Watson

 

 

Towers

Watson

 

 

Willis

 

 

Towers

Watson

 

Equity securities

 

 

30

%

 

 

23

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

19

%

 

 

40

%

 

 

36

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

40

%

Debt securities

 

 

33

%

 

 

33

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

24

%

 

 

21

%

 

 

50

%

 

 

57

%

 

 

29

%

 

 

30

%

Real estate

 

 

11

%

 

 

6

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

5

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

3

%

 

 

0

%

Other

 

 

26

%

 

 

38

%

 

 

70

%

 

 

73

%

 

 

60

%

 

 

5

%

 

 

7

%

 

 

39

%

 

 

30

%

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

  U.S. U.K. Canada Germany Ireland
Asset Category Willis Towers Watson Willis Towers Watson Miller Towers Watson Towers Watson Willis Towers Watson
Equity securities 35% 23% 33% 11% 33% 60% 30% 32% 71%
Debt securities 54% 43% 47% 56% 55% 40% 51% 27% 29%
Real estate 11% 6% 2% % % % % 3% %
Other % 28% 18% 33% 12% % 19% 38% %
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

The Legacy Willis plan in Germany and the Legacy Towers Watson plan in the Netherlands areis invested in insurance contracts. Consequently, the asset allocations of the plans are managed by the respective insurer. The Legacy Gras Savoye plan in France is unfunded.

Our investment strategy is designed to generate returns that will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in each of the plan’s benefit obligations and enable the plans to meet their future obligations. The precise amount for which these obligations will be settled depends on future events, including the life expectancy of the plan participants and salary inflation. The obligations are estimated using actuarial assumptions based on the current economic environment.

Each pension plan seeks to achieve total returns sufficient to meet expected future obligations when considered in conjunction with expected future contributions and prudent levels of investment risk and diversification. Each plan’s targeted asset allocation is generally determined through a plan-specific Asset-Liability Modelingasset-liability modeling study. These comprehensive studies provide an evaluation of the projected status of asset and benefit obligation measures for each plan under a range of both



positive and negative environments.factors. The studies include a number of different asset mixes, spanning a range of diversification and potential equity exposures.

In evaluating the strategic asset allocation choices, an emphasis is placed on the long-term characteristics of each individual asset class, such as expected return, volatility of returns and correlations with other asset classes within the portfolios. Consideration is also given to the proper long-term level of risk for each plan, the impact of the volatility and magnitude of plan contributions and costs, and the impact that certain actuarial techniques may have on the plan’s recognition of investment experience.

We monitor investment performance and portfolio characteristics on a quarterly basis to ensure that managers are meeting expectations with respect to their investment approach. There are also various restrictions and controls placed on managers, including prohibition from investing in our stock.

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value:

Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets;

Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets;

Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and

Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The fair values of our U.S. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash (i)

 

$

3

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

172

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

172

 

Short-term securities

 

 

0

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

99

 

Government bonds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

4

 

Pooled / commingled funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,599

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,033

 

Private equity

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

487

 

Hedge funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,234

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,084

 

Total assets

 

$

3

 

 

$

106

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

4,357

 

 

$

176

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

3,879

 

(i)

At December 31, 2019, consists primarily of cash on deposit with the managers of the hedge funds due to the timing of purchases of units in the funds.

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Asset category:               
Cash$10
 $
 $
 $10
 $3
 $
 $
 $3
Short-term securities
 283
 
 283
 
 33
 
 33
Equity securities202
 
 
 202
 253
 8
 
 260
Government bonds10
 
 
 10
 10
 
 
 10
Corporate bonds
 193
 
 193
 
 169
 
 170
Other fixed income
 20
 
 20
 
 19
 
 19
Pooled / commingled funds
 
 
 1,922
 
 
 
 1,665
Mutual funds1
 
 
 1
 183
 
 
 183
Private equity
 
 
 287
 
 
 
 234
Hedge funds
 
 
 724
 
 
 
 692
Total assets$223
 $496
 $
 $3,652
 $449
 $229
 $
 $3,269


The fair values of our U.K. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

366

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

366

 

 

$

253

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

253

 

Government bonds

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

1,865

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,865

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

0

 

 

 

898

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

898

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

741

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

741

 

Other fixed income

 

 

0

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

350

 

Pooled / commingled funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,237

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1,828

 

Mutual funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

34

 

Private equity

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

34

 

Derivatives

 

 

0

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

246

 

Real estate

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

161

 

Hedge funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

54

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Total assets

 

$

3,050

 

 

$

1,732

 

 

$

71

 

 

$

6,339

 

 

$

2,118

 

 

$

1,337

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

5,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liability category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

0

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

480

 

Net assets/(liabilities)

 

$

3,050

 

 

$

1,160

 

 

$

71

 

 

$

5,767

 

 

$

2,118

 

 

$

857

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

5,086

 

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Asset category:               
Cash$92
 $
 $
 $92
 $49
 $
 $
 $49
Equity securities24
 
 
 24
 374
 8
 
 382
Government bonds1,841
 
 
 1,841
 1,184
 
 
 1,184
Corporate bonds
 224
 
 224
 
 118
 
 118
Other fixed income
 246
 
 246
 
 216
 
 216
Pooled / commingled funds
 
 
 2,294
 
 
 
 1,677
Mutual funds
 
 
 8
 
 
 
 11
Private equity
 
 
 32
 
 
 
 40
Derivatives
 102
 
 102
 
 73
 
 73
Real estate
 
 
 218
 
 
 
 197
Hedge funds
 
 
 393
 
 
 
 426
Total assets$1,957
 $572
 $
 $5,474
 $1,607
 $415
 $
 $4,373
                
Liability category:               
Repurchase agreements
 549
 
 549
 
 
 
 
Derivatives
 16
 
 16
 
 14
 
 14
Net assets$1,957
 $7
 $
 $4,909
 $1,607
 $401
 $
 $4,359

The fair values of our Other plan assets by asset category at December 31, 20172020 and 20162019 are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

2

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

2

 

Pooled / commingled funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

444

 

Mutual funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

106

 

Hedge funds

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

34

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Total assets

 

$

2

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

684

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

588

 

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Asset category:               
Cash$5
 $
 $
 $5
 $17
 $
 $
 $17
Pooled / commingled funds
 
 
 327
 
 
 
 214
Mutual funds
 
 
 209
 
 
 
 224
Insurance contracts
 
 19
 19
 
 
 17
 17
Total assets$5
 $
 $19
 $560
 $17
 $
 $17
 $472
Our PRW plan invests only in short-term investments and mutual funds and is not included within this fair value hierarchy table.

We evaluate the need to transfer between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to the total net assets of the plans. There were no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 20172020 and 2016.2019.


In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the statements of net assets.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for investments at fair value:

Short-term securities: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported by the sponsor of the funds.

Equity securities and Mutual Funds:mutual funds: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. Exchange tradedExchange-traded mutual funds are included as Level 1 above.

Government bonds: Valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the bond is traded.

Corporate bonds: Valued using pricing models maximizing the use of observable inputs for similar securities. This includes basing valuevalues on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.



Other Fixed Incomefixed income: Foreign and municipal bonds are valued atusing pricing models maximizing the closing price reported in the active market in which the bond is traded.

use of observable inputs for similar securities.

Pooled / Commingled Fundscommingled funds and Mutual Fundsmutual funds: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported by the manager of the funds. These funds are not exchange tradedexchange-traded and are not reported by level in the tables above.

Derivative investments: Valued at the closing level of the relevant index or security and interest accrual through the valuation date.

Private equity funds, Realreal estate funds, Hedgehedge funds: The fair valuevalues for these investments isare estimated based on the net asset valuevalues derived from the latest audited financial statements or most recent capital account statements provided by the private equity fund’s investment manager or third-party administrator.

Insurance contracts: The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option-pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

Repurchase agreements:Valued as the repurchase obligation which includes an interest rate linked to the underlying fixed interest government bond portfolio. These agreements are short-term in nature (less than one year) and were entered into for the purpose of purchasing additional government bonds.

The following table reconciles the net plan investments to the total fair value of the plan assets:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net assets held in investments

 

$

10,808

 

 

$

9,553

 

Net receivable/(payable) for investments purchased

 

 

0

 

 

 

(7

)

Dividend and interest receivable

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

10,808

 

 

$

9,547

 

 December 31,
 2017 2016
Net assets held in investments$9,121
 $8,100
PRW plan assets2
 3
Net receivable for investments purchased2
 3
Dividend and interest receivable3
 3
Fair value of plan assets$9,128
 $8,109

Level 3 investments

As a result of the inherent limitations related to the valuations of the Level 3 investments, due to the unobservable inputs of the underlying funds, the estimated fair valuevalues may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a market for those investments existed.


The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the plans’ Level 3 assets for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017:2020:

 

 

Level 3

Roll Forward

 

Beginning balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

2

 

Purchases

 

 

64

 

Unrealized gains

 

 

7

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

6

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

79

 

 
Level 3
Roll Forward
Beginning balance at December 31, 2016$17
Foreign exchange2
Ending balance at December 31, 2017$19

Contributions and Benefit Payments

Funding is based on actuarially determinedactuarially-determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax purposes. Since funding calculations are based on different measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension contributions are not equal to net periodic pension costs.

The following table sets forth our projected pension contributions to our qualified plans for fiscal year 2018,2020, as well as the pension contributions to our qualified plans in fiscal years 20172020 and 2016:2019:

 

 

2021

(Projected)

 

 

2020

(Actual)

 

 

2019

(Actual)

 

U.S.

 

$

60

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

60

 

U.K.

 

$

47

 

 

$

65

 

 

$

76

 

Other

 

$

25

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

22

 

 2018
(Projected)
 2017
(Actual)
 2016
(Actual)
U.S.$50
 $50
 $50
U.K.$81
 $65
 $105
Other$13
 $13
 $29


Expected benefit payments from our defined benefit pension plans to current plan participants, including the effecteffects of their expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

 

 

Benefit Payments

 

Fiscal Year

 

U.S.

 

 

U.K.

 

 

Other

 

 

PRW

 

 

Total

 

2021

 

$

248

 

 

$

128

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

418

 

2022

 

 

275

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

435

 

2023

 

 

265

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

435

 

2024

 

 

274

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

455

 

2025

 

 

277

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

463

 

Years 2026 – 2029

 

 

1,421

 

 

 

808

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

2,474

 

 

 

$

2,760

 

 

$

1,471

 

 

$

339

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

4,680

 

 Benefit Payments
Fiscal YearU.S. U.K. Other PRW Total
2018230
 112
 36
 16
 394
2019236
 111
 26
 17
 390
2020245
 117
 27
 18
 407
2021249
 127
 29
 19
 424
2022260
 129
 36
 20
 445
Years 2023 – 20271,386
 764
 179
 117
 2,446
 $2,606
 $1,360
 $333
 $207
 $4,506

Defined Contribution Plan

Plans

We have defined contribution plans covering eligible employees in many countries. The most significant plans are in the U.S. and U.K. and are described here.

We have a U.S. defined contribution plan (the ‘Plan’) covering all eligible employees of Willis Towers Watson (the ‘Plan’).Watson. The Plan allows participants to make pre-tax and Roth after-tax contributions, and the Company provides a 100% match by us on the first 1% of employee contributions and a 50% match on the next 5% of employee contributions. Employees vest in the employerCompany match upon 2 years of service. All investment assets of the plan are held in a trust account administered by independent trustees.

The

Our Legacy Towers Watson U.K. and Legacy Willis U.K. pension plans provide for a defined contribution component as part of a master trust. We make contributions to the plan, has a money purchase component toportion of which we make corerepresents matching contributions plus additional contributions matching those ofmade by the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates depend on the age of the participant and whether or not they arise from salary sacrifice arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary.

The Legacy Willis U.K. pension plan has a money purchase component to which we make core contributions plus additional contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates may arise from salary sacrifice arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary.

We made contributions to ourhad defined contribution plansplan expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020, 2019 and 20152018 amounting to $154$160 million, $152$150 million and $77$150 million, respectively.


Note 13 — CommitmentsLeases

The following tables present amounts recorded on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and Contingencies

Operating Leases
The Company leases certain land, building and equipment under various2019, classified as either operating lease commitments. The total amount of the minimum rent is expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rental expenses and sub-lease rental income for operatingor finance leases. Operating leases are presented separately on our consolidated balance sheets. For the finance leases, the right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets are included in fixed assets, net, and the liabilities are classified within other current liabilities or other non-current liabilities.

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Total

Leases

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Total

Leases

 

Right-of-use assets

 

$

902

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

910

 

 

$

968

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

978

 

Current lease liabilities

 

 

152

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

167

 

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

918

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

986

 

The following tables present amounts recorded as part of other operating expenses in theon our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Rental expense, exclusive of sublease income was $302 million, $302 million, and $142 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015, respectively. We have entered into2019:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

181

 

 

 

191

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Variable lease cost

 

 

53

 

 

 

51

 

Sublease income

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(16

)

Total lease cost, net

 

$

219

 

 

$

233

 

The total lease cost is recognized in different locations in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Amortization of the finance lease ROU assets is included in depreciation, while the interest cost component of these finance leases is included in interest expense. All other costs are included in other operating expenses. The Company had rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $243 million, net of sublease agreementsincome, related to operating leases classified within other operating expenses on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Cash paid for someamounts included in the measurement of our excess leased space. Sublease income was $21 million, $17 million and $17 millionlease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020 and 2015,2019, as well as its location in the consolidated statements of cash flows, is as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

190

 

 

$

205

 

Finance leases

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Cash flows used in financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

Total lease payments

 

$

196

 

 

$

210

 

Non-cash additions to our operating lease ROU assets were $70 million and $124 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


As

Our operating and finance leases have the following weighted-average terms and discount rates as of December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

Operating

Leases

 

 

Finance

Leases

 

 

Operating

Leases

 

 

Finance

Leases

 

Weighted-average term (in years)

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

6.0

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

12.9

%

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

12.9

%

The maturity of our lease liabilities on an undiscounted basis, including a reconciliation to the aggregate future minimum rental commitments under all non-cancellable operatingtotal lease agreements areliabilities reported on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, is as follows:

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Total Leases

 

2021

 

$

185

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

191

 

2022

 

 

172

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

178

 

2023

 

 

157

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

163

 

2024

 

 

138

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

144

 

2025

 

 

123

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

129

 

Thereafter

 

 

458

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

459

 

Total future lease payments

 

 

1,233

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

1,264

 

Interest

 

 

(163

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(172

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

1,070

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

1,092

 

 Gross rental
commitments
 Rentals from
subleases
 Net rental
commitments
2018$204
 $(16) $188
2019191
 (13) 178
2020165
 (13) 152
2021138
 (10) 128
2022120
 (4) 116
Thereafter585
 (5) 580
Total$1,403
 $(61) $1,342


Note 14Commitments and Contingencies

Guarantees

Guarantees issued by certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries with respect to the senior notes and revolving credit facilities are discussed in Note 10Debt.

Debt.

Certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries in the U.S. and the U.K. have given the landlords of some leaseholdleased properties occupied by the Company inguarantees with respect to the United Kingdom and the United States guarantees in respect of the performancerepayment of the lease obligations of the subsidiary holding the lease.obligations. The operating lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $669$566 million and $558$536 million at December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively. The capital lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $8$5 million and $9$6 million as ofat December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Acquisition liabilities

The Company has deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisition due to be paid on existing acquisitions until 20192024 totaling $96$55 million at December 31, 2017. Most notably, our liability for the acquisition of Miller Insurance Services LLP in May 2015, for which deferred and contingent consideration, including interest, was $78 million at December 31, 2017.2020. Total deferred and contingent consideration paid during the year ended December 31, 20172020 was $65$12 million.

Other contractual obligations

For certain subsidiaries and associates, the Company has the right to purchase shares (a call option) from co-shareholders at various dates in the future. In addition, the co-shareholders of certain subsidiaries and associates have the right to sell their shares (a put option) to the Company at various dates in the future. Generally, the exercise price of such put options and call options is formula-based (using revenuesrevenue and earnings) and is designed to reflect fair value. Based on current projections of profitability and exchange rates, and assuming the put options are exercised, the potential amount payable from these options is not expected to exceed $34$38 million.

In July 2010,

Additionally, the Company made ahas capital commitment of $25 million tocommitments with Trident V Parallel Fund, LP, an investment fund managed by Stone Point Capital. This replaced a capital commitment of $25 million that had been made to Trident V, LP in December 2009. As of December 31, 2017 there have been approximately $24 million of capital contributions.

In May 2011, the Company made a capital commitment of $10 million toCapital, and Dowling Capital Partners I, LP. As ofAt December 31, 2017 there had been2020, the Company is obligated to make capital contributions of approximately $9$2 million, of capital contributions.
Other contractual obligations at December 31, 2017 and 2016, include certain capital lease obligations totaling $48 million and $54 million, respectively, primarily in respect of the Company’s Nashville property.
collectively, to these funds.

Indemnification Agreements

Willis Towers Watson has various agreements which provide that it may be obligated to indemnify the other party to the agreement with respect to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification provisions are included in contracts arising in the normal course of business and in connection with the purchase and sale of certain businesses. Although itIt is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments that may become due under these indemnification agreements because of the conditional nature of Willis Towers Watson’sthe Company’s obligations and the unique facts of each particular agreement, Willis Towers Watson doesagreement. However, we do not believe that any potential liability that mightmay arise from such indemnity provisions is probable or material. There are no provisions for recourse to third parties, nor are any assets held by any third parties that any guarantor can liquidate to recover amounts paid under such indemnities.


Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Some of the claims, lawsuits and other proceedings seek damages in amounts which could, if assessed, be significant. We do not expect the impact of claims or demands not described below to be materialimmaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company also receives subpoenas in the ordinary course of business and, from time to time, receives requests for information in connection with governmental investigations.

Errors and omissions claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business are covered in part by professional indemnity or other appropriate insurance. See Note 14 for the amounts accrued at December 31, 2017 and 2016 in the consolidated balance sheets. The terms of this insurance vary by policy year. Regarding self-insured risks, the Company has established provisions which are believed to be adequate in the light of current information and legal advice, or, in certain cases, where a range of loss exists, the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. The Company adjusts such provisions from time to time according to developments.



See Note 15 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for the amounts accrued at December 31, 2020 and 2019 in the consolidated balance sheets.

On the basis of current information, the Company does not expect that the actual claims, lawsuits and other proceedings to which the Companyit is subject, or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings relating to matters of which it is aware, will ultimately have a material adverse effect on the Company’sits financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and disputes with insurance companies, it is possible that an adverse outcome or settlement in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. In addition, given the early stages of some litigation or regulatory proceedings described below, it ismay not be possible to predict their outcomeoutcomes or resolution,resolutions, and it is possible that any one or more of these events may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company provides for contingent liabilities based on ASC 450, Contingencies, when it is determined that a liability, inclusive of defense costs, is probable and reasonably estimable. The contingent liabilities recorded are primarily developed actuarially. Litigation is subject to many factors which are difficult to predict so there can be no assurance that in the event of a material unfavorable result in one or more claims, we will not incur material costs.

Merger-related Appraisal Demands
Between November 12, 2015

Litigation Relating to the Proposed Combination with Aon plc

On May 11, 2020, a purported stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and December 10, 2015,the members of the Company’s board of directors, captioned Stein v. Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 1:20-cv-03656 (S.D.N.Y.), referred to as the ‘Stein Complaint.’ On May 14, 2020, a purported stockholder of the Company filed a putative class action in connectionthe United States District Court for the District of Delaware against the Company, the members of the Company’s board of directors, and Aon plc (‘Aon’), captioned Kent v. Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 1:20-cv-00641 (D. Del.), referred to as the ‘Kent Complaint.’ On May 19, 2020, a purported stockholder of the Company filed a putative class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and the members of the Company’s board of directors, captioned Carter v. Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 1:20-cv-03865 (S.D.N.Y.), referred to as the ‘Carter Complaint.’ On May 28, 2020, a purported stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California against the Company and the members of the Company’s board of directors, captioned Tang v. Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 3:20-cv-00986 (S.D. Cal.), referred to as the ‘Tang Complaint.’ On June 17, 2020, a purported stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California against the Company and the members of the Company’s board of directors, captioned Kuznik v. Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 3:20-cv-01097 (S.D. Cal.), referred to as the ‘Kuznik Complaint,’ and together with the then-proposed Merger, Towers Watson received demands for appraisalStein Complaint, the Kent Complaint, the Carter Complaint, and the Tang Complaint, referred to as the ‘Complaints.’

The Complaints assert claims against certain defendants under Section 26214(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law on behalfSecurities Exchange Act of ten purported beneficial owners of an aggregate of approximately 2.4%1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) for allegedly false and misleading statements in the proxy statement; and against certain defendants under Section 20(a) of the shares of Towers Watson common stock outstanding atExchange Act for alleged ‘control person’ liability with respect to such allegedly false and misleading statements. The Stein Complaint, the time ofCarter Complaint, and the Merger. Between March 3, 2016 and March 23, 2016, three appraisal petitions were filed in the Court of Chancery for the State of Delaware on behalf of three purported beneficial owners of Towers Watson common stock, captioned Rangeley Capital LLC v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12063-CB, Merion Capital L.P. v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12064-CB,and College Retirement Equities Fund v. Towers Watson & Co., C.A. No. 12126-CB. The appraisal petitionsTang Complaint each seek, among other things, a determination of the fair value of the appraisal petitioners’ shares at the time of the Merger;relief, an order that Towers Watson pay that value toenjoining the appraisal petitioners, togetherproposed combination with interest atAon unless and until corrective disclosures are made. The Kuznik Complaint and the statutory rate;Kent Complaint each seek, among other relief, an order enjoining the proposed combination with Aon and an award of costs, attorneys’ fees,order directing certain defendants to issue corrective disclosures.  The Stein Complaint and other expenses. Towers Watson answered the appraisal petitions between March 24, 2016Carter Complaint also seek damages in an unspecified amount. The Company believes the allegations in the Complaints are without merit.


On August 4, 2020, certain plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed without prejudice the Kent Complaint, the Carter Complaint, and April 18, 2016. On May 9, 2016, the court consolidated the three pending appraisal proceedings under the caption In re Appraisal of Towers Watson & Co., Consolidated C.A. No. 12064-CB. A fourth owner filed an appraisal demand, but did not file an appraisal petition. The aggregate amount of shares subject to appraisal from these four owners was 1,415,199. The court provisionally scheduled trial for October 2, 2017.Stein Complaint. On September 15, 2017,2020, certain plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed without prejudice the Company reached a settlement with all shareholders who made demands for appraisal, resolving all claims related toTang Complaint and the appraised shares. Under the terms of the settlement, these shareholders surrendered all rights to theKuznik Complaint.

Willis Towers Watson shares and all potential Merger consideration issuable for the legacy shares. In exchange, the Company made a payment to these shareholders of approximately $211 million, which represented $134.75 per share plus accrued interest at the statutory rate of interest. As a result of the settlement, the Court, on September 18, 2017, dismissed all claims in the case with prejudice. The Company thereafter canceled all of the Towers Watson common shares at issue in the appraisal proceeding.

Merger-Related Securities Litigation

On November 21, 2017, a purported former stockholder of Legacy Towers Watson filed a putative class action complaint on behalf of a putative class consisting of all Legacy Towers Watson stockholders as of October 2, 2015 against the Company, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis, ValueAct Capital Management (‘ValueAct’), and certain current and former directors and officers of Legacy Towers Watson and Legacy Willis (John Haley, Dominic Casserley, and Jeffrey Ubben), in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. The complaint assertsasserted claims against certain defendants under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) for allegedly false and misleading statements in the proxy statement for the Merger; and against other defendants under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act for alleged “control person”‘control person’ liability with respect to such allegedly false and misleading statements. The complaint further contendscontended that the allegedly false and misleading statements caused stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson to accept inadequate Merger consideration. The complaint seekssought damages in an unspecified amount. On February 20, 2018, the court appointed the Regents of the University of California (‘Regents’) as Lead Plaintiff and Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossman LLP (‘Bernstein’) as Lead Counsel for the putative class, consolidated all subsequently filed, removed, or transferred actions, and captioned the consolidated action “In‘In re Willis Towers Watson plc Proxy Litigation, Master File No. 1:17-cv-1338-AJT-JFA.17-cv-1338-AJT-JFA (the ‘Federal Action’). On March 9, 2018, Lead Plaintiff hasfiled an Amended Complaint. On April 13, 2018, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint, and, on July 11, 2018, following briefing and argument, the court granted the motions and dismissed the Amended Complaint in its entirety. On July 30, 2018, Lead Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal from the court’s July 11, 2018 dismissal order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit (the ‘Fourth Circuit’), and, on December 6, 2018, the parties completed briefing on the appeal. On May 8, 2019, the parties argued the appeal, and on August 30, 2019, the Fourth Circuit vacated the dismissal order and remanded the case to the Eastern District of Virginia for further proceedings consistent with its decision. On September 13, 2019, the defendants filed a petition for rehearing by the Fourth Circuit en banc, which the Fourth Circuit denied on September 27, 2019. On November 8, 2019, the defendants filed renewed motions to dismiss in the Eastern District of Virginia based upon certain arguments that were advanced in their original motions to dismiss, but undecided by both the district court and the Fourth Circuit. On December 18, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the defendants’ renewed motions, and, on December 20, 2019, the court heard argument on the motions. On January 31, 2020, the court denied the motions. On June 12, 2020, Lead Plaintiff filed a motion for class certification, in connection with which it indicated that it intendsis seeking class-wide damages of approximately $456 million. On September 4, 2020, the court granted Lead Plaintiff’s motion for class certification, certified the putative class, and appointed Lead Plaintiff as the Class Representative for the certified class. On October 16, 2020, the defendants filed motions for summary judgment and to fileexclude Lead Plaintiff’s proposed experts. Also on October 16, 2020, Lead Plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint.

motion to exclude certain of the defendants’ proposed experts.

On February 27, 2018 anotherand March 8, 2018, two additional purported former stockholderstockholders of Legacy Towers Watson, City of Fort Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund (‘Fort Myers’) and Alaska Laborers-Employers Retirement Trust (‘Alaska’), filed a putative class action complaintcomplaints on behalf of a putative class of Legacy Towers Watson stockholders against the former members of the Legacy Towers Watson board of directors, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis and ValueAct, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned City of Fort Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund v. Towers Watson & Co., et al., C.A. No. 2018-0132.2018-0132, and Alaska Laborers-Employers Retirement Trust v. Victor F. Ganzi, et al., C.A. No. 2018-0155, respectively. Based on similar allegations as the complaint assertsEastern District of Virginia action described above, the complaints assert claims against the former directors of Legacy Towers Watson for breach of fiduciary duty and against Legacy Willis and ValueAct for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty.

On March 9, 2018, Regents filed a putative class action complaint on behalf of a putative class of Legacy Towers Watson stockholders against the Company, Legacy Willis, ValueAct, and Messrs. Haley, Casserley, and Ubben, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned The Regents of the University of California v. John J. Haley, et al., C.A. No. 2018-0166. Based on similar allegations as the Eastern District of Virginia action described above, the complaint asserts claims against Mr. Haley for breach of fiduciary duty and against all other defendants have not yetfor aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. Also on March 9, 2018, Regents filed a motion for consolidation of all pending and subsequently filed Delaware Court of Chancery actions, and for appointment as Lead Plaintiff and for the appointment of Bernstein as Lead Counsel for the putative class. On March 29, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska responded to Regents’ motion and cross-moved for appointment as Co-Lead Plaintiffs and for the complaint.

appointment of their counsel, Grant & Eisenhofer P.A. and Kessler Topaz Meltzer & Check, LLP as Co-Lead Counsel. On April 2, 2018, the court consolidated the Delaware Court of Chancery actions and all related actions subsequently filed in or transferred to the Delaware Court of Chancery. On June 5, 2018, the court denied Regents’ motion for appointment of Lead Plaintiff and Lead Counsel and granted Fort Myers’ and Alaska’s cross-motion. On June 20, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska designated the complaint previously filed by Alaska (the ‘Alaska Complaint’) as the operative complaint in the consolidated action (the ‘Delaware Action’). On September 14, 2018, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Alaska Complaint. On October 31, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska filed an amended complaint, which, based on similar allegations, asserts claims against the former directors of legacy Towers Watson for breach of fiduciary duty and



against ValueAct and Mr. Ubben for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. On January 11, 2019, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, and on March 29, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the motions. The court heard argument on the motions on April 11, 2019 and, on July 25, 2019, dismissed the amended complaint in its entirety. On August 22, 2019, Fort Myers and Alaska filed a notice of appeal (only with respect to Messrs. Haley and Ubben and ValueAct) from the court’s July 25, 2019 dismissal order to the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware. On November 22, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the appeal, which was submitted on April 22, 2020 for decision in lieu of argument. On June 30, 2020, the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware reversed and remanded the case to the Court of Chancery for further proceedings consistent with its decision. On July 27, 2020, Fort Myers and Alaska filed a motion for class certification, which is currently pending. On September 14, 2020, Mr. Haley answered the amended complaint.

On October 18, 2018, 3 additional purported former stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson, Naya Master Fund LP, Naya 174 Fund Limited and Naya Lincoln Park Master Fund Limited (collectively, ‘Naya’), filed a complaint against the Company, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis and John Haley, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, captioned Naya Master Fund LP, et al. v. John J. Haley, et al., Index No. 654968/2018. Based on similar allegations as the Eastern District of Virginia and Delaware actions described above, the complaint asserts claims for common law fraud and negligent misrepresentation. On December 18, 2018, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, and on March 21, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the motion. On April 23, 2019, the parties filed a Stipulation and Proposed Order Voluntarily Discontinuing Action providing for the dismissal of the action with prejudice, which the court entered on April 29, 2019.

On or about November 19, 2020, the parties to the Federal Action and the Delaware Action reached an agreement in principle to resolve the Federal Action and the Delaware Action for $75 million and $15 million, respectively. The Company disputesagreed to the allegations in these actionssettlement and intends to defend the lawsuits vigorously. Given the stagepayment of the proceedings,settlement amounts to eliminate the distraction, burden, expense and uncertainty of further litigation. Further, in reaching the settlement, the parties understood and agreed that there is no admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company is unable to provide an estimateor any of the reasonably possible lossother defendants in either the Federal Action or rangethe Delaware Action. The Company and the other defendants expressly deny any liability or wrongdoing with respect to the matters alleged in the Federal Action and the Delaware Action.

On January 15, 2021, the parties to the Federal Action and the Delaware Action signed formal stipulations of loss in respectsettlement, which memorialized the terms of the complaints.

agreement in principle, and which the plaintiffs in the Federal Action and the Delaware Action then filed with each of the respective courts. Also on January 15, 2021, the plaintiff in the Federal Action filed a motion to preliminarily approve the settlement. On January 21, 2021, the court in the Federal Action preliminarily approved the settlement, approved the form of notice to be disseminated to class members, and scheduled a final fairness hearing on the settlement for May 21, 2021. On January 25, 2021, the court in the Delaware Action approved the form of notice to be disseminated to class members and scheduled a final fairness hearing on the settlement for May 25, 2021. The settlement remains subject to notice to class members in the two actions. The settlement is contingent upon final approval by the courts in both the Federal Action and the Delaware Action. The Company will make the $90 million aggregate settlement payment in February 2021, but it will not be distributed to class members unless and until the settlement is finally approved by the courts in both the Federal Action and the Delaware Action and not subject to any further appeal.

During the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $50 million and $65 million respectively, of expense, net of $25 million of insurance and other recoveries. Additional insurance recoveries are possible.

Stanford Financial Group

The Company has beenwas named as a defendant in 15 similar lawsuits relating to the collapse of The Stanford Financial Group (‘Stanford’), for which Willis of Colorado, Inc. acted as broker of record on certain lines of insurance. The complaints in these actions generally allegealleged that the defendants actively and materially aided Stanford’s alleged fraud by providing Stanford with certain letters regarding coverage that they knew would be used to help retain or attract actual or prospective Stanford client investors. The complaints further allegealleged that these letters, which containcontained statements about Stanford and the insurance policies that the defendants placed for Stanford, contained untruths and omitted material facts and were drafted in this manner to help Stanford promote and sell its allegedly fraudulent certificates of deposit.

The 15 actions are as follows:
Troice, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1274-N, was filed on July 2, 2009 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and a Willis associate, among others. On April 1, 2011, plaintiffs filed the operative Third Amended Class Action Complaint individually and on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors, adding Willis Limited as a defendant and alleging claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeking damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages and costs. On May 2, 2011, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Third Amended Class Action Complaint, arguing, inter alia, that the plaintiffs’ claims are precluded by the Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998 (‘SLUSA’).
On May 10, 2011, the court presiding over the Stanford-related actions in the Northern District of Texas entered an order providing that it would consider the applicability of SLUSA to the Stanford-related actions based on the decision in a separate Stanford action not involving a Willis entity, Roland v. Green, Civil Action No. 3:10-CV-0224-N (‘Roland’). On August 31, 2011, the court issued its decision in Roland, dismissing that action with prejudice under SLUSA.
On October 27, 2011, the court in Troice entered an order (i) dismissing with prejudice those claims asserted in the Third Amended Class Action Complaint on a class basis on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed above and (ii) dismissing without prejudice those claims asserted in the Third Amended Class Action Complaint on an individual basis. Also on October 27, 2011, the court entered a final judgment in the action.
On October 28, 2011, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Subsequently, Troice, Roland and a third action captioned Troice, et al. v. Proskauer Rose LLP, Civil Action No. 3:09-CV-01600-N, which also was dismissed on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed above and on appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, were consolidated for purposes of briefing and oral argument. Following the completion of briefing and oral argument, on March 19, 2012, the Fifth Circuit reversed and remanded the actions. On April 2, 2012, the defendants-appellees filed petitions for rehearing en banc. On April 19, 2012, the petitions for rehearing en banc were denied. On July 18, 2012, defendants-appellees filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court regarding the Fifth Circuit’s reversal in Troice. On January 18, 2013, the Supreme Court granted our petition. Opening briefs were filed on May 3, 2013 and the Supreme Court heard oral argument on October 7, 2013. On February 26, 2014, the Supreme Court affirmed the Fifth Circuit’s decision.
On March 19, 2014, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a Motion to Defer Resolution of Motions to Dismiss, to Compel Rule 26(f) Conference and For Entry of Scheduling Order.
On March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and the Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al. action discussed below stipulated to the consolidation of the two actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court ‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a).
On September 16, 2014, the court (a) denied the plaintiffs’ request to defer resolution of the defendants’ motions to dismiss, but granted the plaintiffs’ request to enter a scheduling order; (b) requested the submission of supplemental briefing by all parties on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, which the parties submitted on September 30, 2014; and (c) entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification (following the completion of briefing and discovery) on April 20, 2015.


On December 15, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss. On January 30, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered the Third Amended Class Action Complaint.
On April 20, 2015, the plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification, the defendants filed their opposition to plaintiffs’ motion, and the plaintiffs filed their reply in further support of the motion. Pursuant to an agreed stipulation also filed with the court on April 20, 2015, the defendants on June 4, 2015 filed sur-replies in further opposition to the motion. The Court has not yet scheduled a hearing on the motion.
On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew the motion.
On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described in more detail below.
Ranni v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 9-22085, was filed on July 17, 2009 against Willis Group Holdings plc and Willis of Colorado, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The complaint was filed on behalf of a putative class of Venezuelan and other South American Stanford investors and alleges claims under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and Rule 10b-5 thereunder) and Florida statutory and common law and seeks damages in an amount to be determined at trial. On October 6, 2009, Ranni was transferred, for consolidation or coordination with other Stanford-related actions (including Troice), to the Northern District of Texas by the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the ‘JPML’). The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Ranni. On August 26, 2014, the plaintiff filed a notice of voluntary dismissal of the action without prejudice.
Canabal, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1474-D, was filed on August 6, 2009 against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate named as a defendant in Troice, among others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint was filed individually and on behalf of a putative class of Venezuelan Stanford investors, alleged claims under Texas statutory and common law and sought damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On December 18, 2009, the parties in Troice and Canabal stipulated to the consolidation of those actions (under the Troice civil action number), and, on December 31, 2009, the plaintiffs in Canabal filed a notice of dismissal, dismissing the action without prejudice.
Rupert, et al. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2009C115137, was filed on September 14, 2009 on behalf of 97 Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Bexar County). The complaint alleges claims under the Securities Act of 1933, Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, consequential and treble damages of more than $300 million, attorneys’ fees and costs. On October 20, 2009, certain defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed Rupert to the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On April 1, 2010, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of Rupert to the Northern District of Texas. On January 24, 2012, the court remanded Rupert to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further order of the court. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to lift the stay, which motion was denied by the court on September 16, 2014. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s denial of their motion to lift the stay to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal with the appeal in the Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al. action discussed below, and the consolidated appeal, was fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rupert.
Casanova, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:10-CV-1862-O, was filed on September 16, 2010 on behalf of seven Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $5 million, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On February 13, 2015, the parties filed an Agreed Motion for Partial Dismissal pursuant to which they agreed to the dismissal of certain claims pursuant to the motion to dismiss decisions in the Troice action discussed above and the Janvey action discussed below. Also on February 13, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered the complaint in the Casanova action. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. Plaintiffs have not opposed the motion.
Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2011CI2585, was filed on March 11, 2011 on behalf of two Stanford investors, individually and as representatives of certain trusts, against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado,


Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Bexar County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, consequential and treble damages of more than $37 million and attorneys’ fees and costs. On April 11, 2011, certain defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed Rishmague to the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On August 8, 2011, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of Rishmague to the Northern District of Texas, where it is currently pending. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs joined with the plaintiffs in the Rupert action in their motion to lift the court’s stay of the Rupert action. On September 9, 2014, the court remanded Rishmague to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further order of the court and denied the plaintiffs’ motion to lift the stay. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s denial of their motion to lift the stay to the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal with the appeal in the Rupert action, and the consolidated appeal was fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rishmague.
MacArthur v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2013-07840, was filed on February 8, 2013 on behalf of two Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks actual, special, consequential and treble damages of approximately $4 million and attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 29, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. (i) removed MacArthur to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas and (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action. On April 2, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. filed a motion in the Southern District of Texas to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. Also on April 2, 2013, the court presiding over MacArthur in the Southern District of Texas transferred the action to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On September 29, 2014, the parties stipulated to the remand (to Texas state court (Harris County)) and stay of MacArthur until further order of the court (in accordance with the court’s September 9, 2014 decision in Rishmague (discussed above)), which stipulation was ‘so ordered’ by the court on October 14, 2014. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in MacArthur.
Florida suits: On February 14, 2013, five lawsuits were filed against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited and Willis of Colorado, Inc. in Florida state court (Miami-Dade County) alleging violations of Florida common law. The five suits are: (1) Barbar, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05666CA27, filed on behalf of 35 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $30 million; (2) de Gadala-Maria, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05669CA30, filed on behalf of 64 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $83.5 million; (3) Ranni, et ano. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05673CA06, filed on behalf of two Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $3 million; (4) Tisminesky, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05676CA09, filed on behalf of 11 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $6.5 million; and (5) Zacarias, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05678CA11, filed on behalf of 10 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $12.5 million. On June 3, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. removed all five cases to the Southern District of Florida and, on June 4, 2013, notified the JPML of the pendency of these related actions. On June 10, 2013, the court in Tisminesky issued an order sua sponte staying and administratively closing that action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation and coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On June 11, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. moved to stay the other four actions pending the JPML’s transfer decision. On June 20, 2013, the JPML issued a conditional transfer order for the transfer of the five actions to the Northern District of Texas, the transmittal of which was stayed for seven days to allow for any opposition to be filed. On June 28, 2013, with no opposition having been filed, the JPML lifted the stay, enabling the transfer to go forward.
On September 30, 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to remand in Zacarias, and, on October 3, 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Tisminesky and de Gadala Maria. On December 3, 2014 and March 3, 2015, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, remanded both actions to Florida state court (Miami-Dade County) and stayed both actions until further order of the court. On January 2, 2015 and April 1, 2015, the plaintiffs in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, appealed the court’s December 3, 2014 and March 3, 2015 decisions to the Fifth Circuit. On April 22, 2015 and July 22, 2015, respectively, the Fifth Circuit


dismissed the Barbar and Ranni appeals sua sponte for lack of jurisdiction. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaints in Ranni or Barbar.
On April 1, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the complaints in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the complaints in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria for lack of personal jurisdiction. On July 15, 2015, the court dismissed the complaint in Zacarias in its entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On July 21, 2015, the court dismissed the complaints in Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria in their entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On August 6, 2015, the plaintiffs in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria filed amended complaints (in which, among other things, Willis Group Holdings plc was no longer named as a defendant). On September 11, 2015, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaints. The motions await disposition by the court.
Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:13-CV-03980-D, was filed on October 1, 2013 also in the Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate. The complaint was filed (i) by Ralph S. Janvey, in his capacity as Court-Appointed Receiver for the Stanford Receivership Estate, and the Official Stanford Investors Committee (the ‘OSIC’) against all defendants and (ii) on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors against Willis North America Inc. Plaintiffs Janvey and the OSIC allege claims under Texas common law and the court’s Amended Order Appointing Receiver, and the putative class plaintiffs allege claims under Texas statutory and common law. Plaintiffs seek actual damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages and costs. As alleged by the Stanford Receiver, the total amount of collective losses allegedly sustained by all investors in Stanford certificates of deposit is approximately $4.6 billion.
On November 15, 2013, plaintiffs in Janvey filed the operative First Amended Complaint, which added certain defendants unaffiliated with Willis. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the First Amended Complaint, which motions, other than with respect to Willis Group Holding plc’s motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction, were granted in part and denied in part by the court on December 5, 2014. On December 22, 2014, Willis filed a motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth Circuit, and, on December 23, 2014, Willis filed a motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the court’s December 5 order. On January 16, 2015, the defendants answered the First Amended Complaint. On January 28, 2015, the court denied Willis’s motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth Circuit. On February 4, 2015, the court granted Willis’s motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the December 5 order.
As discussed above, on March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and Janvey stipulated to the consolidation of the two actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court ‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a).
On January 26, 2015, the court entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification (following the completion of briefing and discovery) on July 20, 2015. By letter dated March 4, 2015, the parties requested that the court consolidate the scheduling orders entered in Troice and Janvey to provide for a class certification submission date of April 20, 2015 in both cases. On March 6, 2015, the court entered an order consolidating the scheduling orders in Troice and Janvey, providing for a class certification submission date of April 20, 2015 in both cases, and vacating the July 20, 2015 class certification submission date in the original Janvey scheduling order.
On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew its motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction.
On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described in more detail below.

Martin v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 201652115, was filed on August 5, 2016, on behalf of one Stanford investor against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate in Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages of less than $100,000, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On September 12, 2016, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which added five more Stanford investors as plaintiffs and seeks damages in excess of $1 million. The defendants have not yet responded to the amended complaint in Martin.



Abel, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:16-cv-2601, was filed on September 12, 2016, on behalf of more than 300 Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $135 million, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On November 10, 2016, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which, among other things, added several more Stanford investors as plaintiffs. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Abel.
The plaintiffs in Janvey and Troice and the otherthese actions above seeksought overlapping damages, representing either the entirety or a portion of the approximately $4.6 billion intotal alleged collective losses incurred by investors in Stanford certificates of deposit, notwithstanding the fact that Legacy Willis acted as broker of record for only a portion of time that Stanford issued certificates of deposit. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recognized a $70 million litigation provision for loss contingencies relating to the Stanford matters based on its ongoing review of a variety of factors as required by accounting standards.
On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle for $120 million relating to this litigation, and increased its provisions by $50 million during that quarter. Further details on this settlement in principle are given below.
The settlement is contingent on a number of conditions, including court approval of the settlement and a bar order prohibiting any continued or future litigation against Willis related to Stanford, which may not be given. Therefore, the ultimate resolution of these matters may differ from the amount provided for. The Company continues to dispute the allegations and, to the extent litigation proceeds, to defend the lawsuits vigorously.
Settlement

On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle, as reflected in a Settlement Term Sheet, relating to the Stanford litigation matter.litigation. The Company agreed to the Settlement Term Sheet to eliminate the distraction, burden, expense and uncertainty of further litigation. In particular, the settlement and the related bar orders described below if upheld through any appeals, would enable the Company (a newly-combined firm) to conduct itself with the bar orders’ protection from the continued overhang of matters alleged to have occurred approximatelyover a decade ago. Further, the


Settlement Term Sheet provided that the parties understood and agreed that there iswas no admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company. The Company expressly denies any liability or wrongdoing with respect to the matters alleged in the Stanford litigation.

On or about August 31, 2016, the parties to the settlement signed a formal Settlement Agreement memorializing the terms of the settlement as originally set forth in the Settlement Term Sheet. The parties to the Settlement Agreement are Ralph S. Janvey (in his capacity as the Court-appointed receiver (the ‘Receiver’) for The Stanford Financial Group and its affiliated entities in receivership (collectively, ‘Stanford’)), the Official Stanford Investors Committee, Samuel Troice, Martha Diaz, Paula Gilly-Flores, Punga Punga Financial, Ltd., Manuel Canabal, Daniel Gomez Ferreiro and Promotora Villa Marina, C.A. (collectively, ‘Plaintiffs’), on the one hand, and Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (formerly Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company), Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the Willis associate referenced above (collectively, ‘Defendants’), on the other hand. Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the parties agreed to settle and dismiss the Janvey and Troice actions (collectively, the ‘Actions’) and all current or future claims arising from or related to Stanford in exchange for a one-time cash payment to the Receiver by the Company of $120 million to be distributed to all Stanford investors who have claims recognized by the Receiver pursuant to the distribution plan in place at the time the payment iswas made.

The Settlement Agreement also providesprovided the parties’ agreement to seek the Court’s entry of bar orders prohibiting any continued or future litigation against the Defendants and their related parties of claims relating to Stanford, whether asserted to date or not. The terms of the bar orders therefore would prohibit all Stanford-related litigation, described above, and not just the Actions,filed actions, but including any pending matters and any actions that may be brought in the future. Final Court approval of these bar orders iswas a condition of the settlement.

On September 7, 2016, Plaintiffs filed with the Court a motion to approve the settlement. On October 19, 2016, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement. Several of the plaintiffs in the other actions above objected to the settlement, and a hearing to consider final approval of the settlement was held on January 20, 2017, after which the Court reserved decision. On August 23, 2017, the Court approved the settlement, including the bar orders. Several of the objectors have since appealed the settlement approval and bar orders to the Fifth Circuit. TheOral argument on the appeals are currently pending. The Company expectswas heard on December 3, 2018, and, on July 22, 2019, the briefingFifth Circuit affirmed the approval of the settlement, including the bar orders. On August 5, 2019, certain of the plaintiff-appellants filed a petition for rehearing by the Fifth Circuit en banc (the ‘Petition’). On August 19, 2019, the Fifth Circuit requested a response to the Petition. On August 29, 2019, the Receiver filed a response to the Petition. On December 19, 2019, the Fifth Circuit granted the Petition (treating it as a petition for panel rehearing), withdrew its July 22, 2019 opinion, and substituted a new opinion that also affirmed the approval of the settlement, including the bar orders. On January 2, 2020, certain of the plaintiff-appellants filed another petition for rehearing by the Fifth Circuit en banc (the ‘Second Petition’), in connectionwhich the other plaintiff-appellants joined. On January 21, 2020, the Fifth Circuit denied the Second Petition. On June 19, 2020, the plaintiff-appellants filed petitions for writ of certiorari with the appealsUnited States Supreme Court. On September 10, 2020, the Supreme Court requested responses to be completed by early April 2018. There is no date certainthe petitions for whenwrit of certiorari, which were filed on November 6, 2020. On December 14, 2020, the appeal will be decided. TheSupreme Court denied the petitions. On January 12, 2021, the Company will not makemade the $120 million settlement payment unless and until the appeals are decided in its favor and the settlement is not subject to any further appeal.



City of Houston
On August 1, 2014, the City of Houston (‘plaintiff’) filed suit against Legacy Towers Watson in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. On March 8, 2016, plaintiff filed its First Amended Complaint.
In the amended complaint, plaintiff alleges various deficiencies in pension actuarial work-product and advice stated to have been provided by Legacy Towers Watson’s predecessor firm, Towers Perrin, in its capacity as principal actuary to the Houston Firefighters’ Relief and Retirement Fund (the ‘Fund’). Towers Perrin is stated to have acted in this capacity between “the early 1980s until 2003.”
In particular, the amended complaint alleges “misrepresentations and miscalculations” in valuation reports allegedly issued by Towers Perrin from 2000 through 2002 upon which plaintiff claims to have relied. Plaintiff asserts that Towers Perrin assigned a new team of actuaries to the Fund in 2002 “to correct Towers’ own earlier mistakes” and that the new team “altered” certain calculations which “increased the actuarial accrued liability by $163 million.” Plaintiff claims that the reports indicated that the City’s minimum contribution percentages to the Fund would remain in place through at least 2019 and that existing benefits under the Fund could be increased, and new benefits could be added, without increasing plaintiff’s financial burden, and without increasing plaintiff’s rate of annual contributions to the Fund. The amended complaint alleges that plaintiff relied on these reports when supporting a new benefits package for the Fund. These reports, and other advice, are alleged, among other things, to have been negligent, to have misrepresented the present and future financial condition of the Fund and the contributions required to be made by plaintiff to support those benefits. Plaintiff asserts that, but for Towers Perrin’s alleged negligence and misrepresentations, plaintiff would not have supported the benefits increase, and that such increased benefits would not and could not have been approved or enacted. It is further asserted that Towers Perrin’s alleged “negligence and misrepresentations damaged the City to the tune of tens of millions of dollars in annual contributions.” The amended complaint seeks the award of punitive damages, actual damages, exemplary damages, special damages, attorney’s fees and expenses, costs of suit, pre- and post- judgment interest at the maximum legal rate, and other unspecified legal and equitable relief.
On October 10, 2014, Legacy Towers Watson filed a motion to dismiss plaintiff’s entire complaint on the basis that the complaint fails to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. On November 21, 2014, the City filed its response in opposition to Legacy Towers Watson’s motion to dismiss. On September 23, 2015, Legacy Towers Watson’s motion to dismiss was denied by the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The court entered a Scheduling Order setting trial for May 30, 2017. On June 20, 2016, the Court entered a Second Amended Scheduling Order setting trial for October 31, 2017. On March 27, 2017, the Court entered a Third Amended Scheduling Order setting trial for January 16, 2018.
On May 8, 2017, Legacy Towers Watson received the City’s expert’s damages report, which asserted the City has incurred actual damages of approximately $430 million through July 1, 2017, and will incur future damages that have a present value of approximately $400 million as of July 1, 2017 if the Fund pension benefits remain unchanged. On June 30, 2017, Legacy Towers Watson served its expert reports in rebuttal to the City’s expert reports.  Legacy Towers Watson’s experts concluded that Legacy Towers Watson’s work was reasonable and conformed with the actuarial standards of practice, and that Legacy Towers Watson did not cause any damages to the City.  Legacy Towers Watson’s experts also concluded that the City’s damages model is flawed.
On January 9, 2018, Legacy Towers Watson and the City participated in a mediation and reached a settlement in principle. Pursuant to the settlement in principle, in exchange for a dismissal of the claims of the City related to Legacy Towers Watson’s pension actuarial advice to the Fund, and any potential claims the City may have related to Legacy Towers Watson’s pension actuarial advice to the Houston Municipal Employees Pension System and the Houston Police Officers Pension System, Legacy Towers Watson would pay a total of $40 million. The Company accrued $11 million during the three months ended December 31, 2017 in respect of this settlement. This settlement in principle remains subject to completion of settlement documentation between the City and Legacy Towers Watson and to approval by the City of Houston City Council.
In the event the settlement documentation is not finalized by the City and Legacy Towers Watson or the settlement is not approved by the City of Houston City Council, the Company is currently unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. The Company disputes the allegations, and in the event the settlement is not finalized or approved, the Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously.
Meriter Health Services
On January 6, 2015, Meriter Health Services, Inc. (‘Meriter’), plan sponsor of the Meriter Health Services Employee Retirement Plan (the ‘Plan’) filed a complaint in Wisconsin state court against Towers Watson Delaware Inc. (‘TWDE’), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and against its former lawyers, individual actuaries, and insurers.


In the Third Amended Complaint, served on April 12, 2016, Meriter alleged that Towers, Perrin, Forster & Crosby, Inc. (‘TPFC’) and Davis, Conder, Enderle & Sloan, Inc. (‘DCES’), and other entities and individuals, including Meriter’s former lawyers, acted negligently concerning the benefits consulting advice provided to Meriter; these allegations concern matters including TPFC and the lawyers’ involvement in the Plan design and drafting of the Plan document in 1987 by TPFC, and DCES and the lawyers’ Plan review, Plan redesign, Plan amendment, and drafting of ERISA section 204(h) notices in the early 2000s. Additionally, Meriter asserted that TPFC, DCES, and the individual actuary defendants breached alleged fiduciary duties to advise Meriter regarding the competency of Meriter’s then ERISA counsel. Meriter has asserted causes of action for contribution, indemnity, and equitable subrogation related to amounts paid to settle a class action lawsuit related to the Plan that was filed by Plan participants against Meriter in 2010, alleging a number of ERISA violations and related claims. Meriter settled that lawsuit in 2015 for $82 million. In this litigation, Meriter sought damages in a revised amount of approximately $190 million which includes amounts it claims to have paid to settle and defend the class action litigation, and amounts it claims to have incurred as a result of improper plan design. Meriter sought to recover these alleged damages from TWDE and the other defendants.
On January 12, 2016, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion for partial summary judgment seeking dismissal of Meriter’s negligence and breach of fiduciary duty claims. On April 18, 2016, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion to dismiss the contribution, indemnification, and equitable subrogation claims. On May 4, 2016, the parties appeared for oral argument on the motion for partial summary judgment, which the court granted in part and denied in part. The court dismissed the fiduciary duty claims, but not the negligence claims. Meriter subsequently moved for reconsideration of the dismissal of its breach of fiduciary duty claims, which motion was denied as to TWDE on August 16, 2016. On June 22, 2016, the court granted in part TWDE’s motion to dismiss, and dismissed the contribution and equitable subrogation claims, but denied the motion as to Meriter’s indemnification claim without prejudice to the right of any defendant to raise the issue again by later motion. On February 28, 2017, TWDE and the other defendants filed a motion to amend the scheduling order. The motion was granted on March 9, 2017, and the trial was re-scheduled to begin on December 11, 2017.
On June 15, 2017, the Company and Meriter agreed to a settlement to resolve all claims in this case against the actuary defendants. payment.The terms of the settlementbar orders that are confidential. The settlement amount is not materially in excess of previously accrued amounts. As a resultpart of the settlement the Court, on July 27, 2017, dismissed all of Meriter’sprohibit any claims inor litigation related to this case, in their entirety, with prejudice.
Elma Sanchez, et. al
On August 6, 2013, three individual plaintiffs filed a putative class action suitmatter from being maintained or brought against the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (‘CalPERS’) in Los Angeles County Superior Court. On January 10, 2014, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which added as defendants several members of CalPERS’ Board of Administration and three Legacy Towers Watson entities, Towers Watson & Co., Towers Perrin, and Tillinghast-Towers Perrin (‘Towers Perrin’).
Plaintiffs’ claims all relate to a self-funded, non-profit Long Term Care Program that CalPERS established in 1995 (the ‘LTC Program’). Plaintiffs’ claims seek unspecified damages allegedly resulting from CalPERS’ 2012 decision to implement in 2015 and 2016 an 85 percent increase in the premium rates of certain of the long term care policies it issued between 1995 and 2004 (the ‘85% Increase’).
The amended complaint alleges claims against CalPERS for breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty. It also includes a single cause of action against Towers Perrin for professional negligence relating to actuarial services Towers Perrin provided to CalPERS relating to the LTC Program between 1995 and 2004.
Plaintiffs principally allege that CalPERS mismanaged the LTC Program and its investment assets in multiple respects and breached its contractual and fiduciary duties to plaintiffs and other class members by impermissibly imposing the 85% Increase to make up for investment losses. Plaintiffs also allege that Towers Perrin recommended inadequate initial premium rates at the outset of the LTC Program and used unspecified inappropriate assumptions in its annual valuations for CalPERS. Plaintiffs claim that Towers Perrin’s allegedly negligent acts and omissions, prior to the end of its retainer in 2004, contributed to the need for the 85% Increase.
In May 2014, the court denied the motions to dismiss filed by CalPERS and Towers Perrin addressed to the sufficiency of the complaint. On January 28, 2016, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. The certified class as currently defined includes those long term care policy holders whose policies were “subject to” the 85% Increase. The court thereafter set an October 2, 2017 trial date.
In May 2016, the case was reassigned to a different judge. The court agreed that Towers Perrin may file a motion for summary judgment which was initially scheduled to be heard on February 3, 2017. The motion was then fully briefed, and the hearing date was thereafter moved to March 8, 2017.


On March 1, 2017, Towers Perrin and Plaintiffs participated in a mediation and reached a settlement in principle. Pursuant to the settlement in principle, in exchange for a dismissal of the claims of all class members and a release of Towers Perrin by all class members, Towers Perrin would pay a total of $9.75 million into an interest-bearing settlement fund, to be used to reimburse class counsel's costs, and for later distribution to class members as approved by the Court. This proposed settlement amount was accrued during the three months ended March 31, 2017. A formal settlement agreement was submitted to the Court for its preliminary approval on May 18, 2017. On October 25, 2017, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement and granted the Company’s unopposed motion for a good faith settlement determination. At the hearing on final approval held on January 26, 2018, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. Class members who properly objected to the settlement have standing to appeal within sixty days of the date notice of entry of judgment is made.
Based on the stage of the proceedings, in the event the final approval of the settlement were to be reversed on appeal, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in respect of the plaintiffs’ complaint.
European Commission and FCA RegulatoryCompany.

Aviation Broking Competition Investigations

In April 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) informed Willis Limited, our U.K. broking subsidiary, that it had opened a formal investigation into possible agreements/concerted practices in the aviation broking sector.

In October 2017, the European Commission (‘Commission’) disclosed to us that it has initiated civil investigation proceedings in respect of a suspected infringement of E.U. competition rules involving several broking firms, including our principal U.K. broking subsidiary and one of its parent entities. In particular, the Commission has stated that the civil proceedings concern the exchange of commercially sensitive information between competitors in relation to aviation and aerospace insurance and reinsurance broking products and services in the European Economic Area, as well as possible coordination between competitors. The initiation of proceedings does not mean there has been a finding of infringement, merely thatIn November 2020, the Commission willadvised us that it has decided to close the proceedings against us without taking further action.

Since 2017, we have become aware that other countries are conducting their own investigations of the same or similar alleged conduct, including, without limitation, Brazil. In January 2019, the Brazil Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Economica (‘CADE’) launched an administrative proceeding to investigate alleged sharing of competitive and commercially sensitive information in the case.

Now that the Commission has initiated proceedings, the FCA has closed its competition act investigation. However, it retains its jurisdiction over broking regulatory matters arising from the conduct being investigated.
insurance and reinsurance brokerage industry for aviation and aerospace and related ancillary services. The CADE identified 11 entities under investigation, including Willis Group Limited, one of our U.K. subsidiaries.

Given the status of the investigation,above-noted investigations, the Company is currently unable to assess the terms on which this investigation,they will be resolved, or how any other regulatory matter or civil claims emanating from the conduct being investigated will be resolved, and thus is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.


U.K. Investment Consulting Investigation
In September 2017, the FCA announced that it would make a market investigation referral with respect to the investment consulting industry to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority (the ‘CMA’). The CMA then commenced a market investigation, and the Company is currently cooperating with the investigation.
The CMA investigation of the investment consulting market is expected to take at least 18 months to conclude. Provisional findings should be issued in the third quarter of 2018. Given the early stage of the investigation, the Company is currently unable to assess whether the CMA will find any adverse effects on competition, and, if the CMA does find any adverse effects on competition, what remedies it may impose on the industry. Given this, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.
London Wholesale Insurance Broker Market Study
In November 2017, the FCA published its Terms of Reference for its Market Study into insurance broking activities in the London Wholesale Market including market power, conflicts of interest and broker conduct. This is an industry-wide inquiry and not particular to the Company. The FCA is using its powers under the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and will collate information and aims to issue an interim report in or about the fourth quarter of 2018. The Study is expected to take 2 years to conclude. Extensive data requests have been received by two of the Company’s subsidiaries with phased response times from March to April 2018. It is possible that outcomes of the Study could include new rules, changes to market practices, referral to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority for a market investigation, and/or individual firm investigations on specific issues. Given the early stage of the Study, the Company is currently unable to assess whether the FCA will find that competition in the sector is working in the interests of clients or not, and, if the FCA does find that competition in the sector is not working in the interests of clients, what remedies it may impose on the industry or on any industry participants. Given this, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss.

Note 14 15Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

Additional details of specific balance sheet accounts are detailed below.



Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:
 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Billed, net of allowance for doubtful debts of $45 million and $40 million$1,933
 $1,789
Accrued and unbilled, at estimated net realizable value313
 291
Accounts receivable, net$2,246
 $2,080
Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable values. The provisions, shown below as of the end of each period, are recorded as the amounts considered by management to be sufficient to meet probable future losses related to uncollectible accounts.
 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
 December 31,
2015
Balance at beginning of year$40
 $22
 $12
Additions charged to costs and expenses17
 36
 5
Charges to other accounts - acquisitions
 8
 11
Deductions/other movements(9) (27) (7)
Foreign exchange(3) 1
 1
Balance at end of year$45
 $40
 $22

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Prepayments and accrued income

 

$

124

 

 

$

145

 

Deferred contract costs

 

 

108

 

 

 

101

 

Derivatives and investments

 

 

42

 

 

 

49

 

Deferred compensation plan assets

 

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

Retention incentives

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

Corporate income and other taxes

 

 

83

 

 

 

56

 

Insurance and other recovery receivables

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

Acquired renewal commissions receivable

 

 

16

 

 

 

25

 

Other current assets

 

 

75

 

 

 

112

 

Total prepaid and other current assets

 

$

497

 

 

$

525

 

 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Prepayments and accrued income$132
 $131
Derivatives and investments29
 32
Deferred compensation plan assets21
 15
Retention incentives7
 7
Corporate income and other taxes170
 97
Other current assets71
 55
Total prepaid and other current assets$430
 $337

Other non-current assets consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Prepayments and accrued income

 

$

13

 

 

$

12

 

Deferred contract costs

 

 

98

 

 

 

76

 

Deferred compensation plan assets

 

 

117

 

 

 

150

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

95

 

 

 

72

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

34

 

 

 

30

 

Acquired renewal commissions receivable

 

 

84

 

 

 

125

 

Long-term note receivable

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

 

24

 

 

 

23

 

Insurance recovery receivables

 

 

117

 

 

 

119

 

Non-current contract assets

 

 

329

 

 

 

105

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

114

 

 

 

123

 

Total other non-current assets

 

$

1,096

 

 

$

835

 

Deferred revenue and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred income

 

$

862

 

 

$

856

 

Accrued discretionary and incentive compensation

 

 

851

 

 

 

727

 

Litigation settlement

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

Accrued vacation

 

 

161

 

 

 

137

 

Other employee-related liabilities

 

 

77

 

 

 

64

 

Total deferred revenue and accrued expenses

 

$

2,161

 

 

$

1,784

 


 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Prepayments and accrued income$18
 $15
Deferred compensation plan assets135
 111
Deferred tax assets46
 50
Accounts receivable, net33
 27
Other investments26
 30
Other non-current assets189
 120
Total other non-current assets$447
 $353

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Dividends payable

 

$

103

 

 

$

100

 

Income and other taxes payable

 

 

102

 

 

 

138

 

Interest payable

 

 

68

 

 

 

65

 

Deferred compensation plan liabilities

 

 

57

 

 

 

14

 

Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions

 

 

39

 

 

 

12

 

Payroll-related liabilities

 

 

268

 

 

 

216

 

Derivatives

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

Third-party commissions

 

 

173

 

 

 

179

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

73

 

 

 

75

 

Total other current liabilities

 

$

888

 

 

$

802

 

 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Accounts payable$136
 $117
Income and other taxes payable90
 91
Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisition55
 53
Payroll-related liabilities209
 200
Derivatives32
 80
Third party commissions172
 184
Other current liabilities110
 151
Total other current liabilities$804
 $876


Provision for liabilities consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Claims, lawsuits and other proceedings

 

$

325

 

 

$

456

 

Other provisions

 

 

82

 

 

 

81

 

Total provision for liabilities

 

$

407

 

 

$

537

 

 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Claims, lawsuits and other proceedings$474
 $508
Other provisions84
 67
Total provision for liabilities$558
 $575

Other non-current liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

Deferred compensation plan liability

 

$

117

 

 

$

150

 

Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions

 

 

16

 

 

 

26

 

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions

 

 

49

 

 

 

48

 

Derivatives

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Finance leases

 

 

19

 

 

 

22

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

109

 

 

 

89

 

Total other non-current liabilities

 

$

312

 

 

$

335

 

 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Incentives from lessors$138
 $133
Deferred compensation plan liability135
 111
Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions41
 89
Derivatives5
 51
Other non-current liabilities225
 148
Total other non-current liabilities$544
 $532

Note 1516 — Other Expense/(Income),Income, Net

Other expense/(income),income, net consists of the following:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Gain/(loss) on disposal of operations

 

$

81

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(9

)

Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit credits

 

 

304

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

280

 

Interest in earnings of associates and other investments

 

 

6

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

3

 

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

 

 

6

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(24

)

Other

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

$

399

 

 

$

227

 

 

$

250

 

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Gain on disposal of operations$(13) $(2) $(25)
Gain on re-measurement of equity interests (i)

 
 (59)
Impact of Venezuelan currency devaluation (ii)
2
 
 30
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)72
 29
 (1)
Other expense/(income), net$61
 $27
 $(55)

____________________
(i)
Prior to the acquisition date, the Company accounted for its 30% interest in Gras Savoye as an equity-method investment. The acquisition-date fair value of the previously held equity interest was $158 million and is included in the measurement of the consideration transferred. The Company recognized a gain of $59 million as a result of remeasuring its prior equity interest in Gras Savoye held before the business combination.
(ii)On December 31, 2015 the Company began using the SIMADI rate for the Venezuelan bolivar (approximately Venezuelan bolivars 198.7 = U.S. dollar 1) instead of the SICAD I auction rate (approximately Venezuelan bolivars 13.5 = U.S. dollar 1) to translate on Venezuelan retail operations. In March 2016, the DICOM mechanism replaced the SIMADI mechanism. At December 31, 2017, the DICOM rate was approximately Venezuelan bolivars 3,345 = U.S. dollar 1. The Company does not expect the additional devaluation which occurred in January 2018 to be material.

Note 1617 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of other comprehensive income/(loss)/income are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Before

tax

amount

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net of

tax

amount

 

 

Before

tax

amount

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net of

tax

amount

 

 

Before

tax

amount

 

 

Tax

 

 

Net of

tax

amount

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

$

139

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

139

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

(251

)

 

$

0

 

 

$

(251

)

Defined pension and post-retirement benefits

 

 

(342

)

 

 

76

 

 

 

(266

)

 

 

(412

)

 

 

83

 

 

 

(329

)

 

 

(258

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

(199

)

Derivative instruments

 

 

(5

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

23

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

21

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

2

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(208

)

 

 

77

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(311

)

 

 

81

 

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(504

)

 

 

56

 

 

 

(448

)

Less: Other comprehensive income

    attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

Other comprehensive loss attributable

    to Willis Towers Watson

 

$

(209

)

 

$

77

 

 

$

(132

)

 

$

(311

)

 

$

81

 

 

$

(230

)

 

$

(504

)

 

$

56

 

 

$

(448

)

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Before tax amount Tax Net of tax amount Before tax amount Tax Net of tax amount Before tax amount Tax Net of tax amount
Other comprehensive income/(loss):                 
Foreign currency translation$295
 $
 $295
 $(353) $
 $(353) $(133) $
 $(133)
Defined pension and post-retirement benefits3
 11
 14
 (553) 114
 (439) 233
 (53) 180
Derivative instruments90
 (15) 75
 (87) 12
 (75) (35) 7
 (28)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)388
 (4) 384
 (993) 126
 (867) 65
 (46) 19
Less: Other comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to non-controlling interests(13) 
 (13) 20
 
 20
 10
 
 10
Other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson$375
 $(4) $371
 $(973) $126
 $(847) $75
 $(46) $29


Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, are included in the following table. This table excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, which are not material for further disclosure.

 

 

Foreign currency

translation (i)

 

 

Derivative

instruments (i)

 

 

Defined pension

and post-

retirement

benefit costs (ii)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2018

 

$

(365

)

 

$

(10

)

 

$

(1,138

)

 

$

(1,513

)

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

 

(251

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(241

)

 

 

(514

)

Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive

   loss (net of income tax benefit of $17)

 

 

0

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

66

 

Net other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

(251

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(199

)

 

 

(448

)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

(616

)

 

$

(8

)

 

$

(1,337

)

 

$

(1,961

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications

 

 

78

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(343

)

 

 

(253

)

Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive

   loss (net of income tax benefit of $9)

 

 

0

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

23

 

Net other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

78

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

(329

)

 

 

(230

)

Reclassification of tax effects per ASU 2018-02 (iii)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(36

)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

$

(538

)

 

$

13

 

 

$

(1,702

)

 

$

(2,227

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications

 

 

138

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(298

)

 

 

(172

)

Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive

   loss (net of income tax benefit of $11)

 

 

0

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

40

 

Net other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

138

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(266

)

 

 

(132

)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

$

(400

)

 

$

9

 

 

$

(1,968

)

 

$

(2,359

)

 
Foreign currency translation (i)
 
Cash flow hedges (i)
 
Defined pension and post-retirement benefit costs (ii)
 Total
Balance, January 1, 2015$(191) $18
 $(893) $(1,066)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications(123) (31) 158
 4
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax expense of $8)
 3
 22
 25
  Net other comprehensive (loss)/income(123) (28) 180
 29
Balance, December 31, 2015$(314) $(10) $(713) $(1,037)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(336) (110) (483) (929)
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax benefit of $5)

 38
 44
 82
  Net other comprehensive loss
(336) (72) (439) (847)
Balance, December 31, 2016$(650) $(82) $(1,152) $(1,884)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications285
 28
 (26) 287
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax benefit of $18)

 44
 40
 84
  Net other comprehensive income
285
 72
 14
 371
Balance, December 31, 2017$(365) $(10) $(1,138) $(1,513)
____________________

(i)

(i)

Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive incomeloss related to derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are included in Revenue and Salaries and benefits, and are included in Other expense/(income),income, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. See Note 9Derivative Financial Instruments for additional details regarding the reclassification adjustments for the hedgederivative settlements.

(ii)

(ii)

Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive loss are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 12Retirement Benefits) which isBenefits). These components are included in Salaries and benefitsOther income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

income.

(iii)

On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASU 2018-02, we reclassified to Retained earnings $36 million of defined pension and postretirement costs, representing the ‘stranded’ tax effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate resulting from U.S. Tax Reform.

Note 17 18Share-based Compensation

Plan Summaries

On December 31, 2017,2020, the Company had a number of open share-based compensation plans, which provide for the grantgranting of time-based and performance-based options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, and various other share-based grants to employees. All of the Company’s share-based compensation plans under which any options, restricted stock units (‘RSUs’) or other share-based grants are outstanding as of December 31, 20172020 are described below. The compensation cost that has been recognized for


these plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 was $67$90 million $123, $74 million and $64$50 million, respectively. The total income tax benefitbenefits recognized in the consolidated statementstatements of comprehensive income for share-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2020, 2019, and 2015 was $222018 were $15 million $35, $11 million and $15$10 million, respectively.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

This plan, which was established on April 25, 2012 and amended and restated on June 10, 2016, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, time-based or performance-based non-statutory stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, time-based or performance-based RSUs, performance-based awards and other share-based grants or any combination thereof (collectively referred to as ‘Awards’) to employees, officers, non-employee directors and consultants (‘Eligible Individuals’) of the Company.Company (‘2012 Plan’). The board of directors also adopted a sub-plan under the 2012 planPlan to provide an employee sharesave scheme in the United Kingdom.

U.K.

There were approximately 75 million shares remaining available for grant under this plan as of December 31, 2017.2020. Options are exercisable on a variety of dates, including from the second, third, fourth or fifth anniversary of grant. Unlessthe grant date. The 2012 Plan shall continue in effect until terminated sooner by the board of directors, except that no incentive stock option may be granted under the 2012 Plan will expire 10 years after the date ofApril 21, 2026 or after its adoption. expiration. That termination will not affect the validity of any grants outstanding at that date.

Towers Watson Share Plans

In January 2016, in connection with the Merger, we assumed the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘2009 LTIP’) and converted the outstanding unvested restricted stock units and options into Willis Towers Watson RSUs and options using a conversion ratio stated in the Merger Agreement. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding RSUs and options related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line methodology from the date of grant to the



acquisition date to be $37 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the remaining portion of RSUs and options related to the post-acquisition employee services was $45 million and is beingwas recorded over the futuresubsequent vesting periods.periods through 2018. For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,2018, we recorded $11 million and $31$3 million of non-cash stock basedstock-based compensation respectively.
expense.

The acquired awards include performance-vested RSUs. Under the RSU agreement, participants becomehave vested in a number of RSUs based onfull, and the achievement of specified levels of financial performance during the performance period set forth in the Merger Agreement, provided that the participant remains in continuous service with us through the end of the performance period. Dividend equivalents will accrue on these RSUs and vest to the same extent as the underlying shares. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors may provide for continuation of vesting of RSUs upon an employee’s termination under certain circumstances such as qualified retirement. The definition of qualified retirement is age 55 with 15 years of service with the Company and a minimum of one year service in the performance period. Due to the terms of the RSU agreement, the achievement of the level of financial performance is determined at the higher of 100% or the level attained at the time of the Merger.

The Company does not intend to grant future awards under the 2009 LTIP plan.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
The Company adopted the Willis Group Holdings 2010 North America Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which expires on May 31, 2020. These plans provide certain eligible employees in the United States and Canada with the ability to contribute payroll deductions to the purchase of Willis Towers Watson ordinary shares at the end of each offering period.
Share-based Compensation Valuation Assumptions

Options

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The Company uses the simplified method set out in ASC 718 – Compensation Stock Compensation to derive the expected term of

There were 0 options granted as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-average of each assumption for each grant during the year.

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Expected volatility19.8% 21.0% 17.4%
Expected dividends1.4% 1.5% 2.7%
Expected life (years)4.2
 2.7
 4.0
Risk-free interest rate1.6% 0.7% 1.5%


Share-based Compensation years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Award Activity

Options

Classification of options as time-based or performance-based is dependent on the original terms of the award. Performance conditions on the majority of options have been met. A summary of option activity under the plans at December 31, 2017,2020, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

 

Options

(thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price (i)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Time-based stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

260

 

 

$

105.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

163

 

 

$

101.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

12

 

 

$

95.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

85

 

 

$

114.92

 

 

1.5 years

 

$

8

 

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2020

 

 

85

 

 

$

114.92

 

 

1.5 years

 

$

8

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2020

 

 

57

 

 

$

107.72

 

 

1.4 years

 

$

6

 

Performance-based stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

287

 

 

$

110.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

3

 

 

$

110.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

284

 

 

$

110.58

 

 

1.7 years

 

$

28

 

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2020

 

 

284

 

 

$

110.58

 

 

1.7 years

 

$

28

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2020

 

 

284

 

 

$

110.58

 

 

1.7 years

 

$

28

 

 Options Weighted-
Average
Exercise
 Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
 Aggregate
Intrinsic
 (thousands) 
Price(i)
 Term Value
Time-based stock options       
Balance as of December 31, 20161,201
 $102.38
    
Granted38
 $143.60
    
Exercised(448) $100.61
    
Forfeited(37) $103.22
    
Balance as of December 31, 2017754
 $105.47
 4 years $34
Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017751
 $105.17
 4 years $34
Options exercisable at December 31, 2017581
 $101.43
 4 years $29
Performance-based stock options       
Balance as of December 31, 2016883
 $101.95
    
Exercised(182) $87.49
    
Forfeited(21) $82.90
    
Balance as of December 31, 2017680
 $106.42
 4 years $30
Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2017680
 $106.42
 4 years $30
Options exercisable at December 31, 2017190
 $95.36
 1 year $11
____________________

(i)

(i)

Certain options are exercisable in Pounds sterling and are converted to dollars using the exchange rate at December 31, 2017.

2020.

The weighted-average grant-date fair values of time-based options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $27.69, $16.88 and $14.77, respectively.

The total intrinsic values of time-based options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 20152018 were $19$17 million, $25$16 million and $17$12 million, respectively. At December 31, 20172020, there was $2less than $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under the time-based stock option plans; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.41.4 years.

There were no

The total intrinsic values of performance-based options granted during the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015. However, 520,295 performance-based options were acquiredexercised during the year ended December 31, 2016, at which time the performance conditions were met. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during2020 was less than $1 million, and was $16 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162019 and 2015 was $10 million, $9 million and $25 million,2018, respectively. At December 31, 20172020, there remains an immaterial amount of totalis 0 unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements underthe performance-based stock option plans; that cost is expected to beplans.

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $16 million, $45 million and $45 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit recognized over a weighted-average periodfor the tax deductions from option exercises of 6 months.



the share-based payment arrangements totaled $5 million, $6 million and $4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Equity-settled RSUs

Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of each time-based RSU is based on the grant date fair value, or the fair value on the acquisition date in the case of acquired awards. The fair value of each performance-based RSU is estimated on the grant date using a Monte-Carlo simulation that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The awards also contain a market-based performance target. For the awards granted in 2020, 2019 and 2018, the performance measure is entirely based on this market target. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-averageweighted average of each assumption for each grant during the year. There were no performance-based RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Expected volatility

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

25.6

%

 

 

17.9

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

Expected life (years)

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

2.5

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

2.6

%

 Years ended December 31,
 2017 2016
Expected volatility20.2% 20.3%
Expected dividend yield% %
Expected life (years)2.4
 2.6
Risk-free interest rate1.4% 0.8%

Award Activity

A summary of time-based and performance-based RSU activity under the plans at December 31, 2017,2020, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

 

 

Shares

(thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested shares (time-based RSUs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

11

 

 

$

172.25

 

Granted

 

 

13

 

 

$

193.25

 

Vested

 

 

13

 

 

$

178.54

 

Forfeited

 

 

0

 

 

$

160.48

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

11

 

 

$

190.09

 

Nonvested shares (performance-based RSUs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

507

 

 

$

150.22

 

Granted

 

 

356

 

 

$

230.24

 

Vested

 

 

416

 

 

$

117.01

 

Forfeited

 

 

8

 

 

$

216.64

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

439

 

 

$

245.49

 

 Shares Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
 (thousands) Fair Value
Nonvested shares (time-based RSUs)   
Balance, beginning of year437
 $118.98
Granted17
 $153.40
Vested(179) $119.50
Forfeited(132) $119.09
Balance, end of year143
 $122.27
Nonvested shares (performance-based RSUs)   
Balance, beginning of year1,200
 $121.78
Granted140
 $148.18
Vested(319) $119.63
Forfeited(140) $121.30
Balance, end of year881
 $90.61
The total number of time-based

Time-based RSUs thattotaling 12,586, 21,025 and 164,728 vested during the yearyears ended December 31, 2017 was 178,574 shares at an2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, with average share priceprices of $150.81. The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2016 was 459,838 shares at an average share price of $120.42.The total number of RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2015 was 408,032 shares at an average share price of $117.72.$195.69, $189.42 and $156.14, respectively. At December 31, 20172020 there was $11$1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements under the time-based RSU plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.80.6 years.


The total number of performance-based

Performance-based RSUs thattotaling 416,349, 178,346 and 249,901 vested during the yearyears ended December 31, 2017 was 318,714 shares at an2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, with average share priceprices of $140.32. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2016 was 258,536 shares at an average share price of $119.75. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2015 was 63,180 shares at an average share price of $117.88.$185.30, $175.01 and $154.99, respectively. At December 31, 20172020 there was $28$42 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvestedthe performance-based share-based compensation arrangements under theRSU plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.52.3 years.

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $61 million, $63 million and $124 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions from option exercises of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $7 million, $6 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions from RSUs that vested totaled $19$7 million, $25$7 million and $13$12 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162020, 2019 and 2015,2018, respectively.



Phantom RSUs

The Company granted 204,269 and 268,956 units of phantom stock with a market-performance feature during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and did 0t grant phantom stock during 2020. These are cash-settled awards with final payout based on the performance of the Company’s stock. The grant date fair value of the awards was $105.97 and $83.57 per share for the 2019 and 2018 awards, respectively. The fair value of each phantom RSU is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The Company’s stock price as of the last day of the period is one of the inputs used in the simulation. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The expected term of each plan is three years, based on the vesting terms of the awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Since the awards are cash-settled, they are considered a liability. Expense is recognized over the service period. The liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period, and changes in fair value are recognized as compensation cost. For both plans, as of December 31, 2020, the liability recognized is $61 million and the estimated unrecognized compensation cost is $17 million.

Note 1819 — Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson by the average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to issue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that then shared in the net income of the Company.

At December 31, 20172020, 2019 and 2016,2018, there were 0.80.1 million, 0.3 million and 1.20.4 million time-based share options; 0.70.3 million, 0.3 million and 0.90.5 million performance-based options; 0.1 million and 0.4 million, restricted time-based stock units; and 0.90.5 million and 1.20.8 million restricted performance-based stock unitsRSUs outstanding, respectively.

The Company’s time-based RSUs were immaterial at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson

 

$

996

 

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average number of shares outstanding

 

 

130

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

131

 

Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

1

 

Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding

 

 

130

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

7.68

 

 

$

8.05

 

 

$

5.29

 

Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.03

)

 

 

(0.02

)

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

7.65

 

 

$

8.02

 

 

$

5.27

 

  Years ended December 31,
  2017 2016 
2015(i)
Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson $568
 $420
 $373
       
Basic weighted-average number of shares outstanding 135
 137
 68
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares 1
 1
 1
Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding 136
 138
 69
       
Basic earnings per share $4.21
 $3.07
 $5.49
Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares (0.03) (0.03) (0.08)
Diluted earnings per share $4.18
 $3.04
 $5.41
____________________
(i)
Shares outstanding, potentially issuable shares, basic and diluted earnings per share, and the dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares, for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split effected on January 4, 2016. See Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details.

There were no0 anti-dilutive options for the year ended December 31, 2017. Options to purchase 0.5 million and 0.6 million shares for the years ended December 31, 20162020, 2019 and 2015,2018. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2018, 0.1 million and 0.2 million RSUs, respectively, were not included in the computation of the dilutive effect of stock options because their effect was anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 0.5 million RSUs were not included in the computation of the dilutive effect of potentially issuedissuable shares because their effect was anti-dilutive. The number of optionsAnti-dilutive RSUs were immaterial for 2015 has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. See year ended December 31, 2019.


Note 3Merger, Acquisitions and Divestitures for further details.

Note 1920 — Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Supplemental disclosures regarding cash flow information and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for income taxes, net

 

$

310

 

 

$

299

 

 

$

178

 

Cash payments for interest

 

$

229

 

 

$

210

 

 

$

176

 

Cash acquired

 

$

10

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

13

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions

 

$

9

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

36

 

 Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:     
Cash payments for income taxes, net$203
 $158
 $91
Cash payments for interest$169
 $143
 $126
Cash acquired$
 $476
 $148
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:     
 Issuance of shares and assumed awards in connection with the Merger$
 $8,723
 $
Fair value of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions$
 $
 $204



Note 20 — Quarterly

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the chief executive officer (‘CEO’) and chief financial officer (‘CFO’), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020 in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarterly financial data for 2017Reporting

As part of ongoing activities focused on improving efficiencies and 2016 were as follows:

 Three Months Ended
 March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2017       
Total revenues$2,319
 $1,953
 $1,852
 $2,078
Total costs of providing services$1,856
 $1,829
 $1,811
 $1,968
Income/(loss) from operations$463
 $124
 $41
 $110
Net income/(loss)$352
 $41
 $(54) $253
Net income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson$344
 $33
 $(54) $245
Earnings/(loss) per share       
— Basic$2.51
 $0.24
 $(0.40) $1.85
— Diluted$2.50
 $0.24
 $(0.40) $1.84
2016       
Total revenues$2,234
 $1,949
 $1,777
 $1,927
Total costs of providing services$1,908
 $1,813
 $1,776
 $1,839
Income from operations$326
 $136
 $1
 $88
Net income/(loss)$245
 $76
 $(31) $148
Net income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson$238
 $72
 $(32) $142
Earnings/(loss) per share       
— Basic$1.76
 $0.52
 $(0.23) $1.04
— Diluted$1.75
 $0.51
 $(0.23) $1.03
Duringoptimizing our resources, the fourth quarter of 2016, management corrected an error by recording a $103 million benefit from income taxes related toCompany completed the releaseoutsourcing of a portion of our U.S. deferred tax valuation allowance. A portioninformation technology resources to a third party. These arrangements were made in order to gain efficiencies of scale, reduce costs and improve overall operational effectiveness. They were not considered to be material to our internal controls framework and were not made in response to any identified deficiency or weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Although most of our employees who are involved in our financial reporting processes and controls are working remotely due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have not experienced any specific impact to our internal controls over financial reporting. We are regularly monitoring and assessing the COVID-19 situation on our internal controls to minimize the impact on their design and operating effectiveness.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and overseen by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(1)

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

(2)

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

(3)

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the correction should have been recorded in eachfinancial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Management has used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the three fiscal year 2016 Quarterly ReportsTreadway Commission (‘COSO’) in the report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on Form 10-Q. Management determinedthis evaluation, management has concluded that the error was immaterial toCompany maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.


The effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the previously filed 2016 quarterly financial statementsShareholders and had no impact on prior year financial statements.



Note 21 — Financial Information for Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
Willis North America Inc. (‘Willis North America’) has $837 million senior notes outstandingBoard of which $187 million were issued on September 29, 2009, and $650 million were issued on May 16, 2017. Additionally, Willis North America had $394 millionDirectors of senior notes issued on March 28, 2007; these were subsequently repaid on March 28, 2017.
All direct obligations under the senior notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings UnlimitedPublic Limited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, collectively

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the ‘Other Guarantors’, and with Willis Towers Watson, the ‘Guarantor Companies’.

On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columns of theinternal control over financial statements presented herein, there is no significant impact on the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has previously been disclosed.
The guarantor structure described above differs from the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis Towers Watson described in Note 22 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes and revolving credit facility issued by Trinity Acquisition plc described in Note 23.
Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:
(i)Willis Towers Watson, which is a guarantor, on a parent company only basis;
(ii)the Other Guarantors, which are all 100 percent directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of the parent and are all direct or indirect parents of the issuer;
(iii)the Issuer, Willis North America;
(iv)Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;
(v)Consolidating adjustments; and
(vi)the Consolidated Company.
The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheetsreporting of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Other GuarantorsCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘PCAOB’), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, of the Company and our report dated February 23, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the Issuer.

applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, PA

February 23, 2021


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


Condensed Consolidating Statement

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information with respect to the executive officers of Comprehensive Income

 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $
 $19
 $8,097
 $
 $8,116
Interest and other income
 
 
 86
 
 86
Total revenues
 
 19
 8,183
 
 8,202
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits4
 
 48
 4,693
 
 4,745
Other operating expenses3
 92
 20
 1,419
 
 1,534
Depreciation
 6
 
 197
 
 203
Amortization
 3
 
 581
 (3) 581
Restructuring costs
 8
 15
 109
 
 132
Transaction and integration expenses
 73
 19
 177
 
 269
Total costs of providing services7
 182
 102
 7,176
 (3) 7,464
(Loss)/income from operations(7) (182) (83) 1,007
 3
 738
Income from Group undertakings
 (535) (219) (148) 902
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 62
 185
 655
 (902) 
Interest expense30
 102
 35
 21
 
 188
Other (income)/expense, net(35) 
 
 (142) 238
 61
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 189
 (84) 621
 (235) 489
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (51) 29
 (78) 
 (100)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 240
 (113) 699
 (235) 589
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 
 3
 
 3
Equity account for subsidiaries570
 353
 171
 
 (1,094) 
NET INCOME568
 593
 58
 702
 (1,329) 592
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (24) 
 (24)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$568
 $593
 $58
 $678
 $(1,329) $568
            
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$939
 $953
 $197
 $1,050
 $(2,163) $976
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (37) 
 (37)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$939
 $953
 $197
 $1,013
 $(2,163) $939




Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $
 $19
 $7,759
 $
 $7,778
Interest and other income
 2
 
 107
 
 109
Total revenues
 2
 19
 7,866
 
 7,887
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits2
 1
 15
 4,628
 
 4,646
Other operating expenses3
 112
 88
 1,348
 
 1,551
Depreciation
 5
 14
 159
 
 178
Amortization
 
 
 591
 
 591
Restructuring costs
 29
 39
 125
 
 193
Transaction and integration expenses1
 16
 26
 134
 
 177
Total costs of providing services6
 163
 182
 6,985
 
 7,336
(Loss)/income from operations(6) (161) (163) 881
 
 551
Income from Group undertakings(3) (500) (287) (136) 926
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings3
 74
 178
 671
 (926) 
Interest expense32
 89
 39
 24
 
 184
Other (income)/expense, net
 (2) 
 29
 
 27
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 178
 (93) 293
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (36) (86) 26
 
 (96)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 214
 (7) 267
 
 436
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 
 2
 
 2
Equity account for subsidiaries458
 234
 157
 
 (849) 
NET INCOME420
 448
 150
 269
 (849) 438
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (18) 
 (18)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$420
 $448
 $150
 $251
 $(849) $420
            
Comprehensive loss before non-controlling interests$(427) $(380) $(266) $(550) $1,194
 $(429)
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 2
 
 2
Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers Watson$(427) $(380) $(266) $(548) $1,194
 $(427)



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $
 $11
 $3,798
 $
 $3,809
Interest and other income
 1
 
 19
 
 20
Total revenues
 1
 11
 3,817
 
 3,829
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits1
 
 77
 2,225
 
 2,303
Other operating expenses8
 100
 1
 609
 
 718
Depreciation
 6
 16
 73
 
 95
Amortization
 
 
 76
 
 76
Restructuring costs
 28
 13
 85
 
 126
Transaction and integration expenses4
 14
 
 66
 
 84
Total costs of providing services13
 148
 107
 3,134
 
 3,402
(Loss)/income from operations(13) (147) (96) 683
 
 427
Income from Group undertakings
 (225) (236) (110) 571
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 31
 189
 351
 (571) 
Interest expense43
 39
 42
 18
 
 142
Other expense/(income), net10
 (42) 
 (23) 
 (55)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) 50
 (91) 447
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (29) (17) 13
 
 (33)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) 79
 (74) 434
 
 373
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 9
 
 2
 
 11
Equity account for subsidiaries439
 347
 106
 
 (892) 
NET INCOME373
 435
 32
 436
 (892) 384
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (11) 
 (11)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$373
 $435
 $32
 $425
 $(892) $373
            
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$402
 $462
 $49
 $455
 $(965) $403
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$402
 $462
 $49
 $454
 $(965) $402




Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS           
Cash and cash equivalents$2
 $1
 $
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030
Fiduciary assets
 
 
 12,155
 
 12,155
Accounts receivable, net
 
 4
 2,242
 
 2,246
Prepaid and other current assets
 45
 267
 264
 (146) 430
Amounts due from group undertakings6,202
 1,331
 1,661
 3,626
 (12,820) 
Total current assets6,204
 1,377
 1,932
 19,314
 (12,966) 15,861
Investments in subsidiaries4,506
 8,836
 6,125
 
 (19,467) 
Fixed assets, net
 25
 
 960
 
 985
Goodwill
 
 
 10,519
 
 10,519
Other intangible assets, net
 60
 
 3,882
 (60) 3,882
Pension benefits assets
 
 
 764
 
 764
Other non-current assets
 34
 115
 388
 (90) 447
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 5,375
 861
 
 (6,236) 
Total non-current assets4,506
 14,330
 7,101
 16,513
 (25,853) 16,597
TOTAL ASSETS$10,710
 $15,707
 $9,033
 $35,827
 $(38,819) $32,458
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $
 $12,155
 $
 $12,155
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 7
 19
 1,685
 
 1,711
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
 
 85
 
 85
Other current liabilities87
 60
 83
 724
 (150) 804
Amounts due to group undertakings
 8,100
 2,790
 1,930
 (12,820) 
Total current liabilities87
 8,167
 2,892
 16,579
 (12,970) 14,755
Long-term debt497
 2,883
 986
 84
 
 4,450
Liability for pension benefits
 
 
 1,259
 
 1,259
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 704
 (89) 615
Provision for liabilities
 
 120
 438
 
 558
Other non-current liabilities
 5
 19
 520
 
 544
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 
 519
 5,717
 (6,236) 
Total non-current liabilities497
 2,888
 1,644
 8,722
 (6,325) 7,426
TOTAL LIABILITIES584
 11,055
 4,536
 25,301
 (19,295) 22,181
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 
 28
 
 28
EQUITY           
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,126
 4,652
 4,497
 10,375
 (19,524) 10,126
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 123
 
 123
Total equity10,126
 4,652
 4,497
 10,498
 (19,524) 10,249
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,710
 $15,707
 $9,033
 $35,827
 $(38,819) $32,458


Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS           
Cash and cash equivalents$
 $
 $
 $870
 $
 $870
Fiduciary assets
 
 
 10,505
 
 10,505
Accounts receivable, net
 
 7
 2,073
 
 2,080
Prepaid and other current assets
 49
 23
 324
 (59) 337
Amounts due from group undertakings7,229
 1,706
 1,190
 2,370
 (12,495) 
Total current assets7,229
 1,755
 1,220
 16,142
 (12,554) 13,792
Investments in subsidiaries3,409
 7,733
 5,480
 
 (16,622) 
Fixed assets, net
 34
 
 805
 
 839
Goodwill
 
 
 10,413
 
 10,413
Other intangible assets, net
 64
 
 4,368
 (64) 4,368
Pension benefits assets
 
 
 488
 
 488
Other non-current assets
 10
 80
 310
 (47) 353
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 4,655
 836
 
 (5,491) 
Total non-current assets3,409
 12,496
 6,396
 16,384
 (22,224) 16,461
TOTAL ASSETS$10,638
 $14,251
 $7,616
 $32,526
 $(34,778) $30,253
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $
 $10,505
 $
 $10,505
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 15
 27
 1,488
 (49) 1,481
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 22
 394
 92
 
 508
Other current liabilities77
 94
 23
 684
 (2) 876
Amounts due to group undertakings
 8,323
 2,075
 2,097
 (12,495) 
Total current liabilities77
 8,454
 2,519
 14,866
 (12,546) 13,370
Long-term debt496
 2,506
 186
 169
 
 3,357
Liability for pension benefits
 
 
 1,321
 
 1,321
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 1,013
 (149) 864
Provision for liabilities
 
 120
 455
 
 575
Other non-current liabilities
 48
 15
 483
 (14) 532
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 
 518
 4,973
 (5,491) 
Total non-current liabilities496
 2,554
 839
 8,414
 (5,654) 6,649
TOTAL LIABILITIES573
 11,008
 3,358
 23,280
 (18,200) 20,019
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 
 51
 
 51
EQUITY           
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,065
 3,243
 4,258
 9,077
 (16,578) 10,065
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 118
 
 118
Total equity10,065
 3,243
 4,258
 9,195
 (16,578) 10,183
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,638
 $14,251
 $7,616
 $32,526
 $(34,778) $30,253


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES$743
 $(725) $114
 $939
 $(209) $862
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (8) 
 (292) 
 (300)
Capitalized software costs
 
 
 (75) 
 (75)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 57
 
 57
Other, net
 
 
 (4) 
 (4)
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities1,042
 1,326
 19
 1,237
 (3,624) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities
 (994) (74) (1,722) 2,790
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries104
 1,188
 100
 618
 (2,010) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries(1,139) (503) (215) (153) 2,010
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$7
 $1,009
 $(170) $(347) $(834) $(335)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
 487
 155
 
 
 642
Senior notes issued
 
 649
 
 
 649
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 
 
 32
 
 32
Debt issuance costs
 (4) (5) 
 
 (9)
Repayments of debt
 (220) (394) (120) 
 (734)
Repurchase of shares(532) 
 
 
 
 (532)
Proceeds from issuance of shares61
 
 
 
 
 61
Payments for share cancellation related to legal settlement
 
 
 (177) 
 (177)
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 
 (65) 
 (65)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (18) 
 (18)
Dividends paid(277) 
 (58) (151) 209
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (51) 
 (51)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 1,518
 203
 1,069
 (2,790) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (2,064) (494) (1,066) 3,624
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(748) $(283) $56
 $(547) $1,043
 $(479)
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS2
 1
 
 45
 
 48
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 112
 
 112
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
 
 
 870
 
 870
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$2
 $1
 $
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(20) $128
 $(83) $1,114
 $(206) $933
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (79) (12) (221) 94
 (218)
Capitalized software costs
 
 
 (85) 
 (85)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 476
 
 476
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 (4) 3
 (1)
Other, net
 
 33
 20
 (30) 23
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities
 163
 
 30
 (193) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(3,751) (4,114) 
 (769) 8,634
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries4,600
 3,600
 
 
 (8,200) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (4,600) 
 (3,600) 8,200
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$849
 $(5,030) $21
 $(4,153) $8,508
 $195
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net payments on revolving credit facility
 (237) 
 
 
 (237)
Senior notes issued
 1,606
 
 
 
 1,606
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 400
 
 4
 
 404
Debt issuance costs
 (14) 
 
 
 (14)
Repayments of debt(300) (1,037) 
 (564) 
 (1,901)
Repurchase of shares(396) 
 
 
 
 (396)
Proceeds from issuance of shares63
 
 
 
 
 63
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 
 (67) 
 (67)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Dividends paid(199) 
 (49) (90) 139
 (199)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 4,204
 164
 4,266
 (8,634) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (22) (53) (118) 193
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(832) $4,900
 $62
 $3,397
 $(8,302) $(775)
(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(3) (2) 
 358
 
 353
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 (15) 
 (15)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR3
 2
 
 527
 
 532
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$
 $
 $
 $870
 $
 $870



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(10) $583
 $43
 $(222) $(150) $244
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (10) (8) (128) 
 (146)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 (857) 
 (857)
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 44
 
 44
Other, net
 
 
 16
 
 16
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities321
 49
 87
 151
 (608) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(82) (746) 
 (181) 1,009
 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (598) 
 
 598
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$239
 $(1,305) $79
 $(955) $999
 $(943)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
 469
 
 
 
 469
Proceeds from issue of other debt
 592
 
 
 
 592
Debt issuance costs
 (5) 
 
 
 (5)
Repayments of debt
 (16) (149) (1) 
 (166)
Repurchase of shares(82) 
 
 
 
 (82)
Proceeds from issuance of shares124
 
 
 605
 (598) 131
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Dividends paid(277) 
 
 (150) 150
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 154
 27
 828
 (1,009) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (472) 
 (136) 608
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(235) $722
 $(122) $1,124
 $(849) $640
DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(6) 
 
 (53) 
 (59)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 (44) 
 (44)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR9
 2
 
 624
 
 635
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$3
 $2
 $
 $527
 $
 $532



Note 22 — Financial Information for Parent Issuer, Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
On March 17, 2011, the Company issued senior notes totaling $800 millionis provided in a registered public offering. On March 15, 2016, $300 millionPart I, Item 1 above under the heading ‘Information about Executive Officers of these senior notes was repaid, leaving $500 million outstanding. These debt securities were issuedthe Registrant’. All other information required by Willis Towers Watson (‘WTW Debt Securities’) and are guaranteed by certainthis Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s subsidiaries. Therefore,fiscal year.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the Company is providing the condensed consolidating financial information below. The following wholly owned subsidiaries (directly or indirectly) fully and unconditionally guarantee the WTW Debt Securities on a joint and several basis: Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited (the ‘Guarantors’).

On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columnsend of the financial statements presented herein, there isCompany’s fiscal year.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no significant impact onlater than 120 days after the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has previously been disclosed.

The guarantor structure described above differs from the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis North America described in Note 21 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes and revolving credit facility issued by Trinity Acquisition plc described in Note 23.
Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:
(i)Willis Towers Watson, which is the Parent Issuer;
(ii)the Guarantors, which are all 100 percent directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of the parent;
(iii)Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;
(iv)Consolidating adjustments; and
(v)the Consolidated Company.
The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis Towers Watson and the Guarantors.


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues         
Commissions and fees$
 $19
 $8,097
 $
 $8,116
Interest and other income
 
 86
 
 86
Total revenues
 19
 8,183
 
 8,202
Costs of providing services         
Salaries and benefits4
 48
 4,693
 
 4,745
Other operating expenses3
 112
 1,419
 
 1,534
Depreciation
 6
 197
 
 203
Amortization
 3
 581
 (3) 581
Restructuring costs
 23
 109
 
 132
Transaction and integration expenses
 92
 177
 
 269
Total costs of providing services7
 284
 7,176
 (3) 7,464
(Loss)/income from operations(7) (265) 1,007
 3
 738
Income from Group undertakings
 (645) (148) 793
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 138
 655
 (793) 
Interest expense30
 137
 21
 
 188
Other (income)/expense, net(35) 
 (142) 238
 61
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 105
 621
 (235) 489
Benefit from income taxes
 (22) (78) 
 (100)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 127
 699
 (235) 589
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 3
 
 3
Equity account for subsidiaries570
 466
 
 (1,036) 
NET INCOME568
 593
 702
 (1,271) 592
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 (24) 
 (24)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$568
 $593
 $678
 $(1,271) $568
          
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$939
 $953
 $1,050
 $(1,966) $976
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 (37) 
 (37)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$939
 $953
 $1,013
 $(1,966) $939



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues         
Commissions and fees$
 $19
 $7,759
 $
 $7,778
Interest and other income
 2
 107
 
 109
Total revenues
 21
 7,866
 
 7,887
Costs of providing services         
Salaries and benefits2
 16
 4,628
 
 4,646
Other operating expenses3
 200
 1,348
 
 1,551
Depreciation
 19
 159
 
 178
Amortization
 
 591
 
 591
Restructuring costs
 68
 125
 
 193
Transaction and integration expenses1
 42
 134
 
 177
Total costs of providing services6
 345
 6,985
 
 7,336
(Loss)/income from operations(6) (324) 881
 
 551
Income from Group undertakings(3) (672) (136) 811
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings3
 137
 671
 (811) 
Interest expense32
 128
 24
 
 184
Other (income)/expense, net
 (2) 29
 
 27
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 85
 293
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (122) 26
 
 (96)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 207
 267
 
 436
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 2
 
 2
Equity account for subsidiaries458
 241
 
 (699) 
NET INCOME420
 448
 269
 (699) 438
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 (18) 
 (18)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$420
 $448
 $251
 $(699) $420
          
Comprehensive loss before non-controlling interests$(427) $(380) $(550) $928
 $(429)
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 2
 
 2
Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers Watson$(427) $(380) $(548) $928
 $(427)



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues         
Commissions and fees$
 $11
 $3,798
 $
 $3,809
Interest and other income
 1
 19
 
 20
Total revenues
 12
 3,817
 
 3,829
Costs of providing services         
Salaries and benefits1
 77
 2,225
 
 2,303
Other operating expenses8
 101
 609
 
 718
Depreciation
 22
 73
 
 95
Amortization
 
 76
 
 76
Restructuring costs
 41
 85
 
 126
Transaction and integration expenses4
 14
 66
 
 84
Total costs of providing services13
 255
 3,134
 
 3,402
(Loss)/income from operations(13) (243) 683
 
 427
Income from Group undertakings
 (350) (110) 460
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 109
 351
 (460) 
Interest expense43
 81
 18
 
 142
Other expense/(income), net10
 (42) (23) 
 (55)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) (41) 447
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (46) 13
 
 (33)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) 5
 434
 
 373
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 9
 2
 
 11
Equity account for subsidiaries439
 421
 
 (860) 
NET INCOME373
 435
 436
 (860) 384
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 (11) 
 (11)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$373
 $435
 $425
 $(860) $373
          
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$402
 $462
 $455
 $(916) $403
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$402
 $462
 $454
 $(916) $402




Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS         
Cash and cash equivalents$2
 $1
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030
Fiduciary assets
 
 12,155
 
 12,155
Accounts receivable, net
 4
 2,242
 
 2,246
Prepaid and other current assets
 312
 264
 (146) 430
Amounts due from group undertakings6,202
 1,949
 3,626
 (11,777) 
Total current assets6,204
 2,266
 19,314
 (11,923) 15,861
Investments in subsidiaries4,506
 10,463
 
 (14,969) 
Fixed assets, net
 25
 960
 
 985
Goodwill
 
 10,519
 
 10,519
Other intangible assets, net
 60
 3,882
 (60) 3,882
Pension benefits assets
 
 764
 
 764
Other non-current assets
 149
 388
 (90) 447
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 5,717
 
 (5,717) 
Total non-current assets4,506
 16,414
 16,513
 (20,836) 16,597
TOTAL ASSETS$10,710
 $18,680
 $35,827
 $(32,759) $32,458
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY         
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $12,155
 $
 $12,155
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 26
 1,685
 
 1,711
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
 85
 
 85
Other current liabilities87
 143
 724
 (150) 804
Amounts due to group undertakings
 9,846
 1,930
 (11,776) 
Total current liabilities87
 10,015
 16,579
 (11,926) 14,755
Long-term debt497
 3,869
 84
 
 4,450
Liability for pension benefits
 
 1,259
 
 1,259
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 704
 (89) 615
Provision for liabilities
 120
 438
 
 558
Other non-current liabilities
 24
 520
 
 544
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 
 5,717
 (5,717) 
Total non-current liabilities497
 4,013
 8,722
 (5,806) 7,426
TOTAL LIABILITIES584
 14,028
 25,301
 (17,732) 22,181
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 28
 
 28
EQUITY

 

 

 

 

Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,126
 4,652
 10,375
 (15,027) 10,126
Non-controlling interests
 
 123
 
 123
Total equity10,126
 4,652
 10,498
 (15,027) 10,249
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,710
 $18,680
 $35,827
 $(32,759) $32,458


Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2016
 
Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 
The
Guarantors
 Other 
Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS         
Cash and cash equivalents$
 $
 $870
 $
 $870
Fiduciary assets
 
 10,505
 
 10,505
Accounts receivable, net
 7
 2,073
 
 2,080
Prepaid and other current assets
 72
 324
 (59) 337
Amounts due from group undertakings7,229
 1,648
 2,370
 (11,247) 
Total current assets7,229
 1,727
 16,142
 (11,306) 13,792
Investments in subsidiaries3,409
 8,955
 
 (12,364) 
Fixed assets, net
 34
 805
 
 839
Goodwill
 
 10,413
 
 10,413
Other intangible assets, net
 64
 4,368
 (64) 4,368
Pension benefits assets
 
 488
 
 488
Other non-current assets
 90
 310
 (47) 353
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 4,973
 
 (4,973) 
Total non-current assets3,409
 14,116
 16,384
 (17,448) 16,461
TOTAL ASSETS$10,638
 $15,843
 $32,526
 $(28,754) $30,253
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY         
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $10,505
 $
 $10,505
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 42
 1,488
 (49) 1,481
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 416
 92
 
 508
Other current liabilities77
 117
 684
 (2) 876
Amounts due to group undertakings
 9,150
 2,097
 (11,247) 
Total current liabilities77
 9,725
 14,866
 (11,298) 13,370
Long-term debt496
 2,692
 169
 
 3,357
Liability for pension benefits
 
 1,321
 
 1,321
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 1,013
 (149) 864
Provision for liabilities
 120
 455
 
 575
Other non-current liabilities
 63
 483
 (14) 532
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 
 4,973
 (4,973) 
Total non-current liabilities496
 2,875
 8,414
 (5,136) 6,649
TOTAL LIABILITIES573
 12,600
 23,280
 (16,434) 20,019
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 51
 
 51
EQUITY         
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,065
 3,243
 9,077
 (12,320) 10,065
Non-controlling interests
 
 118
 
 118
Total equity10,065
 3,243
 9,195
 (12,320) 10,183
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,638
 $15,843
 $32,526
 $(28,754) $30,253



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES$743
 $(669) $939
 $(151) $862
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES         
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (8) (292) 
 (300)
Capitalized software costs
 
 (75) 
 (75)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Net disposals of operations
 
 57
 
 57
Other, net
 
 (4) 
 (4)
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities1,042
 1,032
 1,237
 (3,311) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities
 (1,068) (1,722) 2,790
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries104
 1,288
 618
 (2,010) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries(1,139) (718) (153) 2,010
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$7
 $526
 $(347) $(521) $(335)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES         
Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
 642
 
 
 642
Senior notes issued
 649
 
 
 649
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 
 32
 
 32
Debt issuance costs
 (9) 
 
 (9)
Repayments of debt
 (614) (120) 
 (734)
Repurchase of shares(532) 
 
 
 (532)
Proceeds from issuance of shares61
 
 
 
 61
Payments for share cancellation related to legal settlement
 
 (177) 
 (177)
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 (65) 
 (65)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 (18) 
 (18)
Dividends paid(277) 
 (151) 151
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 (51) 
 (51)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 1,721
 1,069
 (2,790) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (2,245) (1,066) 3,311
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(748) $144
 $(547) $672
 $(479)
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS2
 1
 45
 
 48
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 112
 
 112
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
 
 870
 
 870
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$2
 $1
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(20) $(4) $1,114
 $(157) $933
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES         
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (91) (221) 94
 (218)
Capitalized software costs
 
 (85) 
 (85)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 476
 
 476
Net disposals of operations
 
 (4) 3
 (1)
Other, net
 33
 20
 (30) 23
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities
 118
 30
 (148) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(3,751) (4,114) (769) 8,634
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries4,600
 3,600
 
 (8,200) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (4,600) (3,600) 8,200
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$849
 $(5,054) $(4,153) $8,553
 $195
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES         
Net payments on revolving credit facility
 (237) 
 
 (237)
Senior notes issued
 1,606
 
 
 1,606
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 400
 4
 
 404
Debt issuance costs
 (14) 
 
 (14)
Repayments of debt(300) (1,037) (564) 
 (1,901)
Repurchase of shares(396) 
 
 
 (396)
Proceeds from issuance of shares63
 
 
 
 63
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 (67) 
 (67)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Dividends paid(199) 
 (90) 90
 (199)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 4,368
 4,266
 (8,634) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (30) (118) 148
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(832) $5,056
 $3,397
 $(8,396) $(775)
(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(3) (2) 358
 
 353
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 (15) 
 (15)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR3
 2
 527
 
 532
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$
 $
 $870
 $
 $870


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson —
the Parent
Issuer
 The
Guarantors
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(10) $626
 $(222) $(150) $244
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES         
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (18) (128) 
 (146)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 (857) 
 (857)
Net disposals of operations
 
 44
 
 44
Other, net
 
 16
 
 16
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities321
 136
 151
 (608) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(82) (746) (181) 1,009
 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (598) 
 598
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$239
 $(1,226) $(955) $999
 $(943)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES         
Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
 469
 
 
 469
Proceeds from issue of other debt
 592
 
 
 592
Debt issuance costs
 (5) 
 
 (5)
Repayments of debt
 (165) (1) 
 (166)
Repurchase of shares(82) 
 
 
 (82)
Proceeds from issuance of shares124
 
 605
 (598) 131
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Dividends paid(277) 
 (150) 150
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 181
 828
 (1,009) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (472) (136) 608
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(235) $600
 $1,124
 $(849) $640
DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(6) 
 (53) 
 (59)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 (44) 
 (44)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR9
 2
 624
 
 635
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$3
 $2
 $527
 $
 $532



Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuer, Parent Guarantor, Other Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
Trinity Acquisition plc has $2.1 billion senior notes outstanding of which $525 million were issued on August 15, 2013, $1.0 billion were issued on March 22, 2016, €540 million ($609 million) were issued on May 26, 2016, and $884 million outstanding under the $1.25 billion revolving credit facility issued March 7, 2017.
All direct obligations under the senior notes are jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis Group Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, collectively the ‘Other Guarantors’, and with Willis Towers Watson, the ‘Guarantor Companies’.
On August 11, 2017 a newly formed entity, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, became the successor to, and assumed all guarantees of, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. under the outstanding indentures for the senior notes described above. As both entities are direct subsidiaries of TA I Limited, and sub-consolidate within the ‘Other Guarantors’ columnsend of the financial statements presented herein, there isCompany’s fiscal year.

The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no significant impact onlater than 120 days after the condensed consolidating financial statements from what has previously been disclosed.

end of the Company’s fiscal year.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The guarantor structure described above differs frominformation required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the guarantor structure associated withend of the senior notes issued by Willis North America described in Note 21 and the guarantor structure associated with the senior notes issued by Willis Towers Watson described in Note 22.

Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:
(i)Willis Towers Watson, which is a guarantor, on a parent company only basis;
(ii)the Other Guarantors, which are all wholly owned subsidiaries (directly or indirectly) of the parent. Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V, Willis Investment U.K. Holdings Limited, TA I Limited and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited are all direct or indirect parents of the issuer and Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., are direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the issuer;
(iii)Trinity Acquisition plc, which is the issuer and is a 100 percent indirectly owned subsidiary of the parent;
(iv)Other, which are the non-guarantor subsidiaries, on a combined basis;
(v)Consolidating adjustments; and
(vi)the Consolidated Company.
The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis Towers Watson, the Other Guarantors and the Issuer.
Company’s fiscal year.



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $19
 $
 $8,097
 $
 $8,116
Interest and other income
 
 
 86
 
 86
Total revenues
 19
 
 8,183
 
 8,202
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits4
 48
 
 4,693
 
 4,745
Other operating expenses3
 111
 1
 1,419
 
 1,534
Depreciation
 6
 
 197
 
 203
Amortization
 3
 
 581
 (3) 581
Restructuring costs
 23
 
 109
 
 132
Transaction and integration expenses
 92
 
 177
 
 269
Total costs of providing services7
 283
 1
 7,176
 (3) 7,464
(Loss)/income from operations(7) (264) (1) 1,007
 3
 738
Income from Group undertakings
 (614) (149) (148) 911
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 230
 26
 655
 (911) 
Interest expense30
 34
 103
 21
 
 188
Other (income)/expense, net(35) 

 

 (142) 238
 61
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 86
 19
 621
 (235) 489
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (24) 2
 (78) 
 (100)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(2) 110
 17
 699
 (235) 589
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 
 3
 
 3
Equity account for subsidiaries570
 483
 290
 
 (1,343) 
NET INCOME568
 593
 307
 702
 (1,578) 592
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (24) 
 (24)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$568
 $593
 $307
 $678
 $(1,578) $568
            
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$939
 $953
 $663
 $1,050
 $(2,629) $976
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (37) 
 (37)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$939
 $953
 $663
 $1,013
 $(2,629) $939



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $19
 $
 $7,759
 $
 $7,778
Interest and other income
 2
 
 107
 
 109
Total revenues
 21
 
 7,866
 
 7,887
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits2
 16
 
 4,628
 
 4,646
Other operating expenses3
 200
 
 1,348
 
 1,551
Depreciation
 19
 
 159
 
 178
Amortization
 
 
 591
 
 591
Restructuring costs
 68
 
 125
 
 193
Transaction and integration expenses1
 42
 
 134
 
 177
Total costs of providing services6
 345
 
 6,985
 
 7,336
(Loss)/income from operations(6) (324) 
 881
 
 551
Income from Group undertakings(3) (657) (132) (136) 928
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings3
 228
 26
 671
 (928) 
Interest expense32
 38
 90
 24
 
 184
Other (income)/expense, net
 (2) 
 29
 
 27
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 69
 16
 293
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (125) 3
 26
 
 (96)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(38) 194
 13
 267
 
 436
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 
 
 2
 
 2
Equity account for subsidiaries458
 254
 151
 
 (863) 
NET INCOME420
 448
 164
 269
 (863) 438
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (18) 
 (18)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$420
 $448
 $164
 $251
 $(863) $420
            
Comprehensive loss before non-controlling interests$(427) $(379) $(656) $(550) $1,583
 $(429)
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 2
 
 2
Comprehensive loss attributable to Willis Towers Watson$(427) $(379) $(656) $(548) $1,583
 $(427)



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
Revenues           
Commissions and fees$
 $11
 $
 $3,798
 $
 $3,809
Interest and other income
 1
 
 19
 
 20
Total revenues
 12
 
 3,817
 
 3,829
Costs of providing services           
Salaries and benefits1
 77
 
 2,225
 
 2,303
Other operating expenses8
 101
 
 609
 
 718
Depreciation
 22
 
 73
 
 95
Amortization
 
 
 76
 
 76
Restructuring costs
 41
 
 85
 
 126
Transaction and integration expenses4
 14
 
 66
 
 84
Total costs of providing services13
 255
 
 3,134
 
 3,402
(Loss)/income from operations(13) (243) 
 683
 
 427
Income from Group undertakings
 (374) (93) (110) 577
 
Expenses due to Group undertakings
 200
 26
 351
 (577) 
Interest expense43
 41
 40
 18
 
 142
Other expense/(income), net10
 (42) 
 (23) 
 (55)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) (68) 27
 447
 
 340
(Benefit from)/provision for income taxes
 (51) 5
 13
 
 (33)
(LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INTEREST IN EARNINGS OF ASSOCIATES(66) (17) 22
 434
 
 373
Interest in earnings of associates, net of tax
 9
 
 2
 
 11
Equity account for subsidiaries439
 443
 337
 
 (1,219) 
NET INCOME373
 435
 359
 436
 (1,219) 384
Income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (11) 
 (11)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON$373
 $435
 $359
 $425
 $(1,219) $373
            
Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests$402
 $462
 $400
 $455
 $(1,316) $403
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson$402
 $462
 $400
 $454
 $(1,316) $402




Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS           
Cash and cash equivalents$2
 $1
 $
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030
Fiduciary assets
 
 
 12,155
 
 12,155
Accounts receivable, net
 4
 
 2,242
 
 2,246
Prepaid and other current assets
 314
 1
 264
 (149) 430
Amounts due from group undertakings6,202
 1,420
 2,807
 3,626
 (14,055) 
Total current assets6,204
 1,739
 2,808
 19,314
 (14,204) 15,861
Investments in subsidiaries4,506
 10,052
 1,918
 
 (16,476) 
Fixed assets, net
 25
 
 960
 
 985
Goodwill
 
 
 10,519
 
 10,519
Other intangible assets, net
 60
 
 3,882
 (60) 3,882
Pension benefits assets
 
 
 764
 
 764
Other non-current assets
 146
 3
 388
 (90) 447
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 4,884
 1,775
 
 (6,659) 
Total non-current assets4,506
 15,167
 3,696
 16,513
 (23,285) 16,597
TOTAL ASSETS$10,710
 $16,906
 $6,504
 $35,827
 $(37,489) $32,458
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $
 $12,155
 $
 $12,155
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 26
 
 1,685
 
 1,711
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 
 
 85
 
 85
Other current liabilities87
 112
 33
 724
 (152) 804
Amounts due to group undertakings
 10,467
 1,658
 1,930
 (14,055) 
Total current liabilities87
 10,605
 1,691
 16,579
 (14,207) 14,755
Long-term debt497
 986
 2,883
 84
 
 4,450
Liability for pension benefits
 
 
 1,259
 
 1,259
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 704
 (89) 615
Provision for liabilities
 120
 
 438
 
 558
Other non-current liabilities
 24
 
 520
 
 544
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 519
 423
 5,717
 (6,659) 
Total non-current liabilities497
 1,649
 3,306
 8,722
 (6,748) 7,426
TOTAL LIABILITIES584
 12,254
 4,997
 25,301
 (20,955) 22,181
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 
 28
 
 28
EQUITY           
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,126
 4,652
 1,507
 10,375
 (16,534) 10,126
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 123
 
 123
Total equity10,126
 4,652
 1,507
 10,498
 (16,534) 10,249
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,710
 $16,906
 $6,504
 $35,827
 $(37,489) $32,458


Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 As of December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
ASSETS           
Cash and cash equivalents$
 $
 $
 $870
 $
 $870
Fiduciary assets
 
 
 10,505
 
 10,505
Accounts receivable, net
 7
 
 2,073
 
 2,080
Prepaid and other current assets
 74
 1
 324
 (62) 337
Amounts due from group undertakings7,229
 849
 1,595
 2,370
 (12,043) 
Total current assets7,229
 930
 1,596
 16,142
 (12,105) 13,792
Investments in subsidiaries3,409
 8,621
 7,309
 
 (19,339) 
Fixed assets, net
 34
 
 805
 
 839
Goodwill
 
 
 10,413
 
 10,413
Other intangible assets, net
 64
 
 4,368
 (64) 4,368
Pension benefits assets
 
 
 488
 
 488
Other non-current assets
 90
 
 310
 (47) 353
Non-current amounts due from group undertakings
 4,859
 1,055
 
 (5,914) 
Total non-current assets3,409
 13,668
 8,364
 16,384
 (25,364) 16,461
TOTAL ASSETS$10,638
 $14,598
 $9,960
 $32,526
 $(37,469) $30,253
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY           
Fiduciary liabilities$
 $
 $
 $10,505
 $
 $10,505
Deferred revenue and accrued expenses
 41
 1
 1,488
 (49) 1,481
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
 394
 22
 92
 
 508
Other current liabilities77
 87
 33
 684
 (5) 876
Amounts due to group undertakings
 9,946
 
 2,097
 (12,043) 
Total current liabilities77
 10,468
 56
 14,866
 (12,097) 13,370
Long-term debt496
 186
 2,506
 169
 
 3,357
Liability for pension benefits
 
 
 1,321
 
 1,321
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 1,013
 (149) 864
Provision for liabilities
 120
 
 455
 
 575
Other non-current liabilities
 63
 
 483
 (14) 532
Non-current amounts due to group undertakings
 518
 423
 4,973
 (5,914) 
Total non-current liabilities496
 887
 2,929
 8,414
 (6,077) 6,649
TOTAL LIABILITIES573
 11,355
 2,985
 23,280
 (18,174) 20,019
REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
 
 
 51
 
 51
EQUITY           
Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity10,065
 3,243
 6,975
 9,077
 (19,295) 10,065
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 118
 
 118
Total equity10,065
 3,243
 6,975
 9,195
 (19,295) 10,183
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY$10,638
 $14,598
 $9,960
 $32,526
 $(37,469) $30,253



Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES$743
 $(640) $29
 $939
 $(209) $862
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (8) 
 (292) 
 (300)
Capitalized software costs
 
 
 (75) 
 (75)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 57
 
 57
Other, net
 
 
 (4) 
 (4)
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities1,042
 275
 1,076
 1,237
 (3,630) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities
 (73) (2,676) (1,722) 4,471
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries104
 1,288
 
 618
 (2,010) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries(1,139) (570) (148) (153) 2,010
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$7
 $912
 $(1,748) $(347) $841
 $(335)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net borrowings on revolving credit facility
 155
 487
 
 
 642
Senior notes issued
 649
 
 
 
 649
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 
 
 32
 
 32
Debt issuance costs
 (5) (4) 
 
 (9)
Repayments of debt
 (394) (220) (120) 
 (734)
Repurchase of shares(532) 
 
 
 
 (532)
Proceeds from issuance of shares61
 
 
 
 
 61
Payments for share cancellation related to legal settlement
 
 
 (177) 
 (177)
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 
 (65) 
 (65)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (18) 
 (18)
Dividends paid(277) (58) 
 (151) 209
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (51) 
 (51)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 1,920
 1,482
 1,069
 (4,471) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (2,538) (26) (1,066) 3,630
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(748) $(271) $1,719
 $(547) $(632) $(479)
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS2
 1
 
 45
 
 48
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 112
 
 112
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
 
 
 870
 
 870
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$2
 $1
 $
 $1,027
 $
 $1,030


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2016
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(20) $308
 $152
 $1,114
 $(621) $933
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (91) 
 (221) 94
 (218)
Capitalized software costs
 
 
 (85) 
 (85)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 476
 
 476
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 (4) 3
 (1)
Other, net
 33
 
 20
 (30) 23
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities
 108
 55
 30
 (193) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(3,751) (3,513) (602) (769) 8,635
 
Reduction in investment in subsidiaries4,600
 3,600
 
 
 (8,200) 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (4,600) 
 (3,600) 8,200
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$849
 $(4,463) $(547) $(4,153) $8,509
 $195
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net payments on revolving credit facility
 
 (237) 
 
 (237)
Senior notes issued
 
 1,606
 
 
 1,606
Proceeds from issuance of other debt
 
 400
 4
 
 404
Debt issuance costs
 
 (14) 
 
 (14)
Repayments of debt(300) 
 (1,037) (564) 
 (1,901)
Repurchase of shares(396) 
 
 
 
 (396)
Proceeds from issuance of shares63
 
 
 
 
 63
Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions
 
 
 (67) 
 (67)
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (13) 
 (13)
Dividends paid(199) (162) (302) (90) 554
 (199)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 4,368
 1
 4,266
 (8,635) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (53) (22) (118) 193
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(832) $4,153
 $395
 $3,397
 $(7,888) $(775)
(DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(3) (2) 
 358
 
 353
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 (15) 
 (15)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR3
 2
 
 527
 
 532
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$
 $
 $
 $870
 $
 $870


Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 Year ended December 31, 2015
 Willis
Towers
Watson
 The Other
Guarantors
 The
Issuer
 Other Consolidating
adjustments
 Consolidated
NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES$(10) $593
 $33
 $(222) $(150) $244
CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES           
Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use
 (18) 
 (128) 
 (146)
Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired
 
 
 (857) 
 (857)
Net disposals of operations
 
 
 44
 
 44
Other, net
 
 
 16
 
 16
Proceeds from intercompany investing activities321
 136
 
 151
 (608) 
Repayments of intercompany investing activities(82) 
 (746) (181) 1,009
 
Additional investment in subsidiaries
 (420) (178) 
 598
 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities$239
 $(302) $(924) $(955) $999
 $(943)
CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES           
Net borrowings of revolving credit facility
 
 469
 
 
 469
Proceeds from issue of other debt
 
 592
 
 
 592
Debt issuance costs
 
 (5) 
 
 (5)
Repayments of debt
 (149) (16) (1) 
 (166)
Repurchase of shares(82) 
 
 
 
 (82)
Proceeds from issuance of shares and excess tax benefit124
 
 
 605
 (598) 131
Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares
 
 
 (1) 
 (1)
Dividends paid(277) 
 
 (150) 150
 (277)
Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests
 
 
 (21) 
 (21)
Proceeds from intercompany financing activities
 181
 
 828
 (1,009) 
Repayments of intercompany financing activities
 (323) (149) (136) 608
 
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities$(235) $(291) $891
 $1,124
 $(849) $640
DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS(6) 
 
 (53) 
 (59)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 (44) 
 (44)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR9
 2
 
 624
 
 635
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR$3
 $2
 $
 $527
 $
 $532



PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a)

The following documents have been included in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements of Willis Towers Watson

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

2020

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 20172020 and 2016

2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

2020

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017

2020

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

b)

Exhibits:

In reviewing the agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important to note that they are included to provide investors with information regarding their terms, and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about Willis Towers Watson or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties made by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and: should not be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating risk between the parties; have in some cases been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be material to investors; and were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about Willis Towers Watson may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

b)

Exhibits:

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Willis Group Holdings plc, Citadel Merger Sub, Inc. and Towers Watson & Co (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 30, 2015)

2.2

Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 19, 2015, by and among Willis, Merger Sub and Towers Watson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 20, 2015)

2.3

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2020, by and between Aon plc, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, with registered company number 07876075 (‘Aon’) and Willis Towers Watson plc (the ‘Business Combination Agreement’) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K/A filed by the Company on March 10, 2020).

2.4

Appendix 3 to the Rule 2.5 Announcement, dated as of March 9, 2020 (Conditions Appendix) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2020).

2.5

Expenses Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2020, by and between Aon and Willis Towers Watson plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2020).

2.6

Amendment to Business Combination Agreement, dated October 30, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed October 30, 2020).

3.1

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 15, 2017)

3.2

Certificate of Incorporation of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)


4.1

Description of the Company’s ordinary shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 26, 2020)

4.2

Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, as issuer, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition Limited, Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 17, 2011)

23.1

4.3

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, supplemental to the Indenture dated March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 17, 2011)

4.4

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 10, 2016)

4.5

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017)

4.6

Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, by and among Trinity Acquisition Limited, as issuer, Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis North America Inc., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 15, 2013)

4.7

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, supplemental to the Indenture dated August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 15, 2013)

4.8

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 10, 2016)

4.9

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 22, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 22, 2016)

4.10

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 26, 2016)

4.11

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017)

4.12

Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017, among Willis North America Inc., as issuer, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd., Trinity Acquisition plc and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 16, 2017)

4.13

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 16, 2017)

4.14

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017)

4.15

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 10, 2018, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2018)

4.16

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 10, 2019, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2019).

4.17

Form of Willis North America Inc.’s 2.950% Senior Note due 2029 and 3.875% Senior Note due 2049 (included in Exhibit 4.16 and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2019)

4.18

Form of Indenture among Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, as issuer, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by the Company on March 11, 2019)

4.19

Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer and the Guarantors, dated as of May 29, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 29, 2020).

4.20

Form of Note (included in Exhibit 4.19 hereto)

10.1

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2017)


10.2

Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the other guarantors party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2017)

10.3

Deed Poll of Assumption, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and between Willis Group Holdings Limited and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

10.4

Willis Group Senior Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

10.5

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2010 North American Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 2016)†

10.6

Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Sharesave Plan 2001 for the United Kingdom (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)†

10.7

The Willis Group Holdings Irish Sharesave Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2010)†

10.8

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 2016)†

10.9

Form of Time-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

10.10

Form of Performance-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

10.11

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

10.12

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

10.13

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (for Non-Employee Directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)†

10.14

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 27, 2014)†

10.15

Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Sharesave Sub-Plan for the United Kingdom to the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)†

10.16

Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other Obligations (for U.S. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)†

10.17

Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other Obligations (for U.K. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013) †

10.18

Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 20, 2009)†

10.19

First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, effective June 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2011)†

10.20

Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 5, 2013)†

10.21

Amendment 2017-1 to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2018)†


10.22

Amendment 2019-1 to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 1, 2019)†

10.23

Form of Deed of Indemnity of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

10.24

Form of Indemnification Agreement of Willis North America Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

10.25

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Policy and Share Ownership Guidelines for Non-Employee Directors (as amended September 2019) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 1, 2019)

10.26

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 1, 2016)†

10.27

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2018, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 18, 2018)†

10.28

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2019, between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 1, 2019)†

10.29

Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2016, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 1, 2016)†

10.30

Supplemental Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley, dated as of June 14, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 16, 2016)†

10.31

Offer Letter, dated August 17, 2017, from John J. Haley to Michael J. Burwell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 21, 2017)†

10.32

Letter Agreement, dated September 18, 2017, by and between the Company and Roger F. Millay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 6, 2017)†

10.33

Offer Letter, dated November 9, 2014, and Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, by and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2016)†

10.34

Amendment, dated as of June 29, 2015, to Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, by and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2016)†

10.35

Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2017, by and between the Company and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)†

10.36

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)†

10.37

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)†

10.38

Form of Time-Based Share Option Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)†

10.39

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Operating Committee Members under the Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 7, 2016)†


10.40

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Operating Committee Members under the Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 6, 2018)†

10.41

Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated February 26, 2019, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 3, 2019)†

10.42

Towers Watson Amended and Restated 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

10.43

Trust Deed and Rules of the Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 (U.K) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)†

10.44

Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed of Amendment (U.K.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)†

10.45

Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed to Change the Trust Deed and Rules (U.K.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-K filed by Towers Watson on August 29, 2012)†

10.46

Share Purchase Plan 2005 (Spain) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)†

10.47

Trust Deed and Rules of the Watson Wyatt Ireland Share Participation Scheme (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)†

10.48

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement for use under the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Towers Watson on March 8, 2010)†

10.49

Extend Health Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

10.50

Liazon Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)†

10.51

Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 7, 2016)†

10.52

Amendment 2018-1 to the Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 18, 2018)†

10.53

Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)†

10.54

Amendment 2017-1 to the Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 6, 2018)†

10.55

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Recoupment Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2018)†

10.56

Form of Irrevocable Director Undertaking (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by WTW on March 9, 2020)

10.57

Willis Towers Watson Severance and Change in Control Pay Plan for U.S. Executives, dated as of March 8, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 11, 2020)†

10.58

Willis Towers Watson Severance and Change in Control Pay Plan for Non-U.S. Executives, dated as of March 8, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 11, 2020)†

10.59

Amendment to John Haley Employment Agreement, dated June 12, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 15, 2020)†

10.60

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Severance and Change in Control Pay Plan for US Executives, adopted March 8, 2020 and as amended June 5, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on July 30, 2020)†

10.61

Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Severance and Change in Control Pay Plan for Non-US Executives, adopted March 8, 2020 and as amended June 5, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on July 30, 2020)†

10.62

Amendment 2020-1 to the Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees*†

10.63

Amendment 2020-1 to the Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees*†

10.64

Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley*†


10.65

Form of Retention Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on February 5, 2021)†

21.1

List of subsidiaries*

22.1

List of Issuers and Guarantor Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 22.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on April 30, 2020)

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP*

23.2

31.1

31.1

31.2

Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*

32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350*

32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350*

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document*Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

101.PRE

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)*

*

Filed herewith.

Filed herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

All exhibits that are incorporated by reference herein to a filing with the SEC made more than five years ago are filed under:  SEC File No.  001-16503, for any filings that were made by Willis Group Holdings or the Company; SEC File No. 001-34594, for any filings that were made by Towers Watson; and SEC File No. 001-16159, for any filings that were made by Watson Wyatt Worldwide.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PLC

(REGISTRANT)

By: 

/s/ John J. Haley

John J. Haley

Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 6, 2018February 23, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

/s/ John J. Haley

/s/ Michael J. Burwell

John J. Haley

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Michael J. Burwell

Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Susan D. Davies

Susan D. Davies

Principal Accounting Officer and Controller

/s/ Anna C. Catalano

/s/ Victor F. Ganzi

Anna C. Catalano

Director

Victor F. Ganzi

Director

/s/ Wendy E. Lane

/s/ Brendan R. O’Neill

Wendy E. Lane

Director

Brendan R. O’Neill

Director

/s/ Jaymin B. Patel

/s/ Linda D. Rabbitt

Jaymin B. Patel

Director

Linda D. Rabbitt

Director

/s/ Paul D. Thomas

/s/ Wilhelm Zeller

Paul D. Thomas

Director

Wilhelm Zeller

Director



103

138